[TITLE]

Chan The following is a summary:

Mention the existence of Community Groups and Business Groups - in § 1 Introduction. + in § 1 Introduction.
Change the size of the Advisory Board from a fixed 9 to a range of 9 to 11 elected members in § 2.3.1 Advisory Board Participation, and adjust the election mechanics accordingly - in § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections and § 2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats. + in § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections and § 2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats.
Clarify that AB and TAG members act in their personal capacity - in § 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation. + in § 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation.
Improve phrasing in § 2.5.1 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints to avoid suggesting that while member organizations were limited to one seat, - non member organizations could have several. + non member organizations could have several.
Clarify what constitutes “affiliation” for the purposes of the “change of affiliation” provisions for TAG and AB members - in § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections. + in § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections.
In case of resignation from a group, require that the team records the resignation notification, - in § 3.6 Resignation from a Group. + in § 3.6 Resignation from a Group.
Allow one person to represent (with disclosure) multiple organizations in a Working Group - in § 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements. + in § 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements.
Various phrasing clarifications to § 6.2.1 Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track, and § 6.2.3 Advancement on the Recommendation Track, - and § 6.2.5 Publishing a First Public Working Draft. -
Added new § 6.1.6 License Grants from Non-Participants to define the requirements for contributions made by non-WG members. -
Clarify in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation that a Recommendation can be both superseded and obsolete. + and § 6.2.5 Publishing a First Public Working Draft. +
Added new § 6.1.6 License Grants from Non-Participants to define the requirements for contributions made by non-WG members. +
Clarify in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation that a Recommendation can be both superseded and obsolete.
Add an informative diagram about the process of obsoleting, rescinding, or restoring a Recommendation - in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation. -
Clarify in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation that the process to obsolete, rescind, or restore a Recommendation does not have to be initiated by the Director. + in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation. +
Clarify in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation that the process to obsolete, rescind, or restore a Recommendation does not have to be initiated by the Director.
Rephrase part of § 10 Member Submission Process to avoid statement about Member Submissions that appeared to negate the possibility - of having work originate in Community Groups. -
Remove meaningless claim from § 11 Process Evolution that an alternative way to update the Process was to follow the REC track process. + of having work originate in Community Groups. +
Remove meaningless claim from § 11 Process Evolution that an alternative way to update the Process was to follow the REC track process.

Changes between the 1 March 2017 Process and the 1 February 2018 Process:

A log of all changes from March 2017 to the 1 February 2018 Process is available, as is an earlier log of changes in previous versions, from 2005-2014. The following is a summary:

§ 2.3.1 Advisory Board Participation -: The AB has a team contact -
§ 2.4.1 Technical Architecture Group Participation -: Tim Berners-Lee is a Life Member of the TAG. -; The TAG chair must be one of the participants -; The TAG has 6 AC-elected members instead of 5 -; The TAG has a team contact -
§ 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation -: Seats on the AB or TAG cannot be delegated to a proxy -
§ 2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats +
§ 2.3.1 Advisory Board Participation +: The AB has a team contact +
§ 2.4.1 Technical Architecture Group Participation +: Tim Berners-Lee is a Life Member of the TAG. +; The TAG chair must be one of the participants +; The TAG has 6 AC-elected members instead of 5 +; The TAG has a team contact +
§ 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +: Seats on the AB or TAG cannot be delegated to a proxy +
§ 2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats: AB and TAG seats are vacated if the Director removes a participant, - instead of if the chair asks them to resign + instead of if the chair asks them to resign; Clarify that a special election can begin if a candidate resigns as of some future date, - rather than waiting for that resignation to take effect. -
§ 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria + rather than waiting for that resignation to take effect. +
§ 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria: Participants in W3C activity are explicitly required to abide by the terms and spirit - of the CEPC + of the CEPC; The Director can suspend or remove a participant from any Group or activity - for failure to meet participation criteria. -
§ 5.2.3 Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter + for failure to meet participation criteria. +
§ 5.2.3 Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter: An AC member may request at least 60 days to review any new or substantively modified working group charter, with such review period occurring between the Call for Review - and the Call for Participation. -
§ 5.2.6 Working Group and Interest Group Charters + and the Call for Participation. +
§ 5.2.6 Working Group and Interest Group Charters: Charters must include documentation of any voting procedures - additional to those defined in § 3.4 Votes. -
§ 6.2.11 Revising a W3C Recommendation + additional to those defined in § 3.4 Votes. +
§ 6.2.11 Revising a W3C Recommendation: W3C can produce an Amended Recommendation to update a Recommendation, without adding new features, - similar to the way a Working Group produces an Edited Recommendation. -
§ 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation -: A Recommendation can be declared Superseded. -
§ 7.2 Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives -: Clarify that in the event of an Advisory Committee appeal, a Director’s decision can be overturned by more votes for than against -
§ 9 Liaisons -: Definition of MoU and conditions for approval. + similar to the way a Working Group produces an Edited Recommendation. +
§ 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +: A Recommendation can be declared Superseded. +
§ 7.2 Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +: Clarify that in the event of an Advisory Committee appeal, a Director’s decision can be overturned by more votes for than against +
§ 9 Liaisons +: Definition of MoU and conditions for approval.

References

@@ -4203,369 +4203,369 @@

#advisory-committeeReferenced in:
-
2.1.3.1. +
2.1.3.1. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) -
2.1.3.2. +
2.1.3.2. Advisory Committee Meetings -
2.3.1. +
2.3.1. Advisory Board Participation -
2.4.1. +
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) -
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter -
5.2.7. +
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure -
6.1.1. +
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes -
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period (2) (3) -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) -
7.3. +
7.3. Advisory Committee Votes (2) -
9. +
9. Liaisons -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request -
11. +
11. Process Evolution (2)

#advisory-committee-representativeReferenced in:
-
2.1. +
2.1. Members -
2.1.3. +
2.1.3. Advisory Committee (AC) (2) (3) -
2.1.3.1. +
2.1.3.1. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) -
3.1. +
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria -
3.1.2. +
3.1.2. Individuals Representing a Member Organization -
4.1. +
4.1. Confidentiality Levels (2) -
4.1.1. +
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level -
5.2.1.1. +
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group -
5.2.1.2. +
5.2.1.2. Member Representative in an Interest Group -
5.2.7. +
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes -
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) (4) (5) -
9. +
9. Liaisons -
10.1. +
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2)

#fdn-member-consortiumReferenced in:
-
2.1.2.1. +
2.1.2.1. Membership Consortia (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

#related-memberReferenced in:
-
2.1.2.2. +
2.1.2.2. Related Members -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) -
7.3. +
7.3. Advisory Committee Votes

#subsidiaryReferenced in:
-
2.1.2.2. +
2.1.2.2. Related Members (2)

#teamReferenced in:
-
2.1.3.1. +
2.1.3.1. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) (3) -
2.1.3.2. +
2.1.3.2. Advisory Committee Meetings (2) (3) -
2.3. +
2.3. Advisory Board (AB) -
2.3.1. +
2.3.1. Advisory Board Participation -
2.4. +
2.4. Technical Architecture Group (TAG) -
2.4.1. +
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) (4) (5) -
3.1.1. +
3.1.1. Conflict of Interest Policy (2) -
4. +
4. Dissemination Policies (2) -
4.1. +
4.1. Confidentiality Levels -
4.1.1. +
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) -
6.1.6. +
6.1.6. License Grants from Non-Participants -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes -
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) -
9. +
9. Liaisons -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) -
10.2. +
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations (2) (3) -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#fellowsReferenced in:
-
2.1.1. +
2.1.1. Rights of Members -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections

#def-DirectorReferenced in:
-
2.1.1. +
2.1.1. Rights of Members -
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team -
2.4.1. +
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation (2) (3) -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections -
3.1. +
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria -
3.1.1. +
3.1.1. Conflict of Interest Policy -
3.1.2. +
3.1.2. Individuals Representing a Member Organization -
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions -
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group -
5.2.7. +
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) -
6.1.2.1. +
6.1.2.1. Wide Review -
6.2.2. +
6.2.2. Implementation Experience -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.5. +
6.2.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) -
6.2.12.1. +
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes (2) (3) -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period (2) (3) -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) -
9. +
9. Liaisons (2) -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals

#hostsReferenced in:
-
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team (2) -
9. +
9. Liaisons (2)

#advisory-boardReferenced in:
-
2.3. +
2.3. Advisory Board (AB) (2) -
2.3.1. +
2.3.1. Advisory Board Participation (2) (3) -
2.5. +
2.5. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation -
2.5.1. +
2.5.1. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) (3) -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) -
2.5.2.1. +
2.5.2.1. Verifiable Random Selection Procedure -
2.5.3. +
2.5.3. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) -
3.1. +
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals -
11. +
11. Process Evolution (2) (3)

#technical-architecture-groupReferenced in:
-
2.4. +
2.4. Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) -
2.4.1. +
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation -
2.5. +
2.5. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation -
2.5.1. +
2.5.1. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) -
2.5.2.1. +
2.5.2.1. Verifiable Random Selection Procedure -
2.5.3. +
2.5.3. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) (4) -
3.1. +
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2) -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals

#primary-affiliationReferenced in:
-
2.5.1. +
2.5.1. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) -
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections

#ftf-meetingReferenced in:
-
2.1.3.2. +
2.1.3.2. Advisory Committee Meetings -
3.3. +
3.3. Consensus -
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters

#distributed-meetingReferenced in:
-
3.3. +
3.3. Consensus

#def-ConsensusReferenced in:
-
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team -
3.3. +
3.3. Consensus (2) -
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions -
6. +
6. W3C Technical Report Development Process -
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period -
11. +
11. Process Evolution (2)

#def-UnanimityReferenced in:
-
3.3. +
3.3. Consensus

#def-DissentReferenced in:
-
3.3.1. +
3.3.1. Managing Dissent (2) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period
Other Substantive Changes and Clarifications
@@ -4573,390 +4573,390 @@
#FormalObjectionReferenced in:
-
3.3. +
3.3. Consensus (2) -
3.3.1. +
3.3.1. Managing Dissent -
3.3.2. +
3.3.2. Recording and Reporting Formal Objections (2) (3) (4) (5) -
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions -
5.1. +
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period

#formally-addressedReferenced in:
-
6.1.2. +
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#proxyReferenced in:
-
5.2.1. +
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements

#chair-decisionsReferenced in:
-
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions

#group-decisionsReferenced in:
-
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions

#wg-decision-appealReferenced in:
-
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team

#Member-onlyReferenced in:
-
2.1. +
2.1. Members -
2.1.1. +
2.1.1. Rights of Members -
2.4. +
2.4. Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) -
4.1. +
4.1. Confidentiality Levels (2) (3) (4) (5) -
4.1.1. +
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) -
5.1. +
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups -
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives

#Team-onlyReferenced in:
-
2.1. +
2.1. Members -
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team -
4.1. +
4.1. Confidentiality Levels -
4.1.1. +
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) -
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period -
10.2. +
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations

#GeneralChairsReferenced in:
-
2.2. +
2.2. The W3C Team -
3.1.1. +
3.1.1. Conflict of Interest Policy -
3.2. +
3.2. Meetings -
3.3.1. +
3.3.1. Managing Dissent (2) -
3.3.4. +
3.3.4. Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information (2) -
3.4. +
3.4. Votes (2) -
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) (3) -
5.1. +
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) (3) (4) -
5.2.1. +
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements (2) -
5.2.1.1. +
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group -
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group (2) (3) (4) -
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter -
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
5.2.5. +
5.2.5. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension (2) -
6.1.1. +
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports (2) -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation

#TeamContactReferenced in:
-
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions -
5.1. +
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) -
5.2.1. +
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements -
5.2.1.1. +
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group -
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group -
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter -
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
5.2.5. +
5.2.5. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension

#GroupsWGReferenced in:
-
3.2. +
3.2. Meetings -
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) -
5. +
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) -
5.2.1. +
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements -
5.2.1.1. +
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group (2) -
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group -
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
5.2.7. +
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) -
6. +
6. W3C Technical Report Development Process -
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports (2) -
6.1.1. +
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports -
6.1.2. +
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities (2) -
6.1.2.1. +
6.1.2.1. Wide Review (2) (3) (4) -
6.1.4. +
6.1.4. Errata Management (2) (3) (4) -
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) -
6.2.5. +
6.2.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.11.1. +
6.2.11.1. Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) -
6.2.11.2. +
6.2.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.12. +
6.2.12. Retiring Recommendation Track Documents -
6.2.12.1. +
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes (2) (3) (4) -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process -
10.1. +
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations -
10.1.1. +
10.1.1. Scope of Member Submissions -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#GroupsIGReferenced in:
-
3.5. +
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) -
5. +
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) (3) -
5.2.1. +
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements -
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
5.2.7. +
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) -
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes (2) (3)

#wgparticipantReferenced in:
-
3. +
3. General Policies for W3C Groups -
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter

#igparticipantReferenced in:
-
3. +
3. General Policies for W3C Groups -
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter

#public-participant-igReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters

#mtg-substituteReferenced in:
-
3.4. +
3.4. Votes

#member-representative-in-an-interest-groupReferenced in:
-
5.2.1.2. +
5.2.1.2. Member Representative in an Interest Group

#invited-expert-in-a-working-groupReferenced in:
-
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group -
5.2.1.4. +
5.2.1.4. Invited Expert in an Interest Group

#inv-expert-infoReferenced in:
-
2.5.2. +
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections -
5.2.1.3. +
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group

#dfn-charter-extensionReferenced in:
-
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives

#charterReferenced in:
-
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track

#adopted-draftReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters

#exclusion-draftReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters (2)

#publishingReferenced in:
-
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.1.1. +
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports -
6.1.2. +
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.12.1. +
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes (2) (3)
Other Substantive Changes and Clarifications
@@ -4964,209 +4964,209 @@
#technical-reportReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters -
6.1.1. +
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports (2) (3) -
6.1.4. +
6.1.4. Errata Management (2) (3) (4) (5) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features -
6.2.12.1. +
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#dfn-wide-reviewReferenced in:
-
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation

#editorial-changeReferenced in:
-
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft -
6.2.11.2. +
6.2.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request

#substantive-changeReferenced in:
-
6.1.2. +
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period

#erratumReferenced in:
-
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes

#proposed-correctionReferenced in:
-
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes (2) (3) -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes

#proposed-additionReferenced in:
-
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2)

#proposed-changeReferenced in:
-
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

#w3c-recommendation-trackReferenced in:
-
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports (2) -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track

#patent-review-draftsReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes

#RecsWDReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) -
6.2.6. +
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft (2) (3) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes (2)

#fpwdReferenced in:
-
5.2.6. +
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.5. +
6.2.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft (2) -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features

#RecsCRReferenced in:
-
6.1.2.1. +
6.1.2.1. Wide Review -
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) -
6.2.12.2. +
6.2.12.2. Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation

#candidate-recommendation-snapshotReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) (3) -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) (3) (4) (5) -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3)

#candidate-recommendation-draftReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) (4) (5)
Major Update to the Recommendation Track
@@ -5174,92 +5174,92 @@
#rescinded-candidate-recommendationReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track

#RecsPRReferenced in:
-
2.1. +
2.1. Members -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
7.1. +
7.1. Advisory Committee Reviews

#RecsW3CReferenced in:
-
1. +
1. Introduction (2) -
5. +
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups -
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.1.4. +
6.1.4. Errata Management (2) -
6.1.5. +
6.1.5. Proposed Changes -
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track (2) (3) -
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval (2) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) -
6.2.11. +
6.2.11. Revising a W3C Recommendation -
6.2.11.1. +
6.2.11.1. Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) (3) -
6.2.11.2. +
6.2.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes (2) (3) -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2) (3) (4) -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) (3) (4) (5) -
6.2.12.2. +
6.2.12.2. Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.12.3. +
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes -
10. +
10. Member Submission Process

#rec-amendedReferenced in:
-
6.2. +
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes
Changes between the 1 March 2017 Process and the 1 February 2018 Process: @@ -5268,283 +5268,283 @@
#RecsSupReferenced in:
-
6.2.12.3. +
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation

#RecsObsReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.12.3. +
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2)

#RescindedRecReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.12.3. +
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2)

#editors-draftReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track

#adequate-implementationReferenced in:
-
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes

#trans-reqReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.7. +
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation

#update-requestsReferenced in:
-
6.2.1. +
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.4. +
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) -
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval (2) -
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft -
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes

#at-riskReferenced in:
-
6.2.8.1. +
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) -
6.2.8.2. +
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2)

#allow-new-featuresReferenced in:
-
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes

#last-callReferenced in:
-
6.2.11.3. +
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes -
6.2.11.4. +
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

#last-call-for-review-of-proposed-correctionsReferenced in:
-
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval

#last-call-for-review-of-proposed-additionsReferenced in:
-
6.2.4.1. +
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2)

#last-call-for-review-of-proposed-corrections-and-additionsReferenced in:
-
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes

#WGNoteReferenced in:
-
5. +
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups -
6.1. +
6.1. W3C Technical Reports (2) -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.12.1. +
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) -
6.3. +
6.3. Working Group and Interest Group Notes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) -
10.1.1. +
10.1.1. Scope of Member Submissions (2)

#def-w3c-decisionReferenced in:
-
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period (2) -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#advisory-committee-reviewReferenced in:
-
5.2.3. +
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter -
5.2.4. +
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group -
6.2.3. +
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track -
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) -
6.2.11.5. +
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Proposed Changes (2) -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation (2) -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes -
7.1.2. +
7.1.2. After the Review Period -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) -
9. +
9. Liaisons -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#reviewformReferenced in:
-
7.1.1. +
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period

#advisory-committee-appealReferenced in:
-
6.2.9. +
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation -
6.2.10. +
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation -
6.2.12.4. +
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding a Recommendation -
7. +
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes -
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) -
7.3. +
7.3. Advisory Committee Votes -
9. +
9. Liaisons (2) -
11. +
11. Process Evolution

#EventsWReferenced in:
-
4. +
4. Dissemination Policies

#mouReferenced in:
-
7.2. +
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives -
9. +
9. Liaisons (2) (3) (4)

#MemberSubmissionReferenced in:
-
10. +
10. Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) -
10.1. +
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations -
10.2. +
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request

#submitterReferenced in:
-
10. +
10. Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) -
10.1. +
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) -
10.1.2. +
10.1.2. Information Required in a Submission Request (2) (3) (4) -
10.2. +
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations -
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) (3) -
10.4. +
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

#validation-noticeReferenced in:
-
10.3. +
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request

diff --git a/snapshots/registries--on-rec-track-as-of-2021-03-08.html b/snapshots/registries--on-rec-track-as-of-2021-03-08.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e68431d --- /dev/null +++ b/snapshots/registries--on-rec-track-as-of-2021-03-08.html @@ -0,0 +1,6186 @@ + + + + + W3C Process Document + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+

+
W3C Process Document
+
Draft Community Group Report, 8 March 2021
+
+
+
This version: +
https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Process/Drafts/ +
Latest published version: +
https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Process/ +
Previous Versions: +
https://www.w3.org/2020/Process-20200915/ +
https://www.w3.org/2019/Process-20190301/ +
https://www.w3.org/2018/Process-20180201/ +
https://www.w3.org/2017/Process-20170301/ +
Issue Tracking: +
GitHub +
Inline In Spec +
Editors: +
Elika J. Etemad / fantasai (Invited Expert) +
Florian Rivoal (Invited Expert) +
Former Editors: +
Natasha Rooney (Invited Expert) +
Charles McCathie Nevile (Yandex) +
Ian Jacobs (W3C) +
+
+
+
Copyright © 1996–2021 W3C^® (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang). W3C liability, trademark and permissive document license rules apply.
+
+
+
+
Abstract
+
The mission of the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is to lead the World Wide Web to its full potential + + by developing common protocols that promote its evolution and ensure its interoperability. + The W3C Process Document describes the organizational structure of the W3C and processes, + responsibilities and functions that enable W3C to accomplish its mission. + This document does not describe the internal workings of the Team.
+
For more information about the W3C mission and the history of W3C, + + please refer to About W3C.
+
+
Status of this Document
+
+ W3C, including all existing chartered groups, + follows the most recent operative Process Document announced to the Membership. + + This document is developed by the Advisory Board’s Process Task Force + working within the Revising W3C Process Community Group (which anyone can join). + This is the 8 March 2021 Draft Community Group Report for the proposed next version of the W3C Process Document. +
This document is based on the 15 September 2020 Process.
+ This draft has been prepared for review by the W3C Advisory Board, + to approve or change before proposing it to the W3C Advisory Committee for preliminary review. + This revision incorporates changes to the currently operative Process that the editor believes reflect the decisions of the W3C Process Community Group. + + Further revision may take place following review by + the W3C Process Community Group, + the Advisory Board, + and the Advisory Committee + before this version is proposed to the Director + as a formal revision to the operative Process Document. + If that draft is accepted by the Director + it will be the subject of an Advisory Committee Review + as detailed in Section 11 Process Changes. + + Further revision of the W3C Process is expected to take place + in subsequent versions of the Process as required. + + A history of substantial changes from previous versions of the Process Document is provided. + + Comment is invited on the draft. + Please file comments as issues in the w3c/w3process GitHub Repository. + If you are unable to do this you may send them in email to public-w3process@w3.org (publicly archived) + or to process-issues@w3.org (Member-only archive). +
+
Relation of Process Document to Patent Policy
+
W3C Members' attention is called to the fact + that provisions of the Process Document are binding on Members + per the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT]. + The W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] is incorporated by normative reference as a part of the Process Document, + and is thus equally binding.
+
The Patent Policy places additional obligations on Members, Team, and other participants in W3C. + The Process Document does not restate those requirements but includes references to them. + The Process Document and Patent Policy have been designed to allow them to evolve independently.
+
In the Process Document, the term “participant” refers to an individual, not an organization.
+
Conformance and specialized terms
+
The terms must, must not, should, should not, required, + and may are used in accordance with RFC 2119. + The term not required is equivalent to the term may as defined in RFC2119 [RFC2119].
+
Some terms have been capitalized in this document (and in other W3C materials) + to indicate that they are entities with special relevance to the W3C Process. + These terms are defined within this document, + and readers are reminded that the ordinary English definitions are insufficient + for the purpose of understanding this document.
+
+
Table of Contents
+
+
1 Introduction +
+ 2 Members, Advisory Committee, Team, Advisory Board, Technical Architecture Group +
+
+ 2.1 Members +
+
2.1.1 Rights of Members +
+ 2.1.2 Member Consortia and Related Members +
+
2.1.2.1 Membership Consortia +
2.1.2.2 Related Members +
+
+ 2.1.3 Advisory Committee (AC) +
+
2.1.3.1 Advisory Committee Mailing Lists +
2.1.3.2 Advisory Committee Meetings +
+
+
2.2 The W3C Team +
+ 2.3 Advisory Board (AB) +
+
2.3.1 Advisory Board Participation +
+
+ 2.4 Technical Architecture Group (TAG) +
+
2.4.1 Technical Architecture Group Participation +
+
+ 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
+
2.5.1 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints +
+ 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
2.5.2.1 Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
+
2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats +
+
+
+ 3 General Policies for W3C Groups +
+
+ 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria +
+
3.1.1 Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.2 Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.1.3 Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
+
3.2 Meetings +
+ 3.3 Consensus +
+
3.3.1 Managing Dissent +
3.3.2 Recording and Reporting Formal Objections +
3.3.3 Formally Addressing an Issue +
3.3.4 Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information +
+
3.4 Votes +
3.5 Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
3.6 Resignation from a Group +
+
+ 4 Dissemination Policies +
+
+ 4.1 Confidentiality Levels +
+
4.1.1 Changing Confidentiality Level +
+
+
+ 5 Working Groups and Interest Groups +
+
5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
+ 5.2 Working Groups and Interest Groups +
+
+ 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
+
5.2.1.1 Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.2 Member Representative in an Interest Group +
5.2.1.3 Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.1.4 Invited Expert in an Interest Group +
5.2.1.5 Team Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.6 Team Representative in an Interest Group +
+
5.2.2 Working Group and Interest Group Charter Development +
5.2.3 Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4 Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5 Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension +
5.2.6 Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
5.2.7 Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
+
+
+ 6 W3C Technical Report Development Process +
+
+ 6.1 W3C Technical Reports +
+
6.1.1 General requirements for Technical Reports +
+ 6.1.2 Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
+
6.1.2.1 Wide Review +
+
6.1.3 Classes of Changes +
6.1.4 Errata Management +
6.1.5 Candidate Amendments +
6.1.6 License Grants from Non-Participants +
+
+ 6.2 The W3C Recommendation Track +
+
6.2.1 Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.2 Implementation Experience +
6.2.3 Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
+ 6.2.4 Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
+
6.2.4.1 Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
6.2.5 Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.6 Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.7 Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
+ 6.2.8 Revising a Candidate Recommendation +
+
6.2.8.1 Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2 Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
+
6.2.9 Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10 Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
+ 6.2.11 Revising a W3C Recommendation +
+
6.2.11.1 Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes +
6.2.11.2 Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3 Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5 Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+ 6.2.12 Retiring Recommendation Track Documents +
+
6.2.12.1 Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
6.2.12.2 Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4 Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
+
+
+ 6.3 The Note Track: Notes and Statements +
+
6.3.1 Group Notes +
6.3.2 Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3 Revising W3C Statements +
+
+ 6.4 Registries +
+
6.4.1 Registry Definitions +
6.4.2 Publishing Registries +
6.4.3 Specifications that Reference Registries +
6.4.4 Updating Registry Tables +
+
6.5 Further reading +
+
+ 7 Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
+
+ 7.1 Advisory Committee Reviews +
+
7.1.1 Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2 After the Review Period +
+
7.2 Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
7.3 Advisory Committee Votes +
+
8 Workshops and Symposia +
9 Liaisons +
+ 10 Member Submission Process +
+
+ 10.1 Submitter Rights and Obligations +
+
10.1.1 Scope of Member Submissions +
10.1.2 Information Required in a Submission Request +
+
10.2 Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3 Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
10.4 Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
11 Process Evolution +
12 Acknowledgments +
+ 13 Changes +
+
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process +
Changes since earlier versions +
+
+ References +
+
Normative References +
Informative References +
+
+ Index +
+
Terms defined by this specification +
+
Issues Index +
+
+
+
1. Introduction
+
Most W3C work revolves around the standardization of Web technologies. + To accomplish this work, W3C follows processes that promote the development of high-quality standards + based on the consensus of the Membership, Team, and public. + W3C processes promote fairness, responsiveness, and progress: + all facets of the W3C mission. + This document describes the processes W3C follows in pursuit of its mission.
+
Here is a general overview of how W3C standardizes a Web technology. + In many cases, the goal of this work is a W3C Recommendation—a Web standard.
+
+
People generate interest in a particular topic. + For instance, Members express interest in the form of Member Submissions, + and the Team monitors work inside and outside of W3C for signs of interest. + Also, W3C is likely to organize a Workshop to bring people together + to discuss topics that interest the W3C community. +
When there is enough interest in a topic + (e.g., after a successful Workshop and/or discussion on an Advisory Committee mailing list), + the Team announces the development of a proposal + for one or more new Interest Group or Working Group charters, + depending on the breadth of the topic of interest. + W3C Members review the proposed charters. + When there is support within W3C for investing resources in the topic of interest, + the Director approves the group(s) and they begin their work. +
There are three types of Working Group participants: Member representatives, Invited Experts, + and Team representatives. + Team representatives both contribute to the technical work + and help ensure the group’s proper integration with the rest of W3C. + The Working Group charter sets expectations about each group’s deliverables + (e.g., technical reports, test suites, and tutorials). +
Working Groups generally create specifications and guidelines + that undergo cycles of revision and review + as they advance to W3C Recommendation status. + The W3C process for producing these technical reports + includes significant review by the Members and public, + and requirements that the Working Group be able to show implementation and interoperability experience. + At the end of the process, + the Advisory Committee reviews the mature technical report, + and if there is support, + W3C publishes it as a Recommendation. +
+
The Process Document promotes the goals of quality and fairness in technical decisions + by encouraging consensus, + requiring reviews (by both Members and public) as part of the technical report development process, + and through an Advisory Committee Appeal process.
+
The other sections of the Process Document:
+
+
set forth policies for participation in W3C groups, +
establish two permanent groups within W3C: + the Technical Architecture Group (TAG), + to help resolve Consortium-wide technical issues; + and the Advisory Board (AB), + to help resolve Consortium-wide non-technical issues, + and to manage the evolution of the W3C process, + and +
describe other interactions between the Members (as represented by the W3C Advisory Committee), + the Team, + and the general public. +
+
W3C also operates Community and Business Groups, + which are separately described in their own process document [BG-CG].
+
2. Members, Advisory Committee, Team, Advisory Board, Technical Architecture Group
+
W3C’s mission is to lead the Web to its full potential. + W3C Member organizations provide resources to this end, + and the W3C Team provides the technical leadership + and organization to coordinate the effort.
+
2.1. Members
+
W3C Members are primarily represented in W3C processes as follows:
+
+
+ The Advisory Committee is composed of one representative from each Member organization + (refer to the Member-only list + of current Advisory Committee representatives. [CURRENT-AC]) + The Advisory Committee: +
+
reviews plans for W3C at each Advisory Committee meeting; +
reviews formal proposals from the W3C: Charter Proposals, Proposed Recommendations, + and Proposed Process Documents. +
elects the Advisory Board participants other than the Advisory Board Chair. +
elects a majority (6) of the participants on the Technical Architecture Group. +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal in some cases described in this document.
+
Representatives of Member organizations participate + in Working Groups and Interest Groups and + author and review technical reports. +
+
W3C membership is open to all entities, + as described in “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]; + (refer to the public list of current W3C Members [MEMBER-LIST]). + Organizations subscribe according to the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT]. + The Team must ensure + that Member participation agreements remain Team-only and that no Member receives preferential treatment within W3C.
+
While W3C does not have a class of membership tailored to individuals, + individuals may join W3C. + Restrictions pertaining to related Members apply + when the individual also represents another W3C Member.
+
2.1.1. Rights of Members
+
Each Member organization enjoys the following rights and benefits:
+
+
A seat on the Advisory Committee; +
Access to Member-only information; +
The Member Submission process; +
Use of the W3C Member logo on promotional material and to publicize the Member’s participation in W3C. + For more information, please refer to the Member logo usage policy + described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO]. +
+
Furthermore, subject to further restrictions included in the Member Agreement, + representatives of Member organizations participate in W3C as follows:
+
+
In Working Groups and Interest Groups. +
In Workshops and Symposia; +
On the Team, as W3C Fellows. +
+
The rights and benefits of W3C membership [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] are contingent upon conformance to the processes described in this document. + Disciplinary action for anyone participating in W3C activities is described in § 3.1.1 Expectations and Discipline.
+
2.1.2. Member Consortia and Related Members
+
2.1.2.1. Membership Consortia
+
A “Member Consortium” means a consortium, + user society, + or association of two or more individuals, + companies, + organizations or governments, + or any combination of these entities + which has the purpose of participating in a common activity + or pooling resources to achieve a common goal other than participation in, + or achieving certain goals in, + W3C. + A joint-stock corporation or similar entity is not a Member Consortium merely because it has shareholders or stockholders. + If it is not clear whether a prospective Member qualifies as a Member Consortium, + the Director may reasonably make the determination. + For a Member Consortium, the rights and privileges of W3C Membership + described in the W3C Process Document extend to the Member Consortium's paid staff + and Advisory Committee representative.
+
Member Consortia may also designate + up to four (or more at the Team’s discretion) individuals + who, though not employed by the organization, may exercise the rights of Member representatives.
+
For Member Consortia that have individual people as members, + these individuals must disclose their employment affiliation + when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.
+
For Member Consortia that have organizations as Members, + all such designated representatives must be an official representative of the Member organization + (e.g. a Committee or Task Force Chairperson) + and must disclose their employment affiliation when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.
+
For all representatives of a Member Consortium, + IPR commitments are made on behalf of the Member Consortium, + unless a further IPR commitment is made by the individuals' employers.
+
2.1.2.2. Related Members
+
In the interest of ensuring the integrity of the consensus process, + Member involvement in some of the processes in this document is affected by related Member status. + As used herein, two Members are related if:
+
+
Either Member is a subsidiary of the other, or +
Both Members are subsidiaries of a common entity, or +
The Members have an employment contract or consulting contract that affects W3C participation. +
+
A subsidiary is an organization of which effective control and/or majority ownership rests with another, + single organization.
+
Related Members must disclose these relationships + according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].
+
2.1.3. Advisory Committee (AC)
+
When an organization joins W3C + (see “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]), + it must name its Advisory Committee representative as part of the Membership Agreement. + The New Member Orientation [INTRO] explains how to subscribe or unsubscribe to Advisory Committee mailing lists, + provides information about Advisory Committee Meetings, + explains how to name a new Advisory Committee representative, + and more. Advisory Committee representatives must follow the conflict of interest policy by disclosing information according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation. + See also the additional roles of Advisory Committee representatives described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
Additional information for Members is available at the Member Web site [MEMBER-HP].
+
2.1.3.1. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists
+
The Team must provide two mailing lists for use by the Advisory Committee:
+
+
One for official announcements (e.g., those required by this document) from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + This list is read-only for Advisory Committee representatives. +
One for discussion among Advisory Committee representatives. + Though this list is primarily for Advisory Committee representatives, + the Team must monitor discussion + and should participate in discussion when appropriate. + Ongoing detailed discussions should be moved to other appropriate lists + (new or existing, such as a mailing list created for a Workshop). +
+
An Advisory Committee representative may request + that additional individuals from their organization be subscribed to these lists. + Failure to contain distribution internally may result in suspension of additional email addresses, + at the discretion of the Team.
+
2.1.3.2. Advisory Committee Meetings
+
The Team organizes a face-to-face meeting for the Advisory Committee twice a year. + The Team appoints the Chair of these meetings (generally the CEO). + At each Advisory Committee meeting, + the Team should provide an update to the Advisory Committee about:
+
+
Resources +
+
+
The number of W3C Members at each level. +
An overview of the financial status of W3C. +
+
Allocations +
+
+
The allocation of the annual budget, including size of the Team and their approximate deployment. +
A list of all activities (including but not limited to Working and Interest Groups) + and brief status statement about each, + in particular those started or terminated since the previous Advisory Committee meeting. +
The allocation of resources to pursuing liaisons with other organizations. +
+
+
Each Member organization should send one representative to each Advisory Committee Meeting. + In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., during a period of transition between representatives from an organization), + the meeting Chair may allow a Member organization to send two representatives to a meeting.
+
The Team must announce the date and location of each Advisory Committee meeting + no later than at the end of the previous meeting; one year’s notice is preferred. + The Team must announce the region of each Advisory Committee meeting + at least one year in advance.
+
More information about Advisory Committee meetings [AC-MEETING] is available at the Member Web site.
+
2.2. The W3C Team
+
The Team consists of + the Director, CEO, + W3C paid staff, + unpaid interns, + and W3C Fellows. W3C Fellows are Member employees working as part of the Team; + see the W3C Fellows Program [FELLOWS]. + The Team provides technical leadership about Web technologies, + organizes and manages W3C activities to reach goals + within practical constraints (such as resources available), + and communicates with the Members and the public + about the Web and W3C technologies.
+
The Director and CEO may delegate responsibility + (generally to other individuals in the Team) + for any of their roles described in this document, + except participation in the TAG.
+ Team Decisions derive from the Director and CEO's authority, + even when they are carried out by other members of the Team. +
+
+ It’s bee suggested that the following note may be helpful, + but this remains controversial. + Should we include it? +
Note: It is generally expected + that the CEO and Director will take the Team’s input into consideration when making decisions, + and that they will delegate various responsibilities to individuals or groups within the Team. + Nevertheless, the CEO and Director have the ultimate authority within the Team.
+
+
The Director is the lead technical architect at W3C, + whose responsibilities are identified throughout this document in relevant places. + Some key ones include: + assessing consensus within W3C for architectural choices, + publication of technical reports, + and chartering new Groups; + appointing group Chairs, + adjudicating as "tie-breaker" for Group decision appeals, + and deciding on the outcome of formal objections; + the Director is generally Chair of the TAG.
+
Team administrative information such as Team salaries, + detailed budgeting, + and other business decisions + are Team-only, + subject to oversight by the Host institutions.
+
Note: W3C is not currently incorporated. + For legal contracts, W3C is represented by four “Host” institutions: + Beihang University, + the European Research Consortium for Informatics and Mathematics (ERCIM), + Keio University, + and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). + Within W3C, the Host institutions are governed by hosting agreements; + the Hosts themselves are not W3C Members.
+
2.3. Advisory Board (AB)
+
The Advisory Board provides ongoing guidance to the Team + on issues of strategy, + management, + legal matters, + process, + and conflict resolution. + The Advisory Board also serves the Members + by tracking issues raised between Advisory Committee meetings, + soliciting Member comments on such issues, + and proposing actions to resolve these issues. + The Advisory Board manages the evolution of the Process Document. + The Advisory Board hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected + for reasons unrelated to Web architecture; + see also the TAG.
+
The Advisory Board is not a board of directors + and has no decision-making authority within W3C; + its role is strictly advisory.
+
The Team must make available a mailing list, + confidential to the Advisory Board and Team, + for the Advisory Board to use for its communication.
+
The Advisory Board should send a summary of each of its meetings + to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The Advisory Board should also report on its activities + at each Advisory Committee meeting.
+
Details about the Advisory Board + (e.g., the list of Advisory Board participants, + mailing list information, and summaries of Advisory Board meetings) + are available at the Advisory Board home page [AB-HP].
+
2.3.1. Advisory Board Participation
+
The Advisory Board consists of nine to eleven elected participants and a Chair. + The Team appoints the Chair of the Advisory Board, + who is generally the CEO. + The team also appoints a Team Contact for the AB, + as described in § 5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups.
+
The remaining nine to eleven Advisory Board participants are elected by the W3C Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process.
+
With the exception of the Chair, + the terms of all Advisory Board participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year, + either five or six terms expire. + If an individual is elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular Advisory Board terms begin on 1 July and end on 30 June.
+
+
2.4. Technical Architecture Group (TAG)
+
The mission of the TAG is stewardship of the Web architecture. + There are three aspects to this mission:
+
+
to document and build consensus around principles of Web architecture + and to interpret and clarify these principles when necessary; +
to resolve issues involving general Web architecture brought to the TAG; +
to help coordinate cross-technology architecture developments inside and outside W3C. +
+
The TAG hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected for reasons related to Web architecture; + see also the Advisory Board.
+
The TAG's scope is limited to technical issues about Web architecture. + The TAG should not consider + administrative, + process, + or organizational policy issues of W3C, + which are generally addressed by + the W3C Advisory Committee, + Advisory Board, + and Team. + Please refer to the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] for more information about the background and scope of the TAG, + and the expected qualifications of TAG participants.
+
The Team must make available two mailing lists for the TAG:
+
+
a public discussion (not just input) list for issues of Web architecture. + The TAG will conduct its public business on this list. +
a Member-only list for discussions within the TAG + and for requests to the TAG that, + for whatever reason, cannot be made on the public list. +
+
The TAG may also request the creation of additional topic-specific, public mailing lists. + For some TAG discussions (e.g., a Submission Appeal), + the TAG may use a list that will be Member-only.
+
The TAG should send a summary of each of its meetings to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The TAG should also report on its activities at each Advisory Committee meeting.
+
When the TAG votes to resolve an issue, + each TAG participant + (whether appointed, elected, or the Chair) + has one vote; + see also the section on voting in the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] and the general section on votes in this Process Document.
+
Details about the TAG (e.g., the list of TAG participants, mailing list information, and summaries of TAG meetings) + are available at the TAG home page [TAG-HP].
+
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation
+
The TAG consists of:
+
+
Tim Berners-Lee, who is a life member; +
The Director, + sitting ex officio; +
Three participants appointed by the Director; +
Six participants elected by the Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process. +
+
The Team appoints the Chair of the TAG, + who must be one of the participants. + The team also appoints a Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] for the TAG, + as described in § 5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups.
+
The terms of elected and Director-appointed TAG participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year three elected terms, + and either one or two appointed terms expire. + If an individual is appointed or elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular TAG terms begin on 1 February and end on 31 January.
+
The Director may announce the appointed participants + after the results for the Advisory Committee election of participants have been announced.
+
2.5. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation
+
Advisory Board and TAG participants have a special role within W3C: + they are elected by the Membership and appointed by the Director + with the expectation that they will use their best judgment + to find the best solutions for the Web, + not just for any particular network, + technology, + vendor, + or user. + Advisory Board and TAG participants are expected to participate regularly and fully. + Advisory Board and TAG participants should attend Advisory Committee meetings.
+
Individuals elected or appointed to the Advisory Board or TAG act in their personal capacity, + to serve the needs of the W3C membership as a whole, + and the Web community. + Whether they are Member representatives or Invited Experts, + their activities in those roles are separate and distinct from their activities on the Advisory Board or TAG.
+
An individual participates on the Advisory Board or TAG + from the moment the individual’s term begins until the seat is vacated (e.g. because the term ends). + Although Advisory Board and TAG participants do not advocate for the commercial interests of their employers, + their participation does carry the responsibilities associated with Member representation, + Invited Expert status, + or Team representation + (as described in the section on the AB/TAG nomination and election process).
+
Participation in the TAG or AB is afforded to the specific individuals elected or appointed to those positions, + and a participant’s seat must not be delegated to any other person.
+
2.5.1. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints
+
Given the few seats available on the Advisory Board and the TAG, + and in order to ensure that the diversity of W3C Members is represented:
+
+
Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the TAG + except when this is caused by a change of affiliation of an existing participant. + At the completion of the next regularly scheduled election for the TAG, + the organization must have returned to having at most one seat. +
Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the AB. + If, for whatever reason, these constraints are not satisfied + (e.g., because an AB participant changes jobs), + one participant must cease AB participation + until the situation has been resolved. + If after 30 days the situation has not been resolved, + the Chair will apply + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + to choose one person for continued participation and declare the other seat(s) vacant. +
An individual must not participate on both the TAG and the AB. +
+
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections
+
The Advisory Board and a portion of the Technical Architecture Group are elected by the Advisory Committee, + using a Single Transferable Vote system. + An election begins when the Team sends a Call for Nominations to the Advisory Committee. + Any Call for Nominations specifies the minimum and maximum number of available seats, + the deadline for nominations, + details about the specific vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information such as how to nominate a candidate. + The Team may modify the tabulation system after the Call for Nominations + but must stabilize it no later than the Call for Votes. + The Team should announce appointments + no later than the start of a nomination period as part of the Call for Nominations.
+
In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the TAG, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats are the same: + the 3 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats.
+
In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the AB, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats differ: + The maximum number is the 5 or 6 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats; + the minimum number is such that when added to the occupied seats from the prior year, + the minimum size of the AB (9) is reached.
+
Each Member (or group of related Members) may nominate one individual. + A nomination must be made with the consent of the nominee. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Member representative, + the individual must qualify for Member representation and the Member’s Advisory Committee representative must include in the nomination + the (same) information required for a Member representative in a Working Group. + In order for an individual to be nominated as an Invited Expert, + the individual must provide + the (same) information required for an Invited Expert in a Working Group and the nominating Advisory Committee representative must include that information in the nomination. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Team representative, + the nominating Advisory Committee representative must first secure approval from Team management. + A nominee is not required to be an employee of a Member organization, + and may be a W3C Fellow. + The nomination form must ask for the nominee’s primary affiliation, + and this will be reported on the ballot. + For most nominees, + the primary affiliation is their employer and will match their affiliation in the W3C database. + For contractors and invited experts, + this will normally be their contracting company + or their invited expert status; + in some cases + (e.g. where a consultant is consulting for only one organization) + this may be the organization for whom the nominee is consulting. + A change of affiliation is defined + such that this field would carry a different answer + if the nominee were to be re-nominated + (therefore, + terminating employment, + or accepting new employment, + are changes of affiliation). + (Other formal relationships such as other contracts should be disclosed as potential conflicts of interest.) + Each nomination should include + a few informative paragraphs about the nominee.
+
If, after the deadline for nominations, the number of nominees is:
+
+
Greater than or equal to the minimum number of available seats + and less than or equal to the maximum number of available seats, + those nominees are thereby elected. + This situation constitutes a tie for the purpose of assigning incomplete terms. + Furthermore, if the number is less than the maximum number of available seats, + the longest terms are filled first. +
Less than the minimum number of available seats, + Calls for Nominations are issued until a sufficient number of people have been nominated. + Those already nominated do not need to be renominated after a renewed call. +
Greater than the maximum number of available seats, + the Team issues a Call for Votes + that includes the names of all candidates, + the (maximum) number of available seats, + the deadline for votes, + details about the vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information. +
+
When there is a vote, + each Member + (or group of related Members) may submit one ballot that ranks candidates in the Member’s preferred order. + Once the deadline for votes has passed, + the Team announces the results to the Advisory Committee. + In case of a tie the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to fill the available seats.
+
The shortest incomplete term is assigned to the elected candidate ranked lowest by the tabulation of votes, + the next shortest term to the next-lowest ranked elected candidate, + and so on. + In the case of a tie among those eligible for a incomplete term, + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to assign the incomplete term.
+
Refer to How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election [ELECTION-HOWTO] for more details.
+
2.5.2.1. Verifiable Random Selection Procedure
+
When it is necessary to use a verifiable random selection process + (e.g., in an AB or TAG election, + to “draw straws” in case of a tie + or to fill a incomplete term), + W3C uses the random and verifiable procedure defined in RFC 3797 [RFC3797]. + The procedure orders an input list of names + (listed in alphabetical order by family name unless otherwise specified) + into a “result order”.
+
W3C applies this procedure as follows:
+
+
+
When N people have tied for M (less than N) seats. + In this case, only the names of the N individuals who tied + are provided as input to the procedure. + The M seats are assigned in result order. +
After all elected individuals have been identified, + when N people are eligible for M (less than N) incomplete terms. + In this case, only the names of those N individuals are provided as input to the procedure. + The incomplete terms are assigned in result order. +
+
2.5.3. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats
+
An Advisory Board or TAG participant’s seat is vacated when:
+
+
the participant resigns, or +
an Advisory Board or TAG participant changes affiliations + such that the Advisory Board and TAG participation constraints are no longer met, + or +
the Director dismisses the participant + for failing to meet the criteria in section § 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria, + or +
their term ends. +
+
If a participant changes affiliation, + but the participation constraints are met, + that participant’s seat becomes vacant at the next regularly scheduled election for that group.
+
Vacated seats are filled according to this schedule:
+
+
When an appointed TAG seat is vacated, + the Director may re-appoint someone immediately, + but no later than the next regularly scheduled election. +
+ When an elected seat on either the AB or TAG is vacated, + the seat is filled at the next regularly scheduled election for the group + unless the group Chair requests that W3C hold an election before then + (for instance, due to the group’s workload). +
+
The group Chair should not request such an election + if the next regularly scheduled election is fewer than three months away. +
The group Chair may request an election, + and the election may begin, as soon as a current member gives notice of a resignation, + including a resignation effective as of a given date in the future. +
+
When such an election is held, + the minimum number of available seats is such that + when added to the number of continuing participants, + the minimum total number of elected seats is met + (6 for the TAG, 9 for the AB); + and the maximum number corresponds to all unoccupied seats. + Except for the number of available seats and the length of the terms, + the usual rules for Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections apply.
+
+
3. General Policies for W3C Groups
+
This section describes general policies for W3C groups regarding participation, + meeting requirements, + and decision-making. + These policies apply to participants in the following groups: Advisory Committee, Advisory Board, TAG, Working Groups, + and Interest Groups.
+
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria
+
3.1.1. Expectations and Discipline
+
There are three qualities an individual is expected to demonstrate in order to participate in W3C:
+
+
Technical competence in one’s role; +
The ability to act fairly; +
Social competence in one’s role. +
+
Advisory Committee representatives who nominate individuals from their organization for participation in W3C activities + are responsible for assessing and attesting to the qualities of those nominees.
+
Participants in any W3C activity must abide + by the terms and spirit of the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC] and the participation requirements described in + “Disclosure” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
The Director may take disciplinary action, + including suspending or removing for cause + a participant in any group (including the AB and TAG) + if serious and/or repeated violations, + such as failure to meet the requirements of this process + (where repeated attempts to address these violations have not resolved the situation) + or violation of the membership agreement or applicable laws, + occur. + Refer to the Guidelines to suspend or remove participants from groups.
+
3.1.2. Conflict of Interest Policy
+
Individuals participating materially in W3C work must disclose significant relationships + when those relationships might reasonably be perceived as creating a conflict of interest with the individual’s role at W3C. + These disclosures must be kept up-to-date + as the individual’s affiliations change and W3C membership evolves + (since, for example, the individual might have a relationship with an organization that joins or leaves W3C). + Each section in this document that describes a W3C group + provides more detail about the disclosure mechanisms for that group.
+
The ability of an individual to fulfill a role within a group + without risking a conflict of interest depends on the individual’s affiliations. + When these affiliations change, + the individual’s assignment to the role must be evaluated. + The role may be reassigned according to the appropriate process. + For instance, + the Director may appoint a new group Chair when the current Chair changes affiliations + (e.g., if there is a risk of conflict of interest, + or if there is risk that the Chair’s new employer will be over-represented within a W3C activity).
+
The following are some scenarios where disclosure is appropriate:
+
+
Paid consulting for an organization whose activity is relevant to W3C, + or any consulting compensated with equity + (shares of stock, stock options, or other forms of corporate equity). +
A decision-making role/responsibility + (such as participating on the Board) in other organizations relevant to W3C. +
A position on a publicly visible advisory body, + even if no decision-making authority is involved. +
+
Individuals seeking assistance on these matters should contact the Team.
+
Team members are subject to the W3C Team conflict of interest policy [CONFLICT-POLICY].
+
3.1.3. Individuals Representing a Member Organization
+
Generally, individuals representing a Member in an official capacity within W3C + are employees of the Member organization. + However, an Advisory Committee representative may designate a non-employee + to represent the Member. + Non-employee Member representatives must disclose + relevant affiliations to the Team and to any group in which the individual participates.
+
In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., situations that might jeopardize the progress of a group or create a conflict of interest), + the Director may decline + to allow an individual designated by an Advisory Committee representative to participate in a group.
+
A group charter may limit + the number of individuals representing a W3C Member + (or group of related Members).
+
3.2. Meetings
+
W3C groups + (including the Advisory Committee, Advisory Board, TAG, + and Working Groups) should observe the meeting requirements in this section.
+
W3C distinguishes two types of meetings:
+
+
A face-to-face meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate in the same physical location. +
A distributed meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate from remote locations + (e.g., by telephone, video conferencing, or IRC). +
+
A Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to attend a meeting on an exceptional basis. + This person is a meeting guest, + not a group participant. + Meeting guests do not have voting rights. + It is the responsibility of the Chair to ensure + that all meeting guests respect the chartered level of confidentiality and other group requirements.
+
Meeting announcements should be sent to all appropriate group mailing lists, + i.e. those most relevant to the anticipated meeting participants.
+
The following table lists requirements for organizing a meeting:
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ Face-to-face meetings + Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) + eight weeks^* + one week^* +
Agenda available (before) + two weeks + 24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) + three days + 24 hours +
Action items available (after) + three days + 24 hours +
Minutes available (after) + two weeks + 48 hours +
+
^* To allow proper planning (e.g., travel arrangements), + the Chair is responsible for giving sufficient advance notice + about the date and location of a meeting. + Shorter notice for a meeting is allowed + provided that there are no objections from group participants.
+
3.3. Consensus
+
Consensus is a core value of W3C. + To promote consensus, + the W3C process requires Chairs to ensure + that groups consider all legitimate views and objections, + and endeavor to resolve them, + whether these views and objections are expressed by the active participants of the group + or by others + (e.g., another W3C group, + a group in another organization, + or the general public). + Decisions may be made during meetings + (face-to-face or distributed) + as well as through email.
+
Note: The Director, CEO, and COO have the role of + assessing consensus within the Advisory Committee.
+
The following terms are used in this document + to describe the level of support for a decision among a set of eligible individuals:
+
+
Consensus: +
A substantial number of individuals in the set + support the decision + and nobody in the set registers a Formal Objection. + Individuals in the set may abstain. + Abstention is either an explicit expression of no opinion + or silence by an individual in the set. +
Unanimity: +
The particular case of consensus where all individuals in the set support the decision + (i.e., no individual in the set abstains). +
Dissent: +
At least one individual in the set registers a Formal Objection. +
+
By default, the set of individuals eligible to participate in a decision is the set of group participants. + The Process Document does not require a quorum for decisions + (i.e., the minimal number of eligible participants required to be present before the Chair can call a question). + A charter may include a quorum requirement for consensus decisions.
+
Where unanimity is not possible, + a group should strive to make consensus decisions + where there is significant support and few abstentions. + The Process Document does not require a particular percentage of eligible participants + to agree to a motion in order for a decision to be made. + To avoid decisions where there is widespread apathy, + (i.e., little support and many abstentions), + groups should set minimum thresholds of active support before a decision can be recorded. + The appropriate percentage may vary depending on the size of the group + and the nature of the decision. + A charter may include threshold requirements for consensus decisions. + For instance, a charter might require a supermajority of eligible participants + (i.e., some established percentage above 50%) + to support certain types of consensus decisions.
+
+ Note: Chairs have substantial flexibility + in how they obtain and assess consensus among their groups. + Unless otherwise constrained by charter, + they may use modes including but not limited to explicit calls for consensus, + polls of participants, + “lazy consensus” in which lack of objection after sufficient notice is taken as assent; + or they may also delegate and empower a document editor + to assess consensus on their behalf, + whether in general + or for specific pre-determined circumstances + (e.g. in non-controversial situations, for specific types of issues, etc.). +
If questions or disagreements arise, + the final determination of consensus remains with the chair.
+
+
3.3.1. Managing Dissent
+
In some cases, even after careful consideration of all points of view, + a group might find itself unable to reach consensus. + The Chair may record a decision where there is dissent (i.e., there is at least one Formal Objection) + so that the group can make progress + (for example, to produce a deliverable in a timely manner). + Dissenters cannot stop a group’s work + simply by saying that they cannot live with a decision. + When the Chair believes that the Group has duly considered + the legitimate concerns of dissenters as far as is possible and reasonable, + the group should move on.
+
Groups should favor proposals that create the weakest objections. + This is preferred over proposals that are supported by a large majority + but that cause strong objections from a few people. + As part of making a decision where there is dissent, + the Chair is expected to be aware of which participants work for the same + (or related) + Member organizations and weigh their input accordingly.
+
3.3.2. Recording and Reporting Formal Objections
+
In the W3C process, + an individual may register a Formal Objection to a decision. + A Formal Objection to a group decision + is one that the reviewer requests that the Director consider + as part of evaluating the related decision + (e.g., in response to a request to advance a technical report).
+
Note: In this document, the term “Formal Objection” is used to emphasize this process implication: + Formal Objections receive Director consideration. + The word “objection” used alone has ordinary English connotations.
+
An individual who registers a Formal Objection should cite technical arguments + and propose changes that would remove the Formal Objection; + these proposals may be vague or incomplete. Formal Objections that do not provide substantive arguments + or rationale are unlikely to receive serious consideration.
+
A record of each Formal Objection must be publicly available. + A Call for Review (of a document) to the Advisory Committee must identify any Formal Objections.
+
3.3.3. Formally Addressing an Issue
+
In the context of this document, + a group has formally addressed an issue when it has sent a public, substantive response + to the reviewer who raised the issue. + A substantive response is expected to include rationale for decisions + (e.g., a technical explanation, a pointer to charter scope, or a pointer to a requirements document). + The adequacy of a response is measured + against what a W3C reviewer would generally consider to be technically sound. + If a group believes that a reviewer’s comments result from a misunderstanding, + the group should seek clarification before reaching a decision.
+
As a courtesy, + both Chairs and reviewers should set expectations + for the schedule of responses and acknowledgments. + The group should reply to a reviewer’s initial comments + in a timely manner. + The group should set a time limit + for acknowledgment by a reviewer of the group’s substantive response; + a reviewer cannot block a group’s progress. + It is common for a reviewer to require a week or more + to acknowledge and comment on a substantive response. + The group’s responsibility to respond to reviewers + does not end once a reasonable amount of time has elapsed. + However, reviewers should realize + that their comments will carry less weight + if not sent to the group in a timely manner.
+
Substantive responses should be recorded. + The group should maintain an accurate summary + of all substantive issues and responses to them + (e.g., in the form of an issues list with links to mailing list archives).
+
3.3.4. Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information
+
The Chair may reopen a decision + when presented with new information, including:
+
+
additional technical information, +
comments by email from participants who were unable to attend a scheduled meeting, +
comments by email from meeting attendees + who chose not to speak out during a meeting + (e.g., so they could confer later with colleagues or for cultural reasons). +
+
The Chair should record + that a decision has been reopened, + and must do so upon request from a group participant.
+
3.4. Votes
+
A group should only conduct a vote to resolve a substantive issue after the Chair has determined that all available means of reaching consensus through technical discussion and compromise have failed, + and that a vote is necessary to break a deadlock. + In this case the Chair must record + (e.g., in the minutes of the meeting or in an archived email message):
+
+
an explanation of the issue being voted on; +
the decision to conduct a vote + (e.g., a simple majority vote) to resolve the issue; +
the outcome of the vote; +
any Formal Objections. +
+
In order to vote to resolve a substantive issue, + an individual must be a group participant. + Each organization represented in the group must have at most one vote, + even when the organization is represented by several participants in the group + (including Invited Experts). + For the purposes of voting:
+
+
A Member or group of related Members is considered a single organization. +
The Team is considered an organization. +
+
Unless the charter states otherwise, Invited Experts may vote.
+
If a participant is unable to attend a vote, + that individual may authorize anyone at the meeting + to act as a proxy. + The absent participant must inform the Chair in writing + who is acting as proxy, with written instructions on the use of the proxy. + For a Working Group or Interest Group, + see the related requirements regarding an individual + who attends a meeting as a substitute for a participant.
+
A group may vote for other purposes than to resolve a substantive issue. + For instance, the Chair often conducts a “straw poll” vote + as a means of determining whether there is consensus about a potential decision.
+
A group may also vote to make a process decision. + For example, + it is appropriate to decide by simple majority + whether to hold a meeting in San Francisco or San Jose + (there’s not much difference geographically). + When simple majority votes are used to decide minor issues, + voters are not required to state the reasons for votes, + and the group is not required to record individual votes.
+
A group charter may include formal voting procedures + (e.g., quorum or threshold requirements) + for making decisions about substantive issues.
+
Procedures for Advisory Committee votes are described separately.
+
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions
+
Groups resolve issues through dialog. + Individuals who disagree strongly with a decision should register with the Chair any Formal Objections (e.g., to a decision made as the result of a vote).
+
As detailed in other parts of this document, + the Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group has the prerogative + to make certain decisions based on their own judgment. + Such decisions are called Chair Decisions. + In contrast, + decisions taken by the Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group on the basis of having assessed the consensus of the group + or following a vote (see § 3.4 Votes) + are called Group Decisions.
+
When group participants believe that their concerns are not being duly considered by the group or the Chair, + they may ask the Director (for representatives of a Member organization, via their Advisory Committee representative) + to confirm or deny the decision. + This is a Group Decision Appeal or a Chair Decision Appeal. + The participants should also make their requests known + to the Team Contact. + The Team Contact must inform the Director + when a group participant has raised concerns about due process.
+
Any requests to the Director to confirm a decision must include a summary of + the issue (whether technical or procedural), + decision, + and rationale for the objection. + All counter-arguments, + rationales, + and decisions must be recorded.
+
Procedures for Advisory Committee appeals are described separately.
+
3.6. Resignation from a Group
+
A W3C Member or Invited Expert may resign from a group. + On written notification from an Advisory Committee representative + or Invited Expert + to the team, + the Member and their representatives + or the Invited Expert + will be deemed to have resigned from the relevant group. + The team must record the notification. + See “Exclusion and Resignation from the Working Group” in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for information about obligations remaining after resignation from certain groups.
+
4. Dissemination Policies
+
The Team is responsible for managing communication within W3C + and with the general public + (e.g., news services, press releases, managing the Web site and access privileges, and managing calendars). + Members should solicit review by the Team + prior to issuing press releases about their work within W3C.
+
The Team makes every effort to ensure the persistence and availability of the following public information:
+
+
W3C technical reports whose publication has been approved. + Per the Membership Agreement, + W3C technical reports (and software) are available free of charge to the general public; + (refer to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]). +
A mission statement [MISSION] that explains the purpose and mission of W3C, + the key benefits for Members, + and the organizational structure of W3C. +
Legal documents, + including the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] and documentation of any legal commitments W3C has with other entities. +
The Process Document. +
Public results of W3C activities and Workshops. +
+
To keep the Members abreast of W3C meetings, Workshops, + and review deadlines, + the Team provides them with a regular (e.g., weekly) news service + and maintains a calendar [CALENDAR] of official W3C events. + Members are encouraged to send schedule and event information to the Team for inclusion on this calendar.
+
4.1. Confidentiality Levels
+
There are three principal levels of access to W3C information + (on the W3C Web site, in W3C meetings, etc.): + public, + Member-only, + and Team-only.
+
While much information made available by W3C is public, + “Member-only” information + is available to authorized parties only, + including representatives of Member organizations, Invited Experts, + the Advisory Board, + the TAG, + and the Team. + For example, + the charter of some Working Groups may specify a Member-only confidentiality level for group proceedings.
+
“Team-only” information + is available to the Team and other authorized parties.
+
Those authorized to access Member-only and Team-only information:
+
+
must treat the information as confidential within W3C, +
must use reasonable efforts to maintain the proper level of confidentiality, and +
must not release this information to the general public or press. +
+
The Team must provide mechanisms + to protect the confidentiality of Member-only information + and ensure that authorized parties have proper access to this information. + Documents should clearly indicate + whether they require Member-only confidentiality. + Individuals uncertain of the confidentiality level of a piece of information should contact the Team.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may authorize Member-only access to Member representatives and other individuals employed by the Member + who are considered appropriate recipients. + For instance, + it is the responsibility of the Advisory Committee representative and other employees + and official representatives of the organization + to ensure that Member-only news announcements + are distributed for internal use only within their organization. + Information about Member mailing lists is available + in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].
+
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level
+
As a benefit of membership, + W3C provides some Team-only and Member-only channels + for certain types of communication. + For example, Advisory Committee representatives can send reviews to a Team-only channel. + However, for W3C processes with a significant public component, + such as the technical report development process, + it is also important for information that affects decision-making to be publicly available. + The Team may need to communicate Team-only information to a Working Group or the public. + Similarly, a Working Group whose proceedings are Member-only must make public + information pertinent to the technical report development process.
+
This document clearly indicates which information must be available to Members or the public, + even though that information was initially communicated on Team-only or Member-only channels. + Only the Team and parties authorized by the Team + may change the level of confidentiality of this information. + When doing so:
+
+
The Team must use a version of the information + that was expressly provided by the author for the new confidentiality level. + In Calls for Review and other similar messages, + the Team should remind recipients to provide such alternatives. +
The Team must not attribute the version + for the new confidentiality level to the author without the author’s consent. +
If the author has not conveyed to the Team a version + that is suitable for another confidentiality level, + the Team may make available a version that reasonably communicates what is required, + while respecting the original level of confidentiality, + and without attribution to the original author. +
+
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups
+
This document defines two types of groups:
+
+
Working Groups. +
Working Groups typically produce deliverables + (e.g., Recommendation Track technical reports, + software, + test suites, + and reviews of the deliverables of other groups). + There are additional participation requirements + described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
Interest Groups. +
The primary goal of an Interest Group is to bring together people who wish to evaluate potential Web technologies and policies. + An Interest Group is a forum for the exchange of ideas. +
+
Interest Groups do not publish Recommendation Track technical reports; + see information about maturity levels for Interest Groups.
+
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups
+
Each group must have a charter. + Requirements for the charter depend on the group type. + All group charters must be public + (even if other proceedings of the group are Member-only).
+
Each group must have a Chair (or co-Chairs) + to coordinate the group’s tasks. + The Director appoints (and re-appoints) Chairs for all groups. + The Chair is a Member representative, + a Team representative, + or an Invited Expert, + (invited by the Director). + The requirements of this document that apply to those types of participants apply to Chairs as well. + The role of the Chair [CHAIR] is described + in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE].
+
Each group must have a Team Contact, + who acts as the interface between the Chair, + group participants, + and the rest of the Team. + The role of the Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] is described in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE]. + The Chair and the Team Contact of a group should not be the same individual.
+
Each group must have an archived mailing list + for formal group communication + (e.g., for meeting announcements and minutes, + documentation of decisions, + and Formal Objections to decisions). + It is the responsibility of the Chair and Team Contact to ensure that new participants are subscribed to all relevant mailing lists. + Refer to the list of group mailing lists [GROUP-MAIL].
+
A Chair may form task forces + (composed of group participants) + to carry out assignments for the group. + The scope of these assignments must not exceed the scope of the group’s charter. + A group should document the process it uses + to create task forces + (e.g., each task force might have an informal "charter"). + Task forces do not publish technical reports; + the Working Group may choose to publish their results as part of a technical report.
+
5.2. Working Groups and Interest Groups
+
Although Working Groups and Interest Groups have different purposes, + they share some characteristics, + and so are defined together in the following sections.
+
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements
+
There are three types of individual participants in a Working Group: Member representatives, Invited Experts, + and Team representatives (including the Team Contact).
+
There are four types of individual participants in an Interest Group: + the same three types as for Working Groups plus, + for an Interest Group where the only participation requirement is mailing list subscription, public participants.
+
Except where noted in this document or in a group charter, + all participants share the same rights and responsibilities in a group; + see also the individual participation criteria.
+
A participant may represent more than one organization + in a Working Group or Interest Group. + Those organizations must all be members of the group.
+
An individual may become + a Working or Interest Group participant + at any time during the group’s existence. + See also relevant requirements in + “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
On an exceptional basis, + a Working or Interest Group participant may designate + a substitute to attend a meeting and should inform the Chair. + The substitute may act on behalf of the participant, + including for votes. + For the substitute to vote, + the participant must inform the Chair in writing in advance. + As a courtesy to the group, + if the substitute is not well-versed in the group’s discussions, + the regular participant should authorize another participant to act as proxy for votes.
+
To allow rapid progress, + Working Groups are intended to be small + (typically fewer than 15 people) + and composed of experts in the area defined by the charter. + In principle, + Interest Groups have no limit on the number of participants. + When a Working Group grows too large to be effective, + W3C may split it into an Interest Group + (a discussion forum) + and a much smaller Working Group + (a core group of highly dedicated participants).
+
See also the licensing obligations on Working Group participants + in “Licensing Obligations” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + and the patent claim exclusion process + in “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” in the Patent Policy.
+
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group
+
An individual is a Member representative in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question + has designated the individual as a Working Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +
+
To designate an individual as a Member representative in a Working Group, + an Advisory Committee representative must provide the Chair and Team Contact with all of the following information, + in addition to any other information required by the Call for Participation and charter + (including the participation requirements of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]):
+
+
The name of the W3C Member the individual represents + and whether the individual is an employee of that Member organization; +
A statement that the individual accepts the participation terms + set forth in the charter + (with an indication of charter date or version); +
A statement that the Member will provide the necessary financial support for participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences). +
+
A Member participates in a Working Group from the moment the first Member representative joins the group + until either of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
the Member resigns from the Working Group; + this is done through the Member’s Advisory Committee representative. +
+
5.2.1.2. Member Representative in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Member representative in an Interest Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question has designated the individual + as an Interest Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +
+
To designate an individual as a Member representative in an Interest Group, + the Advisory Committee representative must follow the instructions + in the Call for Participation and charter.
+
Member participation in an Interest Group ceases under the same conditions as for a Working Group.
+
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group
+
The Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to participate in a Working Group. + This individual may represent an organization in the group + (e.g., if acting as a liaison with another organization).
+
An individual is an Invited Expert in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Chair has designated the individual as a group participant, +
the Team Contact has agreed with the Chair’s choice, and +
the individual has provided the information required of an Invited Expert to the Chair and Team Contact. +
+
To designate an individual as an Invited Expert in a Working Group, + the Chair must inform the Team Contact + and provide rationale for the choice. + When the Chair and the Team Contact disagree about a designation, + the Director determines + whether the individual will be invited to participate in the Working Group.
+
To participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, + an individual must:
+
+
identify the organization, if any, the individual represents as a participant in this group, +
agree to the terms of the invited expert and collaborators agreement [COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT], +
accept the participation terms set forth in the charter, + including the participation requirements of + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + especially in “Note on Licensing Commitments for Invited Experts” + and in “Disclosure”, + indicating a specific charter date or version, +
disclose whether the individual is an employee of a W3C Member; + see the conflict of interest policy, +
provide a statement of who will provide the necessary financial support + for the individual’s participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences), and +
if the individual’s employer (including a self-employed individual) + or the organization the individual represents + is not a W3C Member, + indicate whether that organization intends to join W3C. + If the organization does not intend to join W3C, + indicate reasons the individual is aware of for this choice. +
+
The Chair should not designate as an Invited Expert in a Working Group an individual who is an employee of a W3C Member. + The Chair must not use Invited Expert status + to circumvent participation limits imposed by the charter.
+
An Invited Expert participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
the Chair or Director withdraws the invitation to participate, or +
the individual resigns. +
+
5.2.1.4. Invited Expert in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + the participation requirements for an Invited Expert in an Interest Group are the same as those for an Invited Expert in a Working Group.
+
5.2.1.5. Team Representative in a Working Group
+
An individual is a Team representative in a Working Group when so designated by W3C management.
+
A Team representative participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
W3C management changes Team representation by sending email to the Chair, + copying the group mailing list. +
+
The Team participates in a Working Group + from the moment the creation of the group is announced + until the group closes.
+
5.2.1.6. Team Representative in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Team representative in an Interest Group when so designated by W3C management.
+
5.2.2. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Development
+
W3C creates a charter based on interest from the Members and Team. + The Team must notify the Advisory Committee + when a charter for a new Working Group or Interest Group is in development. + This is intended to raise awareness, + even if no formal proposal is yet available. + Advisory Committee representatives may provide + feedback on the Advisory Committee discussion list.
+
W3C may begin work + on a Working Group or Interest Group charter + at any time.
+
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter
+
The Director must solicit Advisory Committee review of every new or substantively modified Working Group or Interest Group charter, + except for either:
+
+
+
a charter extension
+
+
substantive changes to a charter that do not affect the way the group functions in any significant way.
+
+
The review period must be at least 28 days. + The following are examples of substantive changes that would not require an Advisory Committee Review: + the addition of an in-scope deliverable, + a change of Team Contact, + or a change of Chair. + Such changes must nonetheless be announced + to the Advisory Committee and to participants in the Working or in the Interest Group, + and a rationale must be provided.
+
The Call for Review of a substantively modified charter must highlight important changes + (e.g., regarding deliverables or resource allocation) + and include rationale for the changes.
+
As part of the Advisory Committee review of any new or substantively modified Working Group charter, + any Advisory Committee representative may request an extended review period.
+
Such a request must be submitted with a Member’s comments + in response to the Call for Review. + Upon receipt of any such request, + the Director must ensure + that the Call for Participation for the Working Group + occurs at least 60 days + after the Call for Review of the charter.
+
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group
+
After Advisory Committee review of a Working Group or Interest Group charter, + the Director may issue a Call for Participation to the Advisory Committee. + Charters may be amended based on review comments + before the Call for Participation.
+
For a new group, this announcement officially creates the group. + The announcement must include a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + and the name(s) of the Team Contact(s).
+
After a Call for Participation, + any Member representatives and Invited Experts must be designated (or re-designated).
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against the decision to create + or substantially modify + a Working Group or Interest Group charter.
+
5.2.5. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension
+
To extend a Working Group or Interest Group charter + with no other substantive modifications, + the Director announces the extension to the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must indicate the new duration. + The announcement must also include rationale for the extension, + a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + the name of the Team Contact, + and instructions for joining the group.
+
After a charter extension, + Advisory Committee representatives + and the Chair are not required to re-designate Member representatives and Invited Experts.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against a Director’s decision + regarding the extension of a Working Group or Interest Group charter.
+
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters
+
A Working Group or Interest Group charter must include all of the following information.
+
+
The group’s mission + (e.g., develop a technology or process, review the work of other groups); +
The scope of the group’s work and criteria for success; +
The duration of the group (typically from six months to two years); +
The nature of any deliverables (technical reports, reviews of the deliverables of other groups, or software); +
+ Expected milestone dates where available. +
Note: A charter is not required to include schedules for review of other group’s deliverables;
+
The process for the group to approve the release of deliverables + (including intermediate results); +
Any dependencies by groups within or outside of W3C on the deliverables of this group. + For any dependencies, the charter must specify + the mechanisms for communication about the deliverables; +
Any dependencies of this group on other groups within or outside of W3C. + Such dependencies include interactions with W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER]; +
The level of confidentiality of the group’s proceedings and deliverables; +
Meeting mechanisms and expected frequency; +
If known, + the date of the first face-to-face meeting. + The date of the first face-to-face meeting of a proposed group must not be sooner than eight weeks after the date of the proposal. +
Communication mechanisms to be employed within the group, + between the group and the rest of W3C, + and with the general public; +
Any voting procedures or requirements + other than those specified in § 3.4 Votes; +
An estimate of the expected time commitment from participants; +
The expected time commitment and level of involvement by the Team + (e.g., to track developments, + write and edit technical reports, + develop code, + or organize pilot experiments). +
Intellectual property information. + What are the intellectual property (including patents and copyright) + considerations affecting the success of the Group? + In particular, is there any reason to believe + that it will be difficult to meet the Royalty-Free licensing goals + in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]? +
+
See also the charter requirements in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
For every Recommendation Track deliverable + that continues work on technical report published under any other Charter (including a predecessor group of the same name), + for which there is at least an existing First Public Working Draft the description of that deliverable in the proposed charter of the adopting Working Group must provide the following information:
+
+
The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the Working Draft or other Recommendation-track document + that will serve as the basis for work on the deliverable + (labeled “Adopted Draft”); +
The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the document + that was used as the basis for its most recent Exclusion Opportunity + as per + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + (labeled “Exclusion Draft”); and +
The stable URL of the Working Group charter + under which the Exclusion Draft was published + (labeled the “Other Charter”). +
+
All of the above data must be identified + in the adopting Working Group’s charter using the labels indicated.
+
The Adopted Draft and the Exclusion Draft must each be adopted in their entirety and without any modification. + The proposed charter must state + the dates on which the Exclusion Opportunity + that arose on publishing the Exclusion Draft began and ended. + As per “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + this potentially means that exclusions can only be made immediately on joining a Working Group.
+
An Interest Group charter may include provisions regarding participation, + including specifying + that the only requirement for participation (by anyone) in + the Interest Group is subscription to the Interest Group mailing list. + This type of Interest Group may have public participants.
+
A charter may include + provisions other than those required by this document. + The charter should highlight + whether additional provisions impose constraints + beyond those of the W3C Process Document + (e.g., limits on the number of individuals in a Working Group + who represent the same Member organization or group of related Members).
+
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure
+
A Working Group or Interest Group charter specifies a duration for the group. + The Director may decide to close a group + prior to the date specified in the charter in any of the following circumstances:
+
+
There are insufficient resources to produce chartered deliverables + or to maintain the group, + according to priorities established within W3C. +
The group produces chartered deliverables ahead of schedule. +
+
The Director closes a Working Group or Interest Group by announcement to the Advisory Committee. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal.
+
Closing a Working Group has implications + with respect to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6. W3C Technical Report Development Process
+
The W3C technical report development process is the set of steps and requirements + followed by W3C Working Groups to standardize Web technology. + The W3C technical report development process is designed to:
+
+
support multiple specification development methodologies +
maximize consensus about the content of stable technical reports +
ensure high technical and editorial quality +
promote consistency among specifications +
facilitate royalty-free, interoperable implementations of Web Standards, and +
earn endorsement by W3C and the broader community. +
+
See also “licensing goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.1. W3C Technical Reports
+
Publishing as used in this document + refers to producing a version which is listed as a W3C Technical Report on its Technical Reports page https://www.w3.org/TR [TR].
+
This chapter describes the formal requirements + for publishing and maintaining a W3C Recommendation, Note, + or Registry Report.
+
+
Recommendations +
Working Groups develop technical reports on the W3C Recommendation Track in order to produce normative specifications or guidelines + as standards for the Web. + The Recommendation Track process incorporates requirements for wide review, adequate implementation experience, + and consensus-building, + and is subject to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] which grants Royalty-Free IPR licenses to implementations. + See § 6.2 The W3C Recommendation Track for details. +
Notes +
Groups can also publish documents as W3C Notes, + typically either to document information + other than technical specifications, + such as use cases motivating a specification + and best practices for its use. + See § 6.3.1 Group Notes for details. +
Registries +
Working Groups can also publish registries + in order to document collections of values or other data + that have no normative implementation requirements. + A Registry is defined in a Recommendation Track document + which contains all related normative requirements. + A Registry is typically published in a separate W3C Registry, + although it can also be directly embedded in a Recommendation Track document. + Once set up, changes to registry entries are lightweight + and can even be done without a Working Group. + See § 6.4 Registries for details. +
+
Individual Working Groups and Interest Groups should adopt additional processes + for developing publications, + so long as they do not conflict with the requirements in this chapter.
+
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports
+
Every document published as part of the technical report development process must be a public document. + The index of W3C technical reports [TR] is available at the W3C Web site. + W3C strives to make archival documents indefinitely available + at their original address in their original form.
+
Every document published as part of the technical report development process must clearly indicate its maturity level, + and must include information about the status of the document. + This status information:
+
+
must be unique each time a specification is published, +
must state which Working Group developed the specification, +
must state how to send comments or file bugs, + and where these are recorded, +
must include expectations about next steps, +
should explain how the technology relates to existing international standards + and related work inside or outside W3C, + and +
should explain + or link to + an explanation of significant changes from the previous version. +
+
Every Technical Report published + as part of the Technical Report development process + is edited by one or more editors + appointed by a Group Chair. + It is the responsibility of these editors to ensure that the decisions of the Group are + correctly reflected in subsequent drafts of the technical report. + An editor must be a participant, + per § 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements in the Group responsible for the document(s) they are editing.
+
The Team is not required to publish a Technical Report that does not conform to the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES] (e.g., for naming, + status information, + style, + and copyright requirements). + These rules are subject to change by the Team from time to time. + The Team must inform group Chairs and the Advisory Committee of any changes to these rules.
+
The primary language for W3C Technical Reports is English. + W3C encourages the translation of its Technical Reports. Information about translations of W3C technical reports [TRANSLATION] is available at the W3C Web site.
+
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities
+
A document is available for review + from the moment it is first published. + Working Groups should formally address any substantive review comment + about a technical report in a timely manner.
+
Reviewers should send substantive technical reviews as early as possible. Working Groups are often reluctant to make substantive changes to a mature document, + particularly if this would cause significant compatibility problems + due to existing implementation. Working Groups should record substantive + or interesting proposals raised by reviews + but not incorporated into a current specification.
+
6.1.2.1. Wide Review
+
The requirements for wide review are not precisely defined by the W3C Process. + The objective is to ensure that the entire set of stakeholders of the Web community, + including the general public, + have had adequate notice of the progress of the Working Group (for example through notices posted to public-review-announce@w3.org) + and were able to actually perform reviews of and provide comments on the specification. + A second objective is to encourage groups to request reviews + early enough that comments and suggested changes + can still be reasonably incorporated in response to the review. + Before approving transitions, + the Director will consider who has been explicitly offered + a reasonable opportunity to review the document, + who has provided comments, + the record of requests to and responses from reviewers, + especially W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER] and groups identified as dependencies in the charter + or identified as liaisons [LIAISON], + and seek evidence of clear communication to the general public + about appropriate times and which content to review + and whether such reviews actually occurred.
+
For example, + inviting review of new or significantly revised sections published in Working Drafts, + and tracking those comments + and the Working Group's responses, + is generally a good practice which would often be considered positive evidence of wide review. Working Groups should announce to other W3C Working Groups + as well as the general public, + especially those affected by this specification, + a proposal to enter Candidate Recommendation (for example in approximately 28 days). + By contrast a generic statement in a document + requesting review at any time + is likely not to be considered as sufficient evidence + that the group has solicited wide review.
+
A Working Group could present evidence that wide review has been received, + irrespective of solicitation. + But it is important to note that receiving many detailed reviews + is not necessarily the same as wide review, + since they might only represent comment + from a small segment of the relevant stakeholder community.
+
6.1.3. Classes of Changes
+
This document distinguishes the following 5 classes of changes to a specification. + The first two classes of change are considered editorial changes, + the next two substantive changes, + and the last one registry changes.
+
+
+
+
+
No changes to text content
+
+
These changes include fixing broken links, style sheets or invalid markup. +
+
+
+
Corrections that do not affect conformance
+
+
Changes that reasonable implementers + would not interpret as changing architectural + or interoperability requirements + or their implementation. + Changes which resolve ambiguities in the specification + are considered to change (by clarification) the implementation requirements + and do not fall into this class. +
Examples of changes in this class include + correcting non-normative code examples + where the code clearly conflicts with normative requirements, + clarifying informative use cases or other non-normative text, + fixing typos or grammatical errors + where the change does not change implementation requirements. + If there is any doubt or disagreement + as to whether requirements are changed, + such changes do not fall into this class. +
+
+
+
Corrections that do not add new features
+
+
+ These changes may affect conformance to the specification. + A change that affects conformance is one that: +
+
makes conforming data, processors, or other conforming agents become non-conforming according to the new version, + or +
makes non-conforming data, processors, or other agents become conforming, + or +
clears up an ambiguity or under-specified part of the specification + in such a way that data, + a processor, + or an agent + whose conformance was once unclear + becomes clearly either conforming or non-conforming. +
+
+
+
+
New features
+
+
Changes that add a new functionality, element, etc. +
+
+
+
Changes to the contents of a registry table
+
+
Changes that add, remove, or alter registry entries in a registry table. +
+
6.1.4. Errata Management
+
Tracking errors is an important part of a Working Group's ongoing care of a technical report; + for this reason, + the scope of a Working Group charter generally allows time + for work after publication of a Recommendation. + In this Process Document, + the term “erratum” + (plural “errata”) refers to any error + that can be resolved by one or more changes in classes 1-3 + of section § 6.1.3 Classes of Changes.
+
Working Groups must keep + a public record of errors + that are reported by readers and implementers + for Recommendations. + Such error reports should be compiled + no less frequently than quarterly.
+
Working Groups decide how to document errata. + Such documentation must identify + the affected technical report text + and describe the error; + it may also describe some possible solution(s). + Readers of the technical report should be able easily + to find and see the errata + that apply to that specific technical report with their associated tests. + Errata may be documented + in a separate errata page or tracking system. + They may, + in addition or alternatively, + be annotated inline + alongside the affected technical report text + or at the start or end of the most relevant section(s).
+
6.1.5. Candidate Amendments
+
An erratum may be accompanied by an informative, candidate correction approved by the consensus of the Working Group. + When annotated inline, + errata—including their candidate corrections—must be marked as such, + are treated as class 2 changes, + and are published accordingly.
+
Note: Annotating changes in this way allows more mature documents + such as Recommendations and Candidate Recommendations to be updated quickly with the Working Group’s most current thinking, + even when the candidate amendments have not yet received + sufficient review or implementation experience + to be normatively incorporated into the specification proper.
+
A candidate addition is similar to a candidate correction, + except that it proposes a new feature + rather than an error correction.
+
If there is no group chartered to maintain a technical report, + the Team may maintain its errata and associated candidate corrections. + Such corrections must be marked + as Team correction, + and do not constitute + a normative portion of the Recommendation, + as defined in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] (i.e. they are not covered by the Patent Policy). + The Team must solicit wide review on Team corrections that it produces.
+
Candidate corrections and candidate additions are collectively known as candidate amendments.
+
In addition to their actual maturity level, published REC Track documents with candidate amendments are also considered, + for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + to be Working Drafts with those candidate amendments treated as normative.
+
6.1.6. License Grants from Non-Participants
+
When a party who is not already obligated under the Patent Policy + offers a change in class 3 or 4 + (as described in § 6.1.3 Classes of Changes) to a technical report under this process + the Team must request + a recorded royalty-free patent commitment; + for a change in class 4, the Team must secure such commitment. + Such commitment should cover, + at a minimum, + all the party’s Essential Claims both in the contribution, + and that become Essential Claims as a result of incorporating the contribution into the draft + that existed at the time of the contribution, + on the terms specified in the “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” section of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track
+
When advancing a technical report to Recommendation, + typically a series of Working Drafts are published, + each of which refines a document under development + to complete the scope of work envisioned by a Working Group's charter. + For a technical specification, + once review suggests the Working Group has met their requirements satisfactorily for a new standard, + there is a Candidate Recommendation phase. + This allows the entire W3C membership to provide feedback + on the specification, + while the Working Group formally collects implementation experience to demonstrate that the specification works in practice. + The next phase is a Proposed Recommendation, + to finalize the review of W3C Members. + If the Director determines that W3C Member review + supports a specification becoming a standard, + W3C publishes it as a Recommendation.
+
In summary, the W3C Recommendation Track consists of:
+
+
Publication of the First Public Working Draft. +
Publication of zero or more revised Working Drafts. +
Publication of one or more Candidate Recommendations. +
Publication of a Proposed Recommendation. +
Publication as a W3C Recommendation. +
+
+ +
+
This Process defines certain Recommendation Track publications as Patent Review Drafts. + Under the 2004 (updated in 2017) Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Last Call Working Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY-2017]; + Under the 2020 Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Patent Review Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
W3C may end work on a technical report at any time.
+
The Director may decline a request to advance in maturity level, + requiring a Working Group to conduct further work, + and may require + the specification to return to a lower maturity level. + The Team must inform the Advisory Committee and Working Group Chairs when a Working Group's request + for a specification to advance in maturity level is declined + and the specification is returned to a Working Group for further work.
+
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track
+
+
Working Draft (WD) +
+ A Working Draft is a document that W3C has published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] for review by the community (including W3C Members), the public, + and other technical organizations, + and for simple historical reference. + Some, but not all, Working Drafts are meant to advance to Recommendation; + see the document status section of a Working Draft + for the group’s expectations. Working Drafts do not necessarily represent a consensus of the Working Group with respect to their content, + and do not imply any endorsement by W3C + or its members beyond agreement to work on a general area of technology. + Nevertheless the Working Group decided to adopt the Working Draft as the basis for their work at the time of adoption. + A Working Draft is suitable for gathering wide review prior to advancing to the next stage of maturity. +
For all Working Drafts a Working Group:
+
+
should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, + and +
may request publication of a Working Draft + even if its content is considered unstable + and does not meet all Working Group requirements. +
+
The first Working Draft of a technical report is called the First Public Working Draft (FPWD), + and has patent implications as defined in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
Candidate Recommendation (CR) +
+ A Candidate Recommendation is a document that satisfies the technical + requirements of the Working Group that produced it and their dependencies, + and has already received wide review. + W3C publishes a Candidate Recommendation to +
+
signal to the wider community that it is time to do a final review +
gather implementation experience +
+
Note: Advancing to Candidate Recommendation indicates + that the document is considered complete and fit for purpose, + and that no further refinement to the text is expected + without additional implementation experience and testing; + additional features in a later revision may however be expected. + A Candidate Recommendation is expected to be as well-written, + detailed, + self-consistent, + and technically complete + as a Recommendation, + and acceptable as such + if and when the requirements for further advancement are met.
+
Candidate Recommendation publications take one of two forms:
+
+
Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
+ A Candidate Recommendation Snapshot + corresponds to a Patent Review Draft as used in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Publishing a Patent Review Draft triggers a Call for Exclusions, + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy. +
Publication as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot requires approval of either a Transition Request (for the first Candidate Recommendation publication from another maturity level) + or an Update Request (for subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshots).
+
Candidate Recommendation Draft +
+ A Candidate Recommendation Draft + is published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] to integrate changes from the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot that the Working Group intends to include + in a subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + This allows for wider review of the changes + and for ease of reference to the integrated specification. +
Any changes published directly into a Candidate Recommendation Draft should be at the same level of quality as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + However, the process requirements are minimized + so that the Working Group can easily keep the specification up to date.
+
A Candidate Recommendation Draft does not provide an exclusion opportunity; + instead, it is considered a Working Draft for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
+
A Rescinded Candidate Recommendation is a Candidate Recommendation in which significant problems have been discovered + such that W3C cannot endorse it or continue work on it, + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved + (see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “PAG Conclusion”). + There is no path to restoration for a Rescinded Candidate Recommendation. + See “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for implication on patent licensing obligations.
+
Proposed Recommendation (PR) +
A Proposed Recommendation is a document + that has been accepted by W3C + as of sufficient quality to become a W3C Recommendation. + This phase triggers formal review by the Advisory Committee, + who may recommend + that the document be published as a W3C Recommendation, + returned to the Working Group for further work, + or abandoned. Substantive changes must not be made to a Proposed Recommendation except by publishing a new Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation. +
W3C Recommendation (REC) +
+ A W3C Recommendation is a specification + or set of guidelines + or requirements that, + after extensive consensus-building, + has received the endorsement of W3C and its Members. + W3C recommends the wide deployment + of its Recommendations as standards for the Web. + The W3C Royalty-Free IPR licenses + granted under the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] apply to W3C Recommendations. + As technology evolves, + a W3C Recommendation may become: +
+
A Superseded Recommendation +
+ A Superseded Recommendation is a specification + that has been replaced by a newer version + that W3C recommends for new adoption. + An Obsolete or Superseded specification + has the same status as a W3C Recommendation with regards to W3C Royalty-Free IPR Licenses granted under the Patent Policy. +
Note: When a Technical Report which had previously been published as a Recommendation is again published as a Recommendation after following the necessary steps to revise it, + the latest version replaces the previous one, + without the need to invoke the steps of § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation: + it is the same document, updated. + Explicitly declaring a documented superseded, using the process documented in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation, + is intended for cases where a Recommendation is superseded by a separate Technical Report (or by a document managed outside of W3C).
+
An Obsolete Recommendation +
An Obsolete Recommendation is a specification + that W3C has determined lacks sufficient market relevance + to continue recommending it for implementation, + but which does not have fundamental problems + that would require it to be Rescinded. + If an Obsolete specification gains sufficient market relevance, + W3C may decide to restore it to Recommendation status. +
Rescinded Recommendation +
A Rescinded Recommendation is an entire Recommendation that W3C no longer endorses, + and believes is unlikely to ever be restored to Recommendation status. + See also “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
+
Discontinued Draft +
A technical report representing the state of a Recommendation-track document + at the point at which work on it was discontinued. + See § 6.2.12.1 Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report. +
+
Only sufficiently technically mature work should be advanced.
+
Note: Should faster advancement to meet scheduling considerations be desired, + this can be achieved by reducing the scope of the technical report to a subset that is adequately mature and deferring + less stable features to other technical reports.
+
When publishing an updated version of an existing Candidate Recommendation or Recommendation, + technical reports are expected to meet the same maturity criteria as when they are first published under that status. + However, in the interest of replacing stale documents with improved ones in a timely manner, + if flaws have been discovered in the technical report after its initial publication as a CR or REC that would have been severe enough to reject that publication had they be known in time, + it is also permissible to publish an updated CR or REC following the usual process, + even if only some of these flaws have been satisfactorily addressed.
+
Working Groups and Interest Groups may make available Editor’s drafts. Editor’s drafts (ED) have no official standing whatsoever, + and do not necessarily imply consensus of a Working Group or Interest Group, + nor are their contents endorsed in any way by W3C.
+
6.2.2. Implementation Experience
+
Implementation experience is required to show that a specification is sufficiently clear, + complete, + and relevant to market needs, + to ensure that independent interoperable implementations + of each feature of the specification will be realized. + While no exhaustive list of requirements is provided here, + when assessing that there is adequate implementation experience the Director will consider (though not be limited to):
+
+
is each feature of the current specification implemented, + and how is this demonstrated? +
are there independent interoperable implementations of the current specification? +
are there implementations created by people other than the authors of the specification? +
are implementations publicly deployed? +
is there implementation experience + at all levels of the specification’s ecosystem + (authoring, consuming, publishing…)? +
are there reports of difficulties or problems with implementation? +
+
Planning and accomplishing a demonstration of (interoperable) implementations can be very time consuming. + Groups are often able to work more effectively + if they plan how they will demonstrate interoperable implementations + early in the development process; + for example, developing tests in concert with implementation efforts.
+
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track
+
For all requests to advance a specification + to a new maturity level + (called Transition Requests), + the Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request advancement. +
must obtain Director approval. +
must publicly document all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must formally address all issues + raised about the document since the previous maturity level. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +
+
For a First Public Working Draft there is no “previous maturity level”, + so many requirements do not apply, + and approval is normally fairly automatic. + For later stages, + especially transition to Candidate or Proposed Recommendation, + there is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before approval is given.
+
Transition Requests to First Public Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation will not normally be approved + while a Working Group's charter is undergoing or awaiting a decision + on an Advisory Committee Review.
+
+
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track
+
Certain requests to re-publish a specification + within its current maturity level + (called Update Requests) + require Director approval. + For such update requests, the Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request the update. +
must show that the changes have received wide review. +
must obtain Director approval, + or fulfill the criteria for § 6.2.4.1 Streamlined Publication Approval. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
must publicly document of all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must show that the revised specification + meets all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +
+
There is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before Director's approval is given.
+
Note: Update request approval is expected to be fairly simple + compared to getting approval for a transition request.
+
The Team must announce the publication + of the revised specification + to other W3C groups and the Public.
+
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval
+
Note: These criteria are intentionally stricter than + the general requirements for an update request. + This is in order to minimize ambiguities and the need for expert judgment, + and to make self-evaluation practical.
+
In order to streamline the publication process in non-controversial cases, + approval to an update request is automatically granted without formal review + when the following additional criteria are fulfilled:
+
+
There must have been no changes to Working Group requirements about this document. +
For each of the W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER], + if the Horizontal Review Group has made available a set criteria + under which their review is not necessary, + the Working Group must document that these criteria have been fulfilled. + Otherwise, the Working Group must show + that review from that group has been solicited and received. +
No Formal Objection has been registered against the document. +
+ The Working Group must have formally addressed: +
+
+
all issues raised against the document that resulted in changes since the previous publication
+
+
all issues raised against changes since the previous publication
+
+
all issues raised against the document that were closed since the previous publication with no change to the document
+
+
The response to each of these issues must be to the satisfaction + of the person who raised it: + their proposal has been accepted, + or a compromise has been found, + or they accepted the Working Group’s rationale for rejecting it.
+
Note: This is stricter than the general Transition Request criteria.
+
+
Additionally, for updates to Recommendations with substantive changes or with new features:
+
+
Changes to the document are limited to proposed corrections that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections possibly combined with class 1 or 2 changes, + and/or (in the case of a Recommendation that allows new features) proposed additions that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions. +
+ The Working Group must show + that all changes have been implemented in at least 2 distinct products by 2 different implementers, + as evidenced by passing tests of a test suite + providing extensive coverage of the changes, + or an alternative streamlined approval implementation requirement + described in the working Group charter has been met. +
Note: This is stricter than the general criteria for adequate implementation experience.
+
+
The Working Group must provide written evidence for these claims, + and the Team must make these answers publicly and permanently available.
+
After publication, + if an AC Representative + or Team member + doubts that the evidence presented supports the claims, + they may request that a formal review meeting be convened post facto. + If that review finds that the requirements were not fulfilled, + the Team may revert the changes + by updating in place the status section to indicate that it has been reverted, + and by republishing the previously approved version of the technical report.
+
6.2.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft
+
To publish the First Public Working Draft of a document, + a Working Group must meet the applicable requirements for advancement.
+
The Team must announce + the publication of a First Public Working Draft to other W3C groups and to the public.
+
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft
+
A Working Group should publish a Working Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.
+
If 6 months elapse without significant changes to a specification, + a Working Group should publish a revised Working Draft, + whose status section should indicate reasons for the lack of change.
+
To publish a revision of a Working draft, a Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request publication. Consensus is not required, + as this is a procedural step, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Working Draft, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous step, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups, +
+
Possible next steps for any Working Draft:
+
+
Revised Working Draft +
Candidate Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +
+
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation
+
To publish a Candidate Recommendation, + in addition to meeting the requirements for advancement a Working Group:
+
+
must show that the specification + has met all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
must document changes to dependencies during the development of the specification, +
must document + how adequate implementation experience will be demonstrated, +
must specify the deadline for comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
must show that the specification has received wide review, and +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +
+
The first Candidate Recommendation publication + after approval of a Transition Request is always a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + The Team must announce + the publication of the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.
+
Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.
+
6.2.8. Revising a Candidate Recommendation
+
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot
+
If there are any substantive changes made to a Candidate Recommendation since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot other than to remove features explicitly identified as at risk, + the Working Group must meet the requirements of an update request in order to republish.
+
In addition the Working Group:
+
+
must specify the deadline for further comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +
+
The Team must announce + the publication of a revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.
+
To provide timely updates and patent protection, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should be published + within 24 months of the Working Group accepting + any proposal for a substantive change + (and preferably sooner). + To make scheduling reviews easier, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should not be published + more often than approximately once every 6 months.
+
Note: Substantive changes trigger a new Exclusion Opportunity + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft
+
A Working Group should publish an Update Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.
+
To publish a revision of a Candidate Recommendation Draft, + a Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request publication, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
+
Note: A Working Group does not need to + meet the requirements of a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot update request in order to publish a Candidate Recommendation Draft.
+
Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Draft:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation, + if there are no substantive change other than dropping at risk features +
Discontinued Draft +
+
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation
+
In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,
+
+
The status information must specify the deadline for Advisory Committee review, + which must be at least 28 days + after the publication of the Proposed Recommendation and should be at least 10 days + after the end of the last Exclusion Opportunity + per ”Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
+
A Working Group:
+
+
must show adequate implementation experience except where an exception is approved by the Director, +
must show that the document has received wide review, +
must show that all issues + raised during the Candidate Recommendation review period + other than by Advisory Committee representatives acting in their formal AC representative role + have been formally addressed, +
must identify any substantive issues + raised since the close of the Candidate Recommendation review period, +
must not have made any substantive changes to the document + since the most recent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, + other than dropping features identified at risk. +
may have removed features + identified in the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot document as at risk without republishing the specification as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. +
+
The Director:
+
+
must announce the publication of a Proposed Recommendation to the Advisory Committee, + and must begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of whether the specification is appropriate to publish as a W3C Recommendation. +
may approve a Proposed Recommendation with minimal implementation experience where there is a compelling reason to do so. + In such a case, the Director should explain the reasons for that decision. +
+
Since a W3C Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation it is based on, + to make any substantive change to a Proposed Recommendation the Working Group must return the specification to Candidate Recommendation or Working Draft.
+
A Proposed Recommendation may identify itself + as intending to allow new features (class 4 changes) + after its initial publication as a Recommendation, + as described in § 6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features. + Such an allowance cannot be added + to a technical report previously published as a Recommendation that did not allow such changes.
+
Possible Next Steps:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
Return to Candidate Recommendation +
Recommendation status, + (the expected next step). +
Discontinued Draft +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.
+
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation
+
The decision to advance a document to Recommendation is a W3C Decision.
+
In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,
+
+
A Recommendation must identify where errata are tracked, and +
A Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation on which it is based. +
If there was any dissent in Advisory Committee reviews, + the Director must publish the substantive content of the dissent + to W3C and the general public, + and must formally address the comment + at least 14 days before publication as a W3C Recommendation. +
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal of the W3C decision +
The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Recommendation to Advisory Committee, + other W3C groups + and to the public. +
+
Possible next steps: + A W3C Recommendation normally retains its status indefinitely. + However it may be:
+
+
republished as a revised Recommendation, or +
republished as a Candidate Recommendation to be developed towards a revised Recommendation, or +
declared superseded or obsolete, or +
rescinded. +
+
6.2.11. Revising a W3C Recommendation
+
This section details the process for making changes to a Recommendation.
+
6.2.11.1. Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes
+
A Working group may request republication of a Recommendation to make corrections that do not result + in any changes to the text of the specification. + (See class 1 changes.)
+
If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated.
+
6.2.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes
+
Editorial changes to a Recommendation require no technical review of the intended changes. + A Working Group, + provided there are no votes against the resolution to publish, may request publication of a Recommendation to make this class of change without passing through earlier maturity levels. + (See class 2 changes.)
+
If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated, + including errata and Team corrections.
+
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes
+
A candidate correction can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Recommendation, + including review by the community to ensure + the technical and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the Working Group must request + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + followed by an update request. + See § 6.2.11.5 Incorporating Candidate Amendments.
+
Alternatively, + a Working Group may incorporate the changes + and publish as a Candidate Recommendation, + and advance the specification from that state. + (See class 3 changes.)
+
Note: If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation the Team cannot make substantive changes and republish the Recommendation. + It can, however, informatively highlight problems and desirable changes + using errata and candidate corrections and republish as described in the previous section.
+
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features
+
New features (see class 4 changes) + may be incorporated into a Recommendation explicitly identified as allowing new features using candidate additions. + A candidate addition can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation using the same process as for candidate amendments, + as detailed in § 6.2.11.3 Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes.
+
Note: This prohibition against new features unless explicitly allowed + enables third parties to depend on Recommendations having a stable feature-set, + as they have prior to the 2020 revision of this Process.
+
To make changes which introduce a new feature + to a Recommendation that was not approved for accepting new features, + W3C must create a new technical report, + following the full process of advancing a technical report to Recommendation beginning with a new First Public Working Draft.
+
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Candidate Amendments
+
A Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments verifies acceptance by the W3C community of candidate amendments by combining an AC Review with a patent exclusion opportunity.
+
The Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments must be announced to other W3C groups, the public, and the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must:
+
+
Identify whether this is a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, + or Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions. +
Identify the specific candidate amendments under review + as proposed amendments (proposed corrections/proposed additions). +
Specify the deadline for review comments, + which must not be any sooner than 60 days from the Call for Review. +
Solicit review and, if it does not already have it, implementation experience. +
+
The combination of the existing Recommendation with the proposed amendments included in the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is considered a Patent Review Draft for the purposes of the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Also, the review initiated by the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is an Advisory Committee Review.
+
Note: Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions and Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions can only be issued for Recommendations that allow new features.
+
A Working Group may batch + multiple proposed amendments into a single Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments. + To facilitate review, + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on a given specification should not be issued more frequently + than approximately once every 6 months.
+
At the end of the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + the W3C Decision may either be + to reject the proposed amendment, + or to clear the proposed amendment for advancement as is, + or to return the proposal to the Working Group with a request to formally address comments made on the changes under review. + If the Working Group needs to amend a proposed amendment in response to review feedback + it must issue another Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on the revised change + before it can be incorporated into the main text.
+
Once all comments on a proposed amendment have been formally addressed, + and after the Working Group can show adequate implementation experience and the fulfillment of all other requirements of Recommendation text, + it may incorporate the proposed amendment into the normative Recommendation by issuing an update request for publication of the updated Recommendation.
+
To ensure adequate review of proposed amendment combinations, + only proposed amendments included in the most recent Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments can be incorporated into the normative Recommendation text. + (Thus if incorporation of a proposed amendment is postponed, + it may need to be included in multiple Last Calls for Review of Proposed Amendments.)
+
6.2.12. Retiring Recommendation Track Documents
+
Work on a technical report may cease at any time. + Work should cease + if W3C or a Working Group determines + that it cannot productively carry the work any further.
+
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report
+
Any technical report no longer intended + to advance or to be maintained, + and that is not being rescinded, should be published as a Discontinued Draft, + with no substantive change compared to the previous publication. + This can happen if + the Working Group decided + to abandon work on the report, + or the Director required the Working Group to discontinue work on the technical report before completion. + If a Working Group is made to close, + W3C must re-publish any unfinished technical report on the Recommendation track as Discontinued Draft.
+
Such a document should include in its status section + an explanation of why it was discontinued.
+
A Working Group may resume work + on a technical report within the scope of its charter + at any time, + by re-publishing it as a Working Draft.
+
6.2.12.2. Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation
+
The process for rescinding a Candidate Recommendation is the same as for rescinding a Recommendation.
+
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation
+
It is possible that W3C decides + that implementing a particular Recommendation is no longer recommended. + There are three designations for such specifications, + chosen depending on the advice W3C wishes to give about further use of the specification.
+
W3C may obsolete a Recommendation, + for example if the W3C Community decides that the Recommendation no longer represents best practices, + or is not adopted and is not apparently likely to be adopted. + An Obsolete Recommendation may be restored to normal Recommendation, + for example because despite marking it Obsolete the specification is later more broadly adopted.
+
W3C may declare a Recommendation Superseded + if a newer version exists which W3C recommends for new adoption. + The process for declaring a Recommendation Superseded is the same as for declaring it Obsolete, below; + only the name and explanation change.
+
W3C may rescind a Recommendation + if W3C believes there is no reasonable prospect of it being restored + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved; + see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + and “PAG Conclusion”.
+
W3C only rescinds, supersedes, or obsoletes entire Recommendations. + A Recommendation can be both superseded and obsolete. + To rescind, supersede, or obsolete some part of a Recommendation, + W3C follows the process for modifying a Recommendation.
+
Note: For the purposes of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] an Obsolete or Superseded Recommendation has the status of an active Recommendation, + although it is not recommended for future implementation; + a Rescinded Recommendation ceases to be in effect + and no new licenses are granted under the Patent Policy.
+
+ +
+
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation
+
The process of rescinding, obsoleting, + superseding, + or restoring + a Recommendation can be initiated + either by a request from the Director or via a request from any of the following:
+
+
The Working Group who produced, + or is chartered to maintain, + the Recommendation +
The TAG, if there is no such Working Group +
Any individual who made a request to the relevant Working Group as described above, + or the TAG if such a group does not exist, to obsolete, rescind, supersede, or restore a Recommendation, + where the request was not answered within 90 days +
5% of the members of the Advisory Committee +
+
The Team must then + submit the request to the Advisory Committee for review. + For any Advisory Committee review of a proposal to + rescind, + obsolete, + supersede, + or restore + a Recommendation the Director must:
+
+
announce the proposal to all Working Group Chairs, + and to the Public, + as well as to the Advisory Committee +
indicate that this is a proposal to + Rescind, + Obsolete, + Supersede, + or restore, + a Recommendation as appropriate +
identify the Recommendation by URL +
publish a rationale for the proposal +
identify known dependencies + and solicit review from all dependent Working Groups +
solicit public review +
specify the deadline for review comments, + which must be at least 28 days + after the announcement +
+
and should
+
+
identify known implementations. +
+
If there was any dissent in the Advisory Committee review, + the Director must publish + the substantive content of the dissent to W3C and the public, + and must formally address the dissent + at least 14 days + before publication as an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation.
+
The Advisory Committee may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the Director's decision.
+
W3C must publish an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation with up to date status. + The updated version may remove the main body of the document. + The Status of this Document section should link + to the explanation of Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications [OBS-RESC] as appropriate.
+
Once W3C has published a Rescinded Recommendation, + future W3C technical reports must not include normative references + to that technical report.
+
Note: W3C strives to ensure that all Technical Reports + will continue to be available at their version-specific URL.
+
6.3. The Note Track: Notes and Statements
+
6.3.1. Group Notes
+
A Group Note (NOTE) + is published + to provide a stable reference for a useful document + that is not intended to be a formal standard.
+
Working Groups, Interest Groups, + the TAG and the AB may publish work as Notes. + Examples include:
+
+
supporting documentation for a specification, + such as explanations of design principles + or use cases and requirements +
non-normative guides to good practices +
+
Some Notes are developed through successive Draft Notes before publication as a full Notes, + while others are published directly as a Note. + There are few formal requirements to publish a document as a Note or Draft Note, + and they have no standing as a recommendation of W3C + but are simply documents preserved for historical reference.
+
In order to publish a Note or Draft Note, + the group:
+
+
must record their decision + to request publication as a Note or Draft Note, and +
should publish documentation + of significant changes to the technical report + since any previous publication. +
+
Both Notes and Draft Notes can be updated by republishing + as a Note or Draft Note. + A technical report may remain + a Note indefinitely.
+
Note: The W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] does not apply any licensing requirements or commitments for Notes or Draft Notes.
+
6.3.2. Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status
+
A W3C Statement is a Note that has been endorsed by W3C as a whole. + In order to elevate a Note to W3C Statement status, + A group must:
+
+
show that the document has received wide review. +
record the group’s decision to request publication as a W3C Statement. +
show that all issues raised against the document + since its first publication as a Note have been formally addressed. +
provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
+
A Note specifying implementable technology should not be elevated to W3C Statement status; + if it does, + the request to publish as a Statement must include rationale + for why it should be elevated, + and why it is not on the Recommendation track.
+
Once these conditions are fulfilled, + the Team must then + begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of + whether the document is appropriate to publish as a W3C Statement. + During this review period, + the Note must not be updated.
+
The decision to advance a document to W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.
+
The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Statement to the Advisory Committee, other W3C groups, and the public.
+
6.3.3. Revising W3C Statements
+
Given a recorded Group Decision to do so, + groups can request publication of a W3C Statement with editorial changes—including candidate amendment—without any additional process.
+
A candidate amendment can be folded into the main text of the W3C Statement, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Statement, + including review by the community to ensure + the substantive and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the group must request + an Advisory Committee review of the changes it wishes to incorporate. + The specific candidate amendments under review must be identified as proposed amendments just as in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections.
+
The decision to incorporate proposed amendments into W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.
+
6.4. Registries
+
A registry documents a data set + consisting of one or more associated registry tables, + each table representing an updatable collection + of logically independent, consistently-structured registry entries. + A registry has three associated components:
+
+
the Registry Definition, defining how the registry tables are structured and maintained +
one or more registry tables, holding the data set represented by the registry +
one or more referencing specifications, which make use of the registry +
+
The purposes of maintaining a registry can include:
+
+
non-collision +
Avoiding the problem + of two entities using the same value with different semantics. +
non-duplication +
Avoiding the problem + of having two or more different values in use with the same semantics. +
information +
Providing a central index + where anyone can find out + what a value means + and what its formal definition is + (and where it is). +
submission +
Ease of adding new terms, + including by stakeholders external to the custodian organization. +
consensus +
Promoting a clear consensus of the community on the terms. +
+
This section of the W3C Process provides a specialized process + facilitating the publication and maintenance of such registry tables, + particularly those required by or closely related to W3C Recommendations.
+
Note: Not every table in a specification is a potential registry. + If the intent or effect is that the table enumerates + all the possibilities the authors of the specification expect or envisage, + then the table by itself is enough. + Similarly, if the table is managed by the Working Group + and only updated as part of specification update, + then the complexities of registry management are not needed.
+
6.4.1. Registry Definitions
+
A Registry Definition defines what each registry table is and how it is maintained. + It must:
+
+
Be published in a technical report on the Recommendation track. +
Be clearly isolated in its own section or document, + and labeled as a Registry Definition. +
Define the scope and purpose of each registry table. +
Define the fields of each registry table and their constraints + (e.g. values must be drawn from a defined set, or be unique, + or only reference publicly available resources, + etc.) +
+ Define the policy for changes to existing entries, such as +
+
whether entries can be deleted or deprecated +
whether entries be changed after being published, and what kinds of changes are allowed +
whether previously-deleted unique identifiers can be re-used, or are reserved indefinitely +
+
Define the method and criteria by which changes are proposed, approved, and incorporated. + (For example, a registry could define + that changes to registry entries can be proposed using a particular web form or email address, + that they must be accompanied by certain background information, + or that they do or do not need to be approved by any member of a particular Working Group.) +
+ Identify the custodian of the registry table: + the entity to which requests for registry changes must be sent, + and which is responsible for evaluating whether such requests + satisfy the criteria defined in the Registry Definition. +
The custodian may be the Working Group, the Team, or a delegated entity. + The custodian for all registry tables in a single registry should generally be the same entity.
+
Link to the Registry if that is separately published. +
+
6.4.2. Publishing Registries
+
Registries can be published either as a stand-alone technical report called a registry report, + or incorporated as part of a Recommendation as a registry section.
+
A registry report or registry section, + is purely documentational, must not contain any requirements on implementations, + and is not subject to the W3C Patent Policy.
+
The registry report or registry section must:
+
+
Clearly label the registry report/section, + and its tables as such, + including a link to § 6.4 Registries in this Process. +
Include the entire contents of each registry table, + either inline in the report + (e.g. formatted as a table, or list, or other appropriate representation), + or in a machine-readable file published as part of the technical report, + or (preferably) both. +
Include, if the registry table is provided in a machine-readable file, + a definition of the format of that file. +
Link to the Registry Definition if that is separately published. +
+
A registry report or registry section may contain sufficient information + about the Registry Definition such that it is independently readable.
+
The Team must make available + a means for interested parties to be notified of any updates to a registry table.
+
Note: Since the Process does not impose requirements + on changes to the contents of a registry table other than those imposed by the Registry Definition, + acceptance of proposed registry changes on behalf of the custodian and + publication of an updated registry report that contains + only registry changes since the previous publication + can be automated + if satisfaction of those rules can be automatically verified.
+
The registry report or registry section is a Draft Registry until the technical report holding the Registry Definition is a Recommendation, + when it then becomes + (and only then may be labeled, if separately published) + a W3C Registry.
+
For Registries, adequate implementation experience is evaluated on the basis of + successful operation of the processes in the registry definition + and meaningful usage of the contents of the registry + outside the registry itself.
+
6.4.3. Specifications that Reference Registries
+
All rules and statements about implementations of registries must be contained in the specifications or other documents that reference the registry, + and are therefore subject to the processes + (including approval and intellectual property provisions) + applicable to those referencing specifications.
+
It must not be possible that a change to the registry entries affect the conformance of implementations to the Referencing document; + if there are entries that must be implemented, + or any other such restrictions, + they must be documented in the document without reference to the registry.
+
For example, + “All implementations must implement the `Basic-Method` as defined in the registry” + is not acceptable; + a change to the definition of the `Basic-Method` in the registry would then affect conformance. + Instead, the requirement must be complete in the specification, + directly or by reference to another specification. + For example + “All implementations must recognize the name `Basic-Method`, + and implement it as defined by section yy of IETF RFC xxxx”. + (The Registry should nonetheless contain Basic-Method as an entry.)
+
6.4.4. Updating Registry Tables
+
Changes to the contents of a registry table that are in accordance with the Registry Definition, + (i.e. Class 5 changes) + can be made by re-publishing the technical report that contains the affected table, + without needing to satisfy any other requirements for the publication + (not even Working Group consensus, unless this is required by the Registry Definition). + Such registry changes do not trigger new Advisory Committee Reviews, + nor Exclusion Opportunities, + and do not require approval via an update request, + even for technical reports at maturities where this would normally be expected. + Such publications can be made + even in the absence of a Working Group chartered to maintain the registry + when the custodian is another entity.
+
6.5. Further reading
+
Refer to "How to Organize a Recommendation Track Transition" [TRANSITION] in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE] for practical information about preparing for the reviews + and announcements of the various steps, + and tips on getting to Recommendation faster [REC-TIPS]. + Please see also the Requirements for modification of W3C Technical Reports [REPUBLISHING].
+
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes
+
This section describes how the Advisory Committee reviews proposals from the Director and how Advisory Committee representatives initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of a W3C decision or Director's decision. + A W3C decision is one + where the Director decides, + after exercising the role of assessing consensus of the W3C Community after an Advisory Committee review.
+
7.1. Advisory Committee Reviews
+
The Advisory Committee reviews:
+
+
new and modified Working and Interest Groups, +
Proposed Recommendations, Proposals to Obsolete, Rescind, Supersede, or Restore Recommendations, + and +
Proposed changes to the W3C process. +
+
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period
+
Each Advisory Committee review period + begins with a Call for Review from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + The Call for Review describes the proposal, + raises attention to deadlines, + estimates when the decision will be available, + and includes other practical information. + Each Member organization may send one review, + which must be returned by its Advisory Committee representative.
+
The Team must provide two channels for Advisory Committee review comments:
+
+
an archived Team-only channel; +
an archived Member-only channel. +
+
The Call for Review must specify + which channel is the default for review comments on that Call.
+
Reviewers may send information + to either or both channels. + They may also share their reviews + with other Members on the Advisory Committee discussion list.
+
A Member organization may modify its review + during a review period + (e.g., in light of comments from other Members).
+
7.1.2. After the Review Period
+
After the review period, + the Director must announce + to the Advisory Committee the level of support for the proposal + (consensus or dissent). + The Director must also indicate + whether there were any Formal Objections, + with attention to changing confidentiality level. + This W3C decision is generally one of the following:
+
+
The proposal is approved, + possibly with editorial changes integrated. +
The proposal is approved, + possibly with substantive changes integrated. + In this case the announcement must include rationale + for the decision to advance the document despite the proposal for a substantive change. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + with a request to the initiator to formally address certain issues. +
The proposal is rejected. +
+
This document does not specify + time intervals between the end of an Advisory Committee review period + and the W3C decision. + This is to ensure that the Members and Team have sufficient time to consider comments + gathered during the review. + The Advisory Committee should not expect an announcement + sooner than two weeks after the end of a review period. + If, after three weeks, the outcome has not been announced, + the Director should provide the Advisory Committee with an update.
+
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives
+
Advisory Committee representatives may appeal certain decisions, + though appeals are only expected to occur in extraordinary circumstances.
+
When a W3C decision is made following an Advisory Committee review, Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal. + These W3C decisions include those related to group creation and modification, + and transitions to new maturity levels for Recommendation Track documents + and the Process document.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may also initiate an appeal + for certain Director's decisions that do not involve an Advisory Committee review. + These cases are identified in the sections + which describe the requirements for the Director's decision + and include + additional (non-reviewed) maturity levels of Recommendation Track documents, + group charter extensions and closures, + and Memoranda of Understanding.
+
In all cases, + an appeal must be initiated within three weeks of the decision.
+
An Advisory Committee representative initiates an appeal by sending a request to the Team. + The request should say “I appeal this Director’s Decision” + and identify the decision. + Within one week the Team must announce the appeal process + to the Advisory Committee and provide a mechanism for Advisory Committee representatives to respond with a statement of positive support for this appeal. + The archive of these statements must be member-only. + If, within one week of the Team’s announcement, + 5% or more of the Advisory Committee support the appeal request, + the Team must organize an appeal vote + asking the Advisory Committee “Do you approve of the Director’s Decision?” + together with links to the Director's decision and the appeal support.
+
The ballot must allow for three possible responses: + “Approve”, + “Reject”, + and “Abstain”, + together with Comments.
+
If the number of votes to reject + exceeds the number of votes to approve, + the decision is overturned. + In that case, there are the following possible next steps:
+
+
The proposal is rejected. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + after which the applicable decision process is re-initiated. +
+
7.3. Advisory Committee Votes
+
The Advisory Committee votes in elections for seats on the TAG or Advisory Board, + and in the event of an Advisory Committee Appeal achieving the required support to trigger an appeal vote. + Whenever the Advisory Committee votes, + each Member or group of related Members has one vote. + In the case of Advisory Board and TAG elections, + “one vote” means “one vote per available seat”.
+
8. Workshops and Symposia
+
The Team organizes Workshops and Symposia to promote early involvement in the development of W3C activities + from Members and the public.
+
The goal of a Workshop is usually + either to convene experts and other interested parties for an exchange of ideas + about a technology or policy, + or to address the pressing concerns of W3C Members. + Organizers of the first type of Workshop may solicit position papers for the Workshop program + and may use those papers + to choose attendees and/or presenters.
+
The goal of a Symposium is usually + to educate interested parties about a particular subject.
+
The Call for Participation in a Workshop or Symposium may indicate participation requirements or limits, + and expected deliverables + (e.g., reports and minutes). + Organization of an event does not guarantee + further investment by W3C in a particular topic, + but may lead to proposals for new activities or groups.
+
Workshops and Symposia generally last one to three days. + If a Workshop is being organized to address the pressing concerns of Members, + the Team must issue the Call for Participation + no later than six weeks prior to the Workshop’s scheduled start date. + For other Workshops and Symposia, + the Team must issue a Call for Participation + no later than eight weeks prior to the meeting’s scheduled start date. + This helps ensure that speakers and authors + have adequate time to prepare position papers and talks.
+
9. Liaisons
+
W3C uses the term liaison to refer to coordination of activities with a variety of organizations, + through a number of mechanisms + ranging from very informal + (e.g., an individual from another organization participates in a W3C Working Group, + or just follows its work) + to mutual membership, + to even more formal agreements. + Liaisons are not meant to substitute for W3C membership.
+
All liaisons must be coordinated by the Team due to requirements for public communication; + patent, + copyright, + and other IPR policies; + confidentiality agreements; + and mutual membership agreements.
+
The W3C Director may negotiate + a Memorandum of Understanding with another organization. + For the purposes of the W3C Process a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) + is a formal agreement or similar contractual framework between W3C and another party or parties, + other than agreements between the Hosts or between Hosts and W3C members + for the purposes of membership + and agreements related to the ordinary provision of services + for the purposes of running W3C, + that specifies rights and obligations of each party toward the others. + These rights and obligations may include joint deliverables, + an agreed share of technical responsibilities with due coordination, + and/or considerations for confidentiality and specific IPR. + The agreement may be called something other than a “Memorandum of Understanding”, + and something called a “Memorandum of Understanding” + may not be an MoU for the purposes of the Process.
+
Before signing the MoU, + the Team must inform + the Advisory Committee of the intent to sign + and make the MoU available for Advisory Committee review; Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to sign the MoU. + Unless an appeal rejects the proposal to sign an MoU, + the Director may sign the MoU on behalf of W3C. + A signed Memorandum of Understanding should be made public.
+
Information about W3C liaisons with other organizations [LIAISON] and the guidelines W3C follows when creating a liaison is available on the Web.
+
10. Member Submission Process
+
The Member Submission process allows Members + to propose technology + or other ideas + for consideration by the Team. + After review, + the Team may make the material available at the W3C Web site. + The formal process affords Members a record of their contribution + and gives them a mechanism for disclosing the details of the transaction with the Team + (including IPR claims). + The Team also makes review comments on the Submitted materials available for W3C Members, + the public, + and the media.
+
A Member Submission consists of:
+
+
One or more documents developed outside of the W3C process, and +
Information about the documents, + provided by the Submitter. +
+
One or more Members (called the Submitter(s)) may participate in a Member Submission. + Only W3C Members may be listed as Submitters.
+
The Submission process consists of the following steps:
+
+
One of the Submitters sends a request to the Team to acknowledge the Submission request. + The Team and Submitter(s) communicate to ensure that the Member Submission is complete. +
+ After Team review, the Director must either + acknowledge or reject the Submission request. +
+
If acknowledged, + the Team must make the Member Submission available + at the public W3C Web site, + in addition to Team comments about the Member Submission. +
If rejected, + the Submitter(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal to either the TAG or the Advisory Board. +
+
+
+ Note: To avoid confusion about the Member Submission process, please note that: +
+
Documents in a Member Submission are developed outside + of the W3C technical report development process (and therefore are not included in the index of W3C technical reports [TR]). +
The Submission process is not a means + by which Members ask for “ratification” of these documents + as W3C Recommendations. +
There is no requirement or guarantee + that technology which is part of an acknowledged Submission request + will receive further consideration by W3C + (e.g., by a W3C Working Group). +
+
+
Making a Member Submission available at the W3C Web site + does not imply endorsement by W3C, + including the W3C Team or Members. + The acknowledgment of a Submission request + does not imply that any action will be taken by W3C. + It merely records publicly + that the Submission request has been made by the Submitter. + A Member Submission made available by W3C must not be referred to as “work in progress” of W3C.
+
The list of acknowledged Member Submissions [SUBMISSION-LIST] is available at the W3C Web site.
+
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations
+
When more than one Member jointly participates in a Submission request, + only one Member formally sends in the request. + That Member must copy + each of the Advisory Committee representatives of the other participating Members, + and each of those Advisory Committee representatives must confirm + (by email to the Team) + their participation in the Submission request.
+
At any time prior to acknowledgment, + any Submitter may withdraw support for a Submission request + (described in "How to send a Submission request" [SUBMISSION-REQ]). + A Submission request is “withdrawn” when no Submitter(s) support it. + The Team must not make statements + about withdrawn Submission requests.
+
Prior to acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + refer to a document as “submitted to the World Wide Web Consortium” + or “under consideration by W3C” or any similar phrase + either in public or Member communication. + The Submitter(s) must not imply + in public or Member communication + that W3C is working (with the Submitter(s)) on the material in the Member Submission. + The Submitter(s) may release the documents in the Member Submission to the public + prior to acknowledgment + (without reference to the Submission request).
+
After acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + imply W3C investment in the Member Submission + until, and unless, the material has been adopted as a deliverable + of a W3C Working Group.
+
10.1.1. Scope of Member Submissions
+
When a technology overlaps in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + Members should participate in the Working Group and contribute the technology to the group’s process + rather than seek publication through the Member Submission process. + The Working Group may incorporate the contributed technology into its deliverables. + If the Working Group does not incorporate the technology, + it should not publish the contributed documents + as Working Group Notes since Working Group Notes represent group output, + not input to the group.
+
On the other hand, + while W3C is in the early stages of developing a charter, + Members should use the Submission process + to build consensus around concrete proposals for new work.
+
Members should not submit materials + covering topics well outside the scope of W3C’s mission [MISSION].
+
10.1.2. Information Required in a Submission Request
+
The Submitter(s) + and any other authors of the submitted material must agree that, + if the request is acknowledged, + the documents in the Member Submission will be subject to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE] and will include a reference to it. + The Submitter(s) may hold the copyright for the documents in a Member Submission.
+
The request must satisfy the Member Submission licensing commitments + in “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
The Submitter(s) must include the following information:
+
+
The list of all submitting Members. +
Position statements from all submitting Members (gathered by the Submitter). + All position statements must appear in a separate document. +
Complete electronic copies of any documents submitted for consideration + (e.g., a technical specification, + a position paper, + etc.) + If the Submission request is acknowledged, + these documents will be made available by W3C + and therefore must satisfy the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES]. Submitters may hold the copyright for the material contained in these documents, + but when made available by W3C, + these documents must be subject to the provisions + of the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]. +
+
The request must also answer the following questions.
+
+
What proprietary technology is required to implement the areas addressed by the request, + and what terms are associated with its use? + Again, many answers are possible, + but the specific answer will affect the Team’s decision. +
What resources, if any, + does the Submitter intend to make available + if W3C acknowledges the Submission request + and takes action on it? +
What action would the Submitter like W3C to take + if the Submission request is acknowledged? +
What mechanisms are there to make changes to the specification being submitted? + This includes, but is not limited to, + stating where change control will reside + if the request is acknowledged. +
+
For other administrative requirements related to Submission requests, + see “How to send a Submission request” [MEMBER-SUB].
+
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations
+
Although they are not technical reports, + the documents in a Member Submission must fulfil the requirements established by the Team, + including the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES].
+
The Team sends a validation notice to the Submitter(s) + once the Team has reviewed a Submission request + and judged it complete and correct.
+
Prior to a decision to acknowledge or reject the request, + the request is Team-only, + and the Team must hold it in the strictest confidentiality. + In particular, + the Team must not comment to the media + about the Submission request.
+
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request
+
The Team acknowledges a Submission request + by sending an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Though the announcement may be made at any time, + the Submitter(s) can expect an announcement between four to six weeks after the validation notice. + The Team must keep the Submitter(s) informed + of when an announcement is likely to be made.
+
Once a Submission request has been acknowledged, + the Team must:
+
+
Make the Member Submission available at the W3C Web site. +
Make the Team comments about the Submission request available at the W3C Web site. +
+
If the Submitter(s) wishes to modify + a document made available as the result of acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must start the Submission process from the beginning, + even just to correct editorial changes.
+
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals
+
The Director may reject a Submission request + for a variety of reasons, + including any of the following:
+
+
The ideas expressed in the request + overlap in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + and acknowledgment might jeopardize the progress of the group. +
The IPR statement made by the Submitter(s) is inconsistent with the W3C’s + Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular the “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions”, Document License [DOC-LICENSE], + or other IPR policies. +
The ideas expressed in the request are poor, + might harm the Web, + or run counter to W3C’s mission [MISSION]. +
The ideas expressed in the request lie well outside the scope of W3C’s mission. +
+
In case of a rejection, + the Team must inform the Advisory Committee representative(s) + of the Submitter(s). + If requested by the Submitter(s), + the Team must provide rationale + to the Submitter(s) about the rejection. + Other than to the Submitter(s), + the Team must not make statements about why a Submission request was rejected.
+
The Advisory Committee representative(s) of the Submitters(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal + of the Team’s Decision to the TAG if the reasons are related to Web architecture, + or to the Advisory Board if the request is rejected for other reasons. + In this case the Team should make available + its rationale for the rejection to the appropriate body. + The Team will establish a process for such appeals + that ensures the appropriate level of confidentiality.
+
11. Process Evolution
+
Revision of the W3C Process and related documents (see below) undergoes similar consensus-building processes as for technical reports, + with the Advisory Board—acting as the sponsoring Working Group. + The documents may be developed by the AB or by another group to whom the AB has delegated development. + Review includes + soliciting input from the W3C community, + and in particular the Team.
+
The documents covered by this section are:
+
+
+
the W3C Process (this document)
+
+
the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]
+
+
the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC]
+
+
The Advisory Board initiates review as follows:
+
+
The Team sends a Call for Review to the Advisory Committee and other W3C groups. +
After comments have been formally addressed and the document possibly modified, + the Team seeks endorsement from the Members by initiating an Advisory Committee review. + The review period must last at least 28 days. +
After the Advisory Committee review, + following a W3C decision to adopt the document(s), + the Team does so + and sends an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal to W3C. +
+
Note: As of June 2020, + the Patent Policy is developed in the Patents and Standards Interest Group, + the Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct in the Positive Work Environment Community Group, + and the Process in the W3C Process Community Group.
+
12. Acknowledgments
+
This section is non-normative.
+
The editors are grateful to the following people, + who as interested individuals and/or with the affiliation(s) listed, + have contributed to this proposal for a revised Process: + Brian Kardell, + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Charles McCathie Nevile (ConsenSys), + Chris Wilson (Google), + David Singer (Apple), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Samuel Weiler (W3C), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).
+
The editors are sorry for forgetting any names, + and grateful to those who have listened patiently to conversations about this document + without feeling a need to add more.
+
The following individuals contributed to the development of earlier versions of the Process: + Alex Russell (Google), + Andreas Tai (Institut fuer Rundfunktechnik), + Andrew Betts (Fastly), + Ann Bassetti (The Boeing Company), + Anne van Kesteren, + Art Barstow (Nokia, unaffiliated), + Bede McCall (MITRE), + Ben Wilson, + Brad Hill (Facebook), + Brian Kardell (JQuery), + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Carl Cargill (Netscape, Sun Microsystems, Adobe), + Chris Lilley (W3C), + Chris Wilson (Google), + Claus von Riegen (SAP AG), + Coralie Mercier (W3C), + Cullen Jennings (Cisco), + Dan Appelquist (Telefonica, Samsung), + Dan Connolly (W3C), + Daniel Dardailler (W3C), + Daniel Glazman (Disruptive Innovations), + David Baron (Mozilla), + David Fallside (IBM), + David Singer (Apple), + David Singer (IBM), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Don Brutzman (Web3D), + Don Deutsch (Oracle), + Eduardo Gutentag (Sun Microsystems), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Florian Rivoal, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Geoffrey Creighton (Microsoft), + Geoffrey Snedden, + Giri Mandyam (Qualcomm), + Gregg Kellogg, + Hadley Beeman, + Helene Workman (Apple), + Henri Sivonen (Mozilla), + Håkon Wium Lie (Opera Software), + Ian Hickson (Google), + Ian Jacobs (W3C), + Ivan Herman (W3C), + J Alan Bird (W3C), + Jay Kishigami 岸上順一 (NTT), + Jean-Charles Verdié (MStar), + Jean-François Abramatic (IBM, ILOG, W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Jim Bell (HP), + Jim Miller (W3C), + Joe Hall (CDT), + John Klensin (MCI), + Josh Soref (BlackBerry, unaffiliated), + Judy Brewer (W3C), + Judy Zhu 朱红儒 (Alibaba), + Kari Laihonen (Ericsson), + Karl Dubost (Mozilla), + Ken Laskey (MITRE), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Klaus Birkenbihl (Fraunhofer Gesellschaft), + Larry Masinter (Adobe Systems), + Lauren Wood (unaffiliated), + Liam Quin (W3C), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Marcos Cáceres (Mozilla), + Maria Courtemanche (IBM), + Mark Crawford (SAP), + Mark Nottingham, + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Michael Geldblum (Oracle), + Mike West (Google), + Mitch Stoltz (EFF), + Natasha Rooney (GSMA), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Olle Olsson (SICS), + Ora Lassila (Nokia), + Paul Cotton (Microsoft), + Paul Grosso (Arbortext), + Peter Linss, + Peter Patel-Schneider, + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Qiuling Pan (Huawei), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Renato Iannella (IPR Systems), + Rigo Wenning (W3C), + Rob Sanderson (J Paul Getty Trust), + Robin Berjon (W3C), + Sally Khudairi (W3C), + Sam Ruby (IBM), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Sangwhan Moon (Odd Concepts), + Scott Peterson (Google), + Steve Holbrook (IBM), + Steve Zilles (Adobe Systems) + Steven Pemberton (CWI), + TV Raman (Google), + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Terence Eden (Her Majesty’s Government), + Thomas Reardon (Microsoft), + Tim Berners-Lee (W3C), + Tim Krauskopf (Spyglass), + Travis Leithead (Microsoft), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Virginie Galindo (Gemalto), + Wayne Carr (Intel), + Wendy Fong (Hewlett-Packard), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).
+
13. Changes
+
This section is non-normative.
+
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process
+
This document is based on the 15 September 2020 Process. + A diff comparing it to the 2020 edition of the Process is available. + A Disposition of Comments, + as well as + a detailed log of all changes since then are available.
+
The following is a summary:
+
+
Mentions of the Director which had no material effects on the Process have been removed +
References to “short terms” and “incomplete terms” have been unified to “incomplete terms”. +
A few typos and grammatical oddities have been addressed. +
Mentions of when various groups were created have been removed, + as they had no effect and the Process is not the right place + to document history. +
An incorrect use of “Proposed Additions” has been corrected to the intended “Proposed Changes”. +
Some text in section § 6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features has been rewritten + to reduce redundancy with other sections, + with no normative change. +
Added an editorial clarification to what is supposed to happen + to the status section of unfinished technical reports + that get abandoned. +
Retire Amended RECs: + this process, which had never been used, + allowed the Team to do update a REC with normative changes in the absence of a Working Group, + in order to maintain the document. + Now handled through candidate amendments. +
Candidate and proposed “changes” have been renamed into candidate and proposed “amendments”. +
Create dedicated status (Discontinued Draft) for discontinued REC track documents, + instead of using Notes for that purpose. +
Make Draft Note into its own status, + instead of using REC track Working Draft for that purpose. +
Allow TAG and AB to publish Notes. +
Create W3C Statements, which are Notes endorsed by the W3C as a whole, + through an AC Review. +
+
Changes since earlier versions
+
Changes since earlier versions of the Process are detailed + in the changes section of the previous version of the Process.
+
+
References
+
Normative References
+
+
[CEPC] +
W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/cepc/ +
[COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT] +
Invited expert and collaborators agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/collaborators-agreement +
[CONFLICT-POLICY] +
Conflict of Interest Policy for W3C Team Members Engaged in Outside Professional Activities. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/06-conflictpolicy +
[DOC-LICENSE] +
W3C Document License. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-documents +
[PATENT-POLICY] +
The W3C 2020 Patent Policy. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20200915/ +
[PATENT-POLICY-2017] +
The W3C 2004 Patent Policy, Updated 2017. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20170801/ +
[PUBRULES] +
Publication Rules. URL: https://www.w3.org/pubrules/ +
[RFC2119] +
S. Bradner. Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119 +
[RFC3797] +
D. Eastlake 3rd. Publicly Verifiable Nominations Committee (NomCom) Random Selection. June 2004. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3797 +
+
Informative References
+
+
[AB-HP] +
The Advisory Board home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/ab/ +
[AC-MEETING] +
Advisory Committee meetings (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Meeting/ +
[BG-CG] +
Community and Business Group Process. URL: https://www.w3.org/community/about/agreements/ +
[CALENDAR] +
Calendar of all scheduled official W3C events. URL: https://www.w3.org/participate/eventscal +
[CHAIR] +
W3C Working/Interest Group Chair. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/chair/role.html +
[CHARTER] +
How to Create a Working Group or Interest Group. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/process/charter.html +
[CURRENT-AC] +
Current Advisory Committee representatives (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ACList +
[ELECTION-HOWTO] +
How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/10/election-howto +
[FELLOWS] +
W3C Fellows Program. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Recruitment/Fellows +
[GROUP-MAIL] +
Group mailing lists (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Groups +
[GUIDE] +
The Art of Consensus, a guidebook for W3C Working Group Chairs and other collaborators. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/ +
[INTRO] +
Process, Patent Policy, Finances, Specs management, Strategic vision (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Intro +
[JOIN] +
How to Join W3C. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/join +
[LIAISON] +
W3C liaisons with other organizations. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/11/StdLiaison +
[MEMBER-AGREEMENT] +
W3C Membership Agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Agreement/Member-Agreement +
[MEMBER-HP] +
Member Web site (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ +
[MEMBER-LIST] +
The list of current W3C Members. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Member/List +
[MEMBER-SUB] +
How to send a Submission request. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[MISSION] +
The W3C Mission statement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/mission +
[OBS-RESC] +
Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications. URL: https://www.w3.org/2016/11/obsoleting-rescinding/ +
[REC-TIPS] +
Tips for Getting to Recommendation Faster. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/05/rec-tips +
[REPUBLISHING] +
In-place modification of W3C Technical Reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/2003/01/republishing/ +
[SUBMISSION-LIST] +
The list of acknowledged Member Submissions. URL: https://www.w3.org/Submission/ +
[SUBMISSION-REQ] +
Make or Withdraw a Member Submission Request (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[TAG-CHARTER] +
Technical Architecture Group (TAG) Charter. URL: https://www.w3.org/2004/10/27-tag-charter.html +
[TAG-HP] +
The TAG home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/tag/ +
[TEAM-CONTACT] +
Role of the Team Contact. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/teamcontact/role.html +
[TR] +
The W3C technical reports index. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/ +
[TRANSITION] +
Organize a Technical Report Transition. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/transitions +
[TRANSLATION] +
Translations of W3C technical reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Translation/ +
+
+
+
Index
+
Terms defined by this specification
+
+
AB, in §2.3 +
AB Note, in §6.3.1 +
AC, in §2.1 +
AC Appeal, in §7.2 +
AC representative, in §2.1 +
AC Review, in §7.1.1 +
adequate implementation experience, in §6.2.2 +
Adopted Draft, in §5.2.6 +
Advisory Board, in §2.3 +
Advisory Committee, in §2.1 +
Advisory Committee Appeal, in §7.2 +
Advisory Committee representative, in §2.1 +
Advisory Committee review, in §7.1.1 +
allow new features, in §6.2.9 +
Appeal, in §7.2 +
at risk, in §6.2.7 +
Call for Review, in §7.1.1 +
candidate addition, in §6.1.5 +
candidate amendment, in §6.1.5 +
candidate correction, in §6.1.5 +
Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, in §6.2.1 +
CEO, in §2.2 +
Chair, in §5.1 +
Chair Decision Appeal, in §3.5 +
Chair Decisions, in §3.5 +
charter, in §5.2.6 +
charter extension, in §5.2.5 +
Consensus, in §3.3 +
CR, in §6.2.1 +
custodian, in §6.4.1 +
Director, in §2.2 +
Discontinued Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Dissent, in §3.3 +
distributed meeting, in §3.2 +
Draft Note, in §6.3.1 +
Draft Registry, in §6.4.2 +
ED, in §6.2.1 +
Editor Draft, in §6.2.1 +
editorial change, in §6.1.3 +
Editor’s Draft, in §6.2.1 +
errata, in §6.1.4 +
erratum, in §6.1.4 +
Exclusion Draft, in §5.2.6 +
face-to-face meeting, in §3.2 +
First Public Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
formally addressed, in §3.3.3 +
Formal Objection, in §3.3.2 +
Group Decision Appeal, in §3.5 +
Group Decisions, in §3.5 +
Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Host institutions, in §2.2 +
Hosts, in §2.2 +
Interest Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Interest Groups, in §5.2 +
Invited Expert in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.4 +
Invited Expert in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.3 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
liaison, in §9 +
Member Consortia, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member Consortium, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member-Only, in §4.1 +
Member representative in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.2 +
Member representative in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.1 +
Member Submission, in §10 +
Memoranda of Understanding, in §9 +
Memorandum of Understanding, in §9 +
MoU, in §9 +
Note, in §6.3.1 +
not required, in §Unnumbered section +
Obsolete Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Other Charter, in §5.2.6 +
participants in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1 +
participants in a Working Group, in §5.2.1 +
participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, in §5.2.1.3 +
Patent Review Drafts, in §6.2 +
PR, in §6.2.1 +
primary affiliation, in §2.5.2 +
proposed additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
proposed amendments, in §6.2.11.5 +
proposed corrections, in §6.2.11.5 +
Proposed Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
proxy, in §3.4 +
public participants, in §5.2.1 +
publish, in §6.1 +
REC, in §6.2.1 +
Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Recommendation Track, in §6.2 +
REC Track, in §6.2 +
registry, in §6.4 +
registry change, in §6.1.3 +
Registry Definition, in §6.4.1 +
registry entry, in §6.4 +
registry report, in §6.4.2 +
registry section, in §6.4.2 +
registry table, in §6.4 +
Related Member, in §2.1.2.2 +
Rescinded Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Rescinded Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Statement, in §6.3.2 +
submitter, in §10 +
subsidiary, in §2.1.2.2 +
substantive change, in §6.1.3 +
substitute, in §5.2.1 +
Superseded Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Symposia, in §8 +
Symposium, in §8 +
TAG, in §2.4 +
TAG Note, in §6.3.1 +
Team, in §2.2 +
Team Contact, in §5.1 +
Team correction, in §6.1.5 +
Team Decision, in §2.2 +
Team-Only, in §4.1 +
Team representative in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.6 +
Team representative in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.5 +
Team’s Decision, in §2.2 +
Technical Architecture Group, in §2.4 +
Technical Report, in §6.1 +
Transition Requests, in §6.2.3 +
Unanimity, in §3.3 +
Update Requests, in §6.2.4 +
validation notice, in §10.2 +
W3C Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C decision, in §7 +
W3C Director, in §2.2 +
W3C Fellows, in §2.2 +
W3C Note, in §6.3.1 +
W3C Proposed Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C Recommendation Track, in §6.2 +
W3C Registry, in §6.4.2 +
W3C Statement, in §6.3.2 +
W3C Team, in §2.2 +
W3C Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
WD, in §6.2.1 +
wide review, in §6.1.2.1 +
Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Working Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Working Groups, in §5.2 +
Workshops, in §8 +
+
+
+
Issues Index
+
+
+ It’s bee suggested that the following note may be helpful, + but this remains controversial. + Should we include it? +
Note: It is generally expected + that the CEO and Director will take the Team’s input into consideration when making decisions, + and that they will delegate various responsibilities to individuals or groups within the Team. + Nevertheless, the CEO and Director have the ultimate authority within the Team.
+ ↵ +
+
+
+
+ +
+ #advisory-committeeReferenced in: +
+
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) +
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) (3) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
11. +Process Evolution (2) +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-representativeReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.1.3. +Advisory Committee (AC) (2) (3) +
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.3. +Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels (2) +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.2. +Member Representative in an Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) (4) (5) +
9. +Liaisons +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) +
+
+
+ #fdn-member-consortiumReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.1. +Membership Consortia (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #related-memberReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.2. +Related Members +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes +
+
+
+ #subsidiaryReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.2. +Related Members (2) +
+
+
+ #teamReferenced in: +
+
1. +Introduction +
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) (3) +
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings (2) (3) +
2.2. +The W3C Team +
2.3. +Advisory Board (AB) +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation +
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy (2) +
4. +Dissemination Policies (2) +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.1.6. +License Grants from Non-Participants +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations (2) (3) +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) (3) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #ceoReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
+
+
+ #fellowsReferenced in: +
+
2.1.1. +Rights of Members +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
+
+ #def-DirectorReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team (2) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.1.3. +Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review +
6.2.2. +Implementation Experience +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes (2) (3) +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) (3) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
+
+ #hostsReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team (2) +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
+
+
+ #advisory-boardReferenced in: +
+
2.3. +Advisory Board (AB) (2) +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation (2) (3) +
2.5. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) (3) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
2.5.2.1. +Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
2.5.3. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
11. +Process Evolution (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #technical-architecture-groupReferenced in: +
+
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
2.5.2.1. +Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
2.5.3. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) (4) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
+
+ #primary-affiliationReferenced in: +
+
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
+
+ #ftf-meetingReferenced in: +
+
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings +
3.3. +Consensus +
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #distributed-meetingReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus +
+
+
+ #def-ConsensusReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
3.3. +Consensus (2) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
6. +W3C Technical Report Development Process +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #def-UnanimityReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus +
+
+
+ #def-DissentReferenced in: +
+
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent (2) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #FormalObjectionReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus (2) +
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent +
3.3.2. +Recording and Reporting Formal Objections (2) (3) (4) (5) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #formally-addressedReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #proxyReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
+
+
+ #chair-decisionsReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
+
+
+ #group-decisionsReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
+
+
+ #wg-decision-appealReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
+
+
+ #Member-onlyReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.1.1. +Rights of Members +
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels (2) (3) (4) (5) +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
+
+
+ #Team-onlyReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.2. +The W3C Team +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
+
+
+ #GeneralChairsReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.2. +Meetings +
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent (2) +
3.3.4. +Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information (2) +
3.4. +Votes (2) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) (3) +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) (3) (4) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements (2) +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group (2) (3) (4) +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5. +Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension (2) +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports (2) +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
+
+
+ #TeamContactReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5. +Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension +
+
+
+ #GroupsWGReferenced in: +
+
3.2. +Meetings +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group (2) +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6. +W3C Technical Report Development Process +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities (2) +
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes (2) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.12. +Retiring Recommendation Track Documents +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations +
10.1.1. +Scope of Member Submissions +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #GroupsIGReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) (3) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
+
+
+ #wgparticipantReferenced in: +
+
3. +General Policies for W3C Groups +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
+
+
+ #igparticipantReferenced in: +
+
3. +General Policies for W3C Groups +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
+
+
+ #public-participant-igReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #mtg-substituteReferenced in: +
+
3.4. +Votes +
+
+
+ #member-representative-in-an-interest-groupReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1.2. +Member Representative in an Interest Group +
+
+
+ #invited-expert-in-a-working-groupReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.1.4. +Invited Expert in an Interest Group +
+
+
+ #inv-expert-infoReferenced in: +
+
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
+
+
+ #dfn-charter-extensionReferenced in: +
+
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
+
+
+ #charterReferenced in: +
+
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #adopted-draftReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #exclusion-draftReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters (2) +
+
+
+ #publishingReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) +
+
+
+ #technical-reportReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports (2) (3) +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #dfn-wide-reviewReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
+
+
+ #editorial-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+
+ #substantive-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #registry-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #erratumReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
+
+
+ #candidate-correctionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) +
+
+
+ #candidate-additionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2) +
+
+
+ #team-correctionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
+
+
+ #candidate-amendmentReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) (3) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) (3) (4) +
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process +
+
+
+ #w3c-recommendation-trackReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
+
+
+ #patent-review-draftsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #RecsWDReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
+
+
+ #fpwdReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft (2) +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
+
+
+ #RecsCRReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.12.2. +Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
+
+
+ #candidate-recommendation-snapshotReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
+
+
+ #candidate-recommendation-draftReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) (4) (5) +
+
+
+ #rescinded-candidate-recommendationReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #RecsPRReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
7.1. +Advisory Committee Reviews +
+
+
+ #RecsW3CReferenced in: +
+
1. +Introduction (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.2.11. +Revising a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) (3) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2) (3) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.12.2. +Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
10. +Member Submission Process +
+
+
+ #RecsSupReferenced in: +
+
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
+
+
+ #RecsObsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #RescindedRecReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #discontinuedRECReferenced in: +
+
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) +
+
+
+ #editors-draftReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #adequate-implementationReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #trans-reqReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
+
+
+ #update-requestsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #at-riskReferenced in: +
+
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #allow-new-featuresReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #last-call-reviewReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-correctionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-corrections-and-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #proposed-amendmentsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) +
+
+
+ #proposed-correctionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
+
+ #proposed-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
+
+ #WGNoteReferenced in: +
+
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) (3) (4) (5) +
10.1.1. +Scope of Member Submissions (2) +
+
+
+ #draft-noteReferenced in: +
+
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #statementReferenced in: +
+
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #registryReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) (3) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
6.4.3. +Specifications that Reference Registries +
+
+
+ #registry-tableReferenced in: +
+
6.1.3. +Classes of Changes (2) +
6.4. +Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #registry-entryReferenced in: +
+
6.1.3. +Classes of Changes +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.3. +Specifications that Reference Registries +
+
+
+ #registry-definitionReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables (2) +
+
+
+ #custodianReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #registry-reportReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #registry-sectionReferenced in: +
+
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) (5) +
+
+
+ #w3c-registryReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
+
+
+ #def-w3c-decisionReferenced in: +
+
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-reviewReferenced in: +
+
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #reviewformReferenced in: +
+
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-appealReferenced in: +
+
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #EventsWReferenced in: +
+
4. +Dissemination Policies +
+
+
+ #mouReferenced in: +
+
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
9. +Liaisons (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #MemberSubmissionReferenced in: +
+
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+
+ #submitterReferenced in: +
+
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
10.1.2. +Information Required in a Submission Request (2) (3) (4) +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) (3) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #validation-noticeReferenced in: +
+
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/snapshots/registries-as-of-2021-03-08.html b/snapshots/registries-as-of-2021-03-08.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b91f625 --- /dev/null +++ b/snapshots/registries-as-of-2021-03-08.html @@ -0,0 +1,6234 @@ + + + + + W3C Process Document + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+

+
W3C Process Document
+
Draft Community Group Report, 8 March 2021
+
+
+
This version: +
https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Process/Drafts/ +
Latest published version: +
https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Process/ +
Previous Versions: +
https://www.w3.org/2020/Process-20200915/ +
https://www.w3.org/2019/Process-20190301/ +
https://www.w3.org/2018/Process-20180201/ +
https://www.w3.org/2017/Process-20170301/ +
Issue Tracking: +
GitHub +
Inline In Spec +
Editors: +
Elika J. Etemad / fantasai (Invited Expert) +
Florian Rivoal (Invited Expert) +
Former Editors: +
Natasha Rooney (Invited Expert) +
Charles McCathie Nevile (Yandex) +
Ian Jacobs (W3C) +
+
+
+
Copyright © 1996–2021 W3C^® (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang). W3C liability, trademark and permissive document license rules apply.
+
+
+
+
Abstract
+
The mission of the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is to lead the World Wide Web to its full potential + + by developing common protocols that promote its evolution and ensure its interoperability. + The W3C Process Document describes the organizational structure of the W3C and processes, + responsibilities and functions that enable W3C to accomplish its mission. + This document does not describe the internal workings of the Team.
+
For more information about the W3C mission and the history of W3C, + + please refer to About W3C.
+
+
Status of this Document
+
+ W3C, including all existing chartered groups, + follows the most recent operative Process Document announced to the Membership. + + This document is developed by the Advisory Board’s Process Task Force + working within the Revising W3C Process Community Group (which anyone can join). + This is the 8 March 2021 Draft Community Group Report for the proposed next version of the W3C Process Document. +
This document is based on the 15 September 2020 Process.
+ This draft has been prepared for review by the W3C Advisory Board, + to approve or change before proposing it to the W3C Advisory Committee for preliminary review. + This revision incorporates changes to the currently operative Process that the editor believes reflect the decisions of the W3C Process Community Group. + + Further revision may take place following review by + the W3C Process Community Group, + the Advisory Board, + and the Advisory Committee + before this version is proposed to the Director + as a formal revision to the operative Process Document. + If that draft is accepted by the Director + it will be the subject of an Advisory Committee Review + as detailed in Section 11 Process Changes. + + Further revision of the W3C Process is expected to take place + in subsequent versions of the Process as required. + + A history of substantial changes from previous versions of the Process Document is provided. + + Comment is invited on the draft. + Please file comments as issues in the w3c/w3process GitHub Repository. + If you are unable to do this you may send them in email to public-w3process@w3.org (publicly archived) + or to process-issues@w3.org (Member-only archive). +
+
Relation of Process Document to Patent Policy
+
W3C Members' attention is called to the fact + that provisions of the Process Document are binding on Members + per the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT]. + The W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] is incorporated by normative reference as a part of the Process Document, + and is thus equally binding.
+
The Patent Policy places additional obligations on Members, Team, and other participants in W3C. + The Process Document does not restate those requirements but includes references to them. + The Process Document and Patent Policy have been designed to allow them to evolve independently.
+
In the Process Document, the term “participant” refers to an individual, not an organization.
+
Conformance and specialized terms
+
The terms must, must not, should, should not, required, + and may are used in accordance with RFC 2119. + The term not required is equivalent to the term may as defined in RFC2119 [RFC2119].
+
Some terms have been capitalized in this document (and in other W3C materials) + to indicate that they are entities with special relevance to the W3C Process. + These terms are defined within this document, + and readers are reminded that the ordinary English definitions are insufficient + for the purpose of understanding this document.
+
+
Table of Contents
+
+
1 Introduction +
+ 2 Members, Advisory Committee, Team, Advisory Board, Technical Architecture Group +
+
+ 2.1 Members +
+
2.1.1 Rights of Members +
+ 2.1.2 Member Consortia and Related Members +
+
2.1.2.1 Membership Consortia +
2.1.2.2 Related Members +
+
+ 2.1.3 Advisory Committee (AC) +
+
2.1.3.1 Advisory Committee Mailing Lists +
2.1.3.2 Advisory Committee Meetings +
+
+
2.2 The W3C Team +
+ 2.3 Advisory Board (AB) +
+
2.3.1 Advisory Board Participation +
+
+ 2.4 Technical Architecture Group (TAG) +
+
2.4.1 Technical Architecture Group Participation +
+
+ 2.5 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
+
2.5.1 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints +
+ 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
2.5.2.1 Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
+
2.5.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats +
+
+
+ 3 General Policies for W3C Groups +
+
+ 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria +
+
3.1.1 Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.2 Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.1.3 Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
+
3.2 Meetings +
+ 3.3 Consensus +
+
3.3.1 Managing Dissent +
3.3.2 Recording and Reporting Formal Objections +
3.3.3 Formally Addressing an Issue +
3.3.4 Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information +
+
3.4 Votes +
3.5 Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
3.6 Resignation from a Group +
+
+ 4 Dissemination Policies +
+
+ 4.1 Confidentiality Levels +
+
4.1.1 Changing Confidentiality Level +
+
+
+ 5 Working Groups and Interest Groups +
+
5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
+ 5.2 Working Groups and Interest Groups +
+
+ 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
+
5.2.1.1 Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.2 Member Representative in an Interest Group +
5.2.1.3 Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.1.4 Invited Expert in an Interest Group +
5.2.1.5 Team Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.6 Team Representative in an Interest Group +
+
5.2.2 Working Group and Interest Group Charter Development +
5.2.3 Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4 Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5 Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension +
5.2.6 Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
5.2.7 Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
+
+
+ 6 W3C Technical Report Development Process +
+
+ 6.1 W3C Technical Reports +
+
6.1.1 General requirements for Technical Reports +
+ 6.1.2 Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
+
6.1.2.1 Wide Review +
+
6.1.3 Classes of Changes +
6.1.4 Errata Management +
6.1.5 Candidate Amendments +
6.1.6 License Grants from Non-Participants +
+
+ 6.2 The W3C Recommendation Track +
+
6.2.1 Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.2 Implementation Experience +
6.2.3 Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
+ 6.2.4 Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
+
6.2.4.1 Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
6.2.5 Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.6 Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.7 Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
+ 6.2.8 Revising a Candidate Recommendation +
+
6.2.8.1 Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2 Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
+
6.2.9 Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10 Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
+ 6.2.11 Revising a W3C Recommendation +
+
6.2.11.1 Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes +
6.2.11.2 Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3 Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5 Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+ 6.2.12 Retiring Recommendation Track Documents +
+
6.2.12.1 Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
6.2.12.2 Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4 Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
+
+
+ 6.3 The Note Track: Notes and Statements +
+
6.3.1 Group Notes +
6.3.2 Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3 Revising W3C Statements +
+
+ 6.4 Registries +
+
6.4.1 Registry Definitions +
6.4.2 Publishing Registries +
6.4.3 Specifications that Reference Registries +
6.4.4 Updating Registry Tables +
+
6.5 Further reading +
+
+ 7 Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
+
+ 7.1 Advisory Committee Reviews +
+
7.1.1 Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2 After the Review Period +
+
7.2 Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
7.3 Advisory Committee Votes +
+
8 Workshops and Symposia +
9 Liaisons +
+ 10 Member Submission Process +
+
+ 10.1 Submitter Rights and Obligations +
+
10.1.1 Scope of Member Submissions +
10.1.2 Information Required in a Submission Request +
+
10.2 Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3 Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
10.4 Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
11 Process Evolution +
12 Acknowledgments +
+ 13 Changes +
+
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process +
Changes since earlier versions +
+
+ References +
+
Normative References +
Informative References +
+
+ Index +
+
Terms defined by this specification +
+
Issues Index +
+
+
+
1. Introduction
+
Most W3C work revolves around the standardization of Web technologies. + To accomplish this work, W3C follows processes that promote the development of high-quality standards + based on the consensus of the Membership, Team, and public. + W3C processes promote fairness, responsiveness, and progress: + all facets of the W3C mission. + This document describes the processes W3C follows in pursuit of its mission.
+
Here is a general overview of how W3C standardizes a Web technology. + In many cases, the goal of this work is a W3C Recommendation—a Web standard.
+
+
People generate interest in a particular topic. + For instance, Members express interest in the form of Member Submissions, + and the Team monitors work inside and outside of W3C for signs of interest. + Also, W3C is likely to organize a Workshop to bring people together + to discuss topics that interest the W3C community. +
When there is enough interest in a topic + (e.g., after a successful Workshop and/or discussion on an Advisory Committee mailing list), + the Team announces the development of a proposal + for one or more new Interest Group or Working Group charters, + depending on the breadth of the topic of interest. + W3C Members review the proposed charters. + When there is support within W3C for investing resources in the topic of interest, + the Director approves the group(s) and they begin their work. +
There are three types of Working Group participants: Member representatives, Invited Experts, + and Team representatives. + Team representatives both contribute to the technical work + and help ensure the group’s proper integration with the rest of W3C. + The Working Group charter sets expectations about each group’s deliverables + (e.g., technical reports, test suites, and tutorials). +
Working Groups generally create specifications and guidelines + that undergo cycles of revision and review + as they advance to W3C Recommendation status. + The W3C process for producing these technical reports + includes significant review by the Members and public, + and requirements that the Working Group be able to show implementation and interoperability experience. + At the end of the process, + the Advisory Committee reviews the mature technical report, + and if there is support, + W3C publishes it as a Recommendation. +
+
The Process Document promotes the goals of quality and fairness in technical decisions + by encouraging consensus, + requiring reviews (by both Members and public) as part of the technical report development process, + and through an Advisory Committee Appeal process.
+
The other sections of the Process Document:
+
+
set forth policies for participation in W3C groups, +
establish two permanent groups within W3C: + the Technical Architecture Group (TAG), + to help resolve Consortium-wide technical issues; + and the Advisory Board (AB), + to help resolve Consortium-wide non-technical issues, + and to manage the evolution of the W3C process, + and +
describe other interactions between the Members (as represented by the W3C Advisory Committee), + the Team, + and the general public. +
+
W3C also operates Community and Business Groups, + which are separately described in their own process document [BG-CG].
+
2. Members, Advisory Committee, Team, Advisory Board, Technical Architecture Group
+
W3C’s mission is to lead the Web to its full potential. + W3C Member organizations provide resources to this end, + and the W3C Team provides the technical leadership + and organization to coordinate the effort.
+
2.1. Members
+
W3C Members are primarily represented in W3C processes as follows:
+
+
+ The Advisory Committee is composed of one representative from each Member organization + (refer to the Member-only list + of current Advisory Committee representatives. [CURRENT-AC]) + The Advisory Committee: +
+
reviews plans for W3C at each Advisory Committee meeting; +
reviews formal proposals from the W3C: Charter Proposals, Proposed Recommendations, + and Proposed Process Documents. +
elects the Advisory Board participants other than the Advisory Board Chair. +
elects a majority (6) of the participants on the Technical Architecture Group. +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal in some cases described in this document.
+
Representatives of Member organizations participate + in Working Groups and Interest Groups and + author and review technical reports. +
+
W3C membership is open to all entities, + as described in “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]; + (refer to the public list of current W3C Members [MEMBER-LIST]). + Organizations subscribe according to the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT]. + The Team must ensure + that Member participation agreements remain Team-only and that no Member receives preferential treatment within W3C.
+
While W3C does not have a class of membership tailored to individuals, + individuals may join W3C. + Restrictions pertaining to related Members apply + when the individual also represents another W3C Member.
+
2.1.1. Rights of Members
+
Each Member organization enjoys the following rights and benefits:
+
+
A seat on the Advisory Committee; +
Access to Member-only information; +
The Member Submission process; +
Use of the W3C Member logo on promotional material and to publicize the Member’s participation in W3C. + For more information, please refer to the Member logo usage policy + described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO]. +
+
Furthermore, subject to further restrictions included in the Member Agreement, + representatives of Member organizations participate in W3C as follows:
+
+
In Working Groups and Interest Groups. +
In Workshops and Symposia; +
On the Team, as W3C Fellows. +
+
The rights and benefits of W3C membership [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] are contingent upon conformance to the processes described in this document. + Disciplinary action for anyone participating in W3C activities is described in § 3.1.1 Expectations and Discipline.
+
2.1.2. Member Consortia and Related Members
+
2.1.2.1. Membership Consortia
+
A “Member Consortium” means a consortium, + user society, + or association of two or more individuals, + companies, + organizations or governments, + or any combination of these entities + which has the purpose of participating in a common activity + or pooling resources to achieve a common goal other than participation in, + or achieving certain goals in, + W3C. + A joint-stock corporation or similar entity is not a Member Consortium merely because it has shareholders or stockholders. + If it is not clear whether a prospective Member qualifies as a Member Consortium, + the Director may reasonably make the determination. + For a Member Consortium, the rights and privileges of W3C Membership + described in the W3C Process Document extend to the Member Consortium's paid staff + and Advisory Committee representative.
+
Member Consortia may also designate + up to four (or more at the Team’s discretion) individuals + who, though not employed by the organization, may exercise the rights of Member representatives.
+
For Member Consortia that have individual people as members, + these individuals must disclose their employment affiliation + when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.
+
For Member Consortia that have organizations as Members, + all such designated representatives must be an official representative of the Member organization + (e.g. a Committee or Task Force Chairperson) + and must disclose their employment affiliation when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.
+
For all representatives of a Member Consortium, + IPR commitments are made on behalf of the Member Consortium, + unless a further IPR commitment is made by the individuals' employers.
+
2.1.2.2. Related Members
+
In the interest of ensuring the integrity of the consensus process, + Member involvement in some of the processes in this document is affected by related Member status. + As used herein, two Members are related if:
+
+
Either Member is a subsidiary of the other, or +
Both Members are subsidiaries of a common entity, or +
The Members have an employment contract or consulting contract that affects W3C participation. +
+
A subsidiary is an organization of which effective control and/or majority ownership rests with another, + single organization.
+
Related Members must disclose these relationships + according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].
+
2.1.3. Advisory Committee (AC)
+
When an organization joins W3C + (see “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]), + it must name its Advisory Committee representative as part of the Membership Agreement. + The New Member Orientation [INTRO] explains how to subscribe or unsubscribe to Advisory Committee mailing lists, + provides information about Advisory Committee Meetings, + explains how to name a new Advisory Committee representative, + and more. Advisory Committee representatives must follow the conflict of interest policy by disclosing information according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation. + See also the additional roles of Advisory Committee representatives described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
Additional information for Members is available at the Member Web site [MEMBER-HP].
+
2.1.3.1. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists
+
The Team must provide two mailing lists for use by the Advisory Committee:
+
+
One for official announcements (e.g., those required by this document) from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + This list is read-only for Advisory Committee representatives. +
One for discussion among Advisory Committee representatives. + Though this list is primarily for Advisory Committee representatives, + the Team must monitor discussion + and should participate in discussion when appropriate. + Ongoing detailed discussions should be moved to other appropriate lists + (new or existing, such as a mailing list created for a Workshop). +
+
An Advisory Committee representative may request + that additional individuals from their organization be subscribed to these lists. + Failure to contain distribution internally may result in suspension of additional email addresses, + at the discretion of the Team.
+
2.1.3.2. Advisory Committee Meetings
+
The Team organizes a face-to-face meeting for the Advisory Committee twice a year. + The Team appoints the Chair of these meetings (generally the CEO). + At each Advisory Committee meeting, + the Team should provide an update to the Advisory Committee about:
+
+
Resources +
+
+
The number of W3C Members at each level. +
An overview of the financial status of W3C. +
+
Allocations +
+
+
The allocation of the annual budget, including size of the Team and their approximate deployment. +
A list of all activities (including but not limited to Working and Interest Groups) + and brief status statement about each, + in particular those started or terminated since the previous Advisory Committee meeting. +
The allocation of resources to pursuing liaisons with other organizations. +
+
+
Each Member organization should send one representative to each Advisory Committee Meeting. + In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., during a period of transition between representatives from an organization), + the meeting Chair may allow a Member organization to send two representatives to a meeting.
+
The Team must announce the date and location of each Advisory Committee meeting + no later than at the end of the previous meeting; one year’s notice is preferred. + The Team must announce the region of each Advisory Committee meeting + at least one year in advance.
+
More information about Advisory Committee meetings [AC-MEETING] is available at the Member Web site.
+
2.2. The W3C Team
+
The Team consists of + the Director, CEO, + W3C paid staff, + unpaid interns, + and W3C Fellows. W3C Fellows are Member employees working as part of the Team; + see the W3C Fellows Program [FELLOWS]. + The Team provides technical leadership about Web technologies, + organizes and manages W3C activities to reach goals + within practical constraints (such as resources available), + and communicates with the Members and the public + about the Web and W3C technologies.
+
The Director and CEO may delegate responsibility + (generally to other individuals in the Team) + for any of their roles described in this document, + except participation in the TAG.
+ Team Decisions derive from the Director and CEO's authority, + even when they are carried out by other members of the Team. +
+
+ It’s bee suggested that the following note may be helpful, + but this remains controversial. + Should we include it? +
Note: It is generally expected + that the CEO and Director will take the Team’s input into consideration when making decisions, + and that they will delegate various responsibilities to individuals or groups within the Team. + Nevertheless, the CEO and Director have the ultimate authority within the Team.
+
+
The Director is the lead technical architect at W3C, + whose responsibilities are identified throughout this document in relevant places. + Some key ones include: + assessing consensus within W3C for architectural choices, + publication of technical reports, + and chartering new Groups; + appointing group Chairs, + adjudicating as "tie-breaker" for Group decision appeals, + and deciding on the outcome of formal objections; + the Director is generally Chair of the TAG.
+
Team administrative information such as Team salaries, + detailed budgeting, + and other business decisions + are Team-only, + subject to oversight by the Host institutions.
+
Note: W3C is not currently incorporated. + For legal contracts, W3C is represented by four “Host” institutions: + Beihang University, + the European Research Consortium for Informatics and Mathematics (ERCIM), + Keio University, + and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). + Within W3C, the Host institutions are governed by hosting agreements; + the Hosts themselves are not W3C Members.
+
2.3. Advisory Board (AB)
+
The Advisory Board provides ongoing guidance to the Team + on issues of strategy, + management, + legal matters, + process, + and conflict resolution. + The Advisory Board also serves the Members + by tracking issues raised between Advisory Committee meetings, + soliciting Member comments on such issues, + and proposing actions to resolve these issues. + The Advisory Board manages the evolution of the Process Document. + The Advisory Board hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected + for reasons unrelated to Web architecture; + see also the TAG.
+
The Advisory Board is not a board of directors + and has no decision-making authority within W3C; + its role is strictly advisory.
+
The Team must make available a mailing list, + confidential to the Advisory Board and Team, + for the Advisory Board to use for its communication.
+
The Advisory Board should send a summary of each of its meetings + to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The Advisory Board should also report on its activities + at each Advisory Committee meeting.
+
Details about the Advisory Board + (e.g., the list of Advisory Board participants, + mailing list information, and summaries of Advisory Board meetings) + are available at the Advisory Board home page [AB-HP].
+
2.3.1. Advisory Board Participation
+
The Advisory Board consists of nine to eleven elected participants and a Chair. + The Team appoints the Chair of the Advisory Board, + who is generally the CEO. + The team also appoints a Team Contact for the AB, + as described in § 5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups.
+
The remaining nine to eleven Advisory Board participants are elected by the W3C Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process.
+
With the exception of the Chair, + the terms of all Advisory Board participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year, + either five or six terms expire. + If an individual is elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular Advisory Board terms begin on 1 July and end on 30 June.
+
+
2.4. Technical Architecture Group (TAG)
+
The mission of the TAG is stewardship of the Web architecture. + There are three aspects to this mission:
+
+
to document and build consensus around principles of Web architecture + and to interpret and clarify these principles when necessary; +
to resolve issues involving general Web architecture brought to the TAG; +
to help coordinate cross-technology architecture developments inside and outside W3C. +
+
The TAG hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected for reasons related to Web architecture; + see also the Advisory Board.
+
The TAG's scope is limited to technical issues about Web architecture. + The TAG should not consider + administrative, + process, + or organizational policy issues of W3C, + which are generally addressed by + the W3C Advisory Committee, + Advisory Board, + and Team. + Please refer to the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] for more information about the background and scope of the TAG, + and the expected qualifications of TAG participants.
+
The Team must make available two mailing lists for the TAG:
+
+
a public discussion (not just input) list for issues of Web architecture. + The TAG will conduct its public business on this list. +
a Member-only list for discussions within the TAG + and for requests to the TAG that, + for whatever reason, cannot be made on the public list. +
+
The TAG may also request the creation of additional topic-specific, public mailing lists. + For some TAG discussions (e.g., a Submission Appeal), + the TAG may use a list that will be Member-only.
+
The TAG should send a summary of each of its meetings to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The TAG should also report on its activities at each Advisory Committee meeting.
+
When the TAG votes to resolve an issue, + each TAG participant + (whether appointed, elected, or the Chair) + has one vote; + see also the section on voting in the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] and the general section on votes in this Process Document.
+
Details about the TAG (e.g., the list of TAG participants, mailing list information, and summaries of TAG meetings) + are available at the TAG home page [TAG-HP].
+
2.4.1. Technical Architecture Group Participation
+
The TAG consists of:
+
+
Tim Berners-Lee, who is a life member; +
The Director, + sitting ex officio; +
Three participants appointed by the Director; +
Six participants elected by the Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process. +
+
The Team appoints the Chair of the TAG, + who must be one of the participants. + The team also appoints a Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] for the TAG, + as described in § 5.1 Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups.
+
The terms of elected and Director-appointed TAG participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year three elected terms, + and either one or two appointed terms expire. + If an individual is appointed or elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular TAG terms begin on 1 February and end on 31 January.
+
The Director may announce the appointed participants + after the results for the Advisory Committee election of participants have been announced.
+
2.5. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation
+
Advisory Board and TAG participants have a special role within W3C: + they are elected by the Membership and appointed by the Director + with the expectation that they will use their best judgment + to find the best solutions for the Web, + not just for any particular network, + technology, + vendor, + or user. + Advisory Board and TAG participants are expected to participate regularly and fully. + Advisory Board and TAG participants should attend Advisory Committee meetings.
+
Individuals elected or appointed to the Advisory Board or TAG act in their personal capacity, + to serve the needs of the W3C membership as a whole, + and the Web community. + Whether they are Member representatives or Invited Experts, + their activities in those roles are separate and distinct from their activities on the Advisory Board or TAG.
+
An individual participates on the Advisory Board or TAG + from the moment the individual’s term begins until the seat is vacated (e.g. because the term ends). + Although Advisory Board and TAG participants do not advocate for the commercial interests of their employers, + their participation does carry the responsibilities associated with Member representation, + Invited Expert status, + or Team representation + (as described in the section on the AB/TAG nomination and election process).
+
Participation in the TAG or AB is afforded to the specific individuals elected or appointed to those positions, + and a participant’s seat must not be delegated to any other person.
+
2.5.1. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints
+
Given the few seats available on the Advisory Board and the TAG, + and in order to ensure that the diversity of W3C Members is represented:
+
+
Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the TAG + except when this is caused by a change of affiliation of an existing participant. + At the completion of the next regularly scheduled election for the TAG, + the organization must have returned to having at most one seat. +
Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 2.5.2 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the AB. + If, for whatever reason, these constraints are not satisfied + (e.g., because an AB participant changes jobs), + one participant must cease AB participation + until the situation has been resolved. + If after 30 days the situation has not been resolved, + the Chair will apply + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + to choose one person for continued participation and declare the other seat(s) vacant. +
An individual must not participate on both the TAG and the AB. +
+
2.5.2. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections
+
The Advisory Board and a portion of the Technical Architecture Group are elected by the Advisory Committee, + using a Single Transferable Vote system. + An election begins when the Team sends a Call for Nominations to the Advisory Committee. + Any Call for Nominations specifies the minimum and maximum number of available seats, + the deadline for nominations, + details about the specific vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information such as how to nominate a candidate. + The Team may modify the tabulation system after the Call for Nominations + but must stabilize it no later than the Call for Votes. + The Team should announce appointments + no later than the start of a nomination period as part of the Call for Nominations.
+
In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the TAG, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats are the same: + the 3 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats.
+
In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the AB, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats differ: + The maximum number is the 5 or 6 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats; + the minimum number is such that when added to the occupied seats from the prior year, + the minimum size of the AB (9) is reached.
+
Each Member (or group of related Members) may nominate one individual. + A nomination must be made with the consent of the nominee. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Member representative, + the individual must qualify for Member representation and the Member’s Advisory Committee representative must include in the nomination + the (same) information required for a Member representative in a Working Group. + In order for an individual to be nominated as an Invited Expert, + the individual must provide + the (same) information required for an Invited Expert in a Working Group and the nominating Advisory Committee representative must include that information in the nomination. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Team representative, + the nominating Advisory Committee representative must first secure approval from Team management. + A nominee is not required to be an employee of a Member organization, + and may be a W3C Fellow. + The nomination form must ask for the nominee’s primary affiliation, + and this will be reported on the ballot. + For most nominees, + the primary affiliation is their employer and will match their affiliation in the W3C database. + For contractors and invited experts, + this will normally be their contracting company + or their invited expert status; + in some cases + (e.g. where a consultant is consulting for only one organization) + this may be the organization for whom the nominee is consulting. + A change of affiliation is defined + such that this field would carry a different answer + if the nominee were to be re-nominated + (therefore, + terminating employment, + or accepting new employment, + are changes of affiliation). + (Other formal relationships such as other contracts should be disclosed as potential conflicts of interest.) + Each nomination should include + a few informative paragraphs about the nominee.
+
If, after the deadline for nominations, the number of nominees is:
+
+
Greater than or equal to the minimum number of available seats + and less than or equal to the maximum number of available seats, + those nominees are thereby elected. + This situation constitutes a tie for the purpose of assigning incomplete terms. + Furthermore, if the number is less than the maximum number of available seats, + the longest terms are filled first. +
Less than the minimum number of available seats, + Calls for Nominations are issued until a sufficient number of people have been nominated. + Those already nominated do not need to be renominated after a renewed call. +
Greater than the maximum number of available seats, + the Team issues a Call for Votes + that includes the names of all candidates, + the (maximum) number of available seats, + the deadline for votes, + details about the vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information. +
+
When there is a vote, + each Member + (or group of related Members) may submit one ballot that ranks candidates in the Member’s preferred order. + Once the deadline for votes has passed, + the Team announces the results to the Advisory Committee. + In case of a tie the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to fill the available seats.
+
The shortest incomplete term is assigned to the elected candidate ranked lowest by the tabulation of votes, + the next shortest term to the next-lowest ranked elected candidate, + and so on. + In the case of a tie among those eligible for a incomplete term, + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to assign the incomplete term.
+
Refer to How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election [ELECTION-HOWTO] for more details.
+
2.5.2.1. Verifiable Random Selection Procedure
+
When it is necessary to use a verifiable random selection process + (e.g., in an AB or TAG election, + to “draw straws” in case of a tie + or to fill a incomplete term), + W3C uses the random and verifiable procedure defined in RFC 3797 [RFC3797]. + The procedure orders an input list of names + (listed in alphabetical order by family name unless otherwise specified) + into a “result order”.
+
W3C applies this procedure as follows:
+
+
+
When N people have tied for M (less than N) seats. + In this case, only the names of the N individuals who tied + are provided as input to the procedure. + The M seats are assigned in result order. +
After all elected individuals have been identified, + when N people are eligible for M (less than N) incomplete terms. + In this case, only the names of those N individuals are provided as input to the procedure. + The incomplete terms are assigned in result order. +
+
2.5.3. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats
+
An Advisory Board or TAG participant’s seat is vacated when:
+
+
the participant resigns, or +
an Advisory Board or TAG participant changes affiliations + such that the Advisory Board and TAG participation constraints are no longer met, + or +
the Director dismisses the participant + for failing to meet the criteria in section § 3.1 Individual Participation Criteria, + or +
their term ends. +
+
If a participant changes affiliation, + but the participation constraints are met, + that participant’s seat becomes vacant at the next regularly scheduled election for that group.
+
Vacated seats are filled according to this schedule:
+
+
When an appointed TAG seat is vacated, + the Director may re-appoint someone immediately, + but no later than the next regularly scheduled election. +
+ When an elected seat on either the AB or TAG is vacated, + the seat is filled at the next regularly scheduled election for the group + unless the group Chair requests that W3C hold an election before then + (for instance, due to the group’s workload). +
+
The group Chair should not request such an election + if the next regularly scheduled election is fewer than three months away. +
The group Chair may request an election, + and the election may begin, as soon as a current member gives notice of a resignation, + including a resignation effective as of a given date in the future. +
+
When such an election is held, + the minimum number of available seats is such that + when added to the number of continuing participants, + the minimum total number of elected seats is met + (6 for the TAG, 9 for the AB); + and the maximum number corresponds to all unoccupied seats. + Except for the number of available seats and the length of the terms, + the usual rules for Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections apply.
+
+
3. General Policies for W3C Groups
+
This section describes general policies for W3C groups regarding participation, + meeting requirements, + and decision-making. + These policies apply to participants in the following groups: Advisory Committee, Advisory Board, TAG, Working Groups, + and Interest Groups.
+
3.1. Individual Participation Criteria
+
3.1.1. Expectations and Discipline
+
There are three qualities an individual is expected to demonstrate in order to participate in W3C:
+
+
Technical competence in one’s role; +
The ability to act fairly; +
Social competence in one’s role. +
+
Advisory Committee representatives who nominate individuals from their organization for participation in W3C activities + are responsible for assessing and attesting to the qualities of those nominees.
+
Participants in any W3C activity must abide + by the terms and spirit of the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC] and the participation requirements described in + “Disclosure” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
The Director may take disciplinary action, + including suspending or removing for cause + a participant in any group (including the AB and TAG) + if serious and/or repeated violations, + such as failure to meet the requirements of this process + (where repeated attempts to address these violations have not resolved the situation) + or violation of the membership agreement or applicable laws, + occur. + Refer to the Guidelines to suspend or remove participants from groups.
+
3.1.2. Conflict of Interest Policy
+
Individuals participating materially in W3C work must disclose significant relationships + when those relationships might reasonably be perceived as creating a conflict of interest with the individual’s role at W3C. + These disclosures must be kept up-to-date + as the individual’s affiliations change and W3C membership evolves + (since, for example, the individual might have a relationship with an organization that joins or leaves W3C). + Each section in this document that describes a W3C group + provides more detail about the disclosure mechanisms for that group.
+
The ability of an individual to fulfill a role within a group + without risking a conflict of interest depends on the individual’s affiliations. + When these affiliations change, + the individual’s assignment to the role must be evaluated. + The role may be reassigned according to the appropriate process. + For instance, + the Director may appoint a new group Chair when the current Chair changes affiliations + (e.g., if there is a risk of conflict of interest, + or if there is risk that the Chair’s new employer will be over-represented within a W3C activity).
+
The following are some scenarios where disclosure is appropriate:
+
+
Paid consulting for an organization whose activity is relevant to W3C, + or any consulting compensated with equity + (shares of stock, stock options, or other forms of corporate equity). +
A decision-making role/responsibility + (such as participating on the Board) in other organizations relevant to W3C. +
A position on a publicly visible advisory body, + even if no decision-making authority is involved. +
+
Individuals seeking assistance on these matters should contact the Team.
+
Team members are subject to the W3C Team conflict of interest policy [CONFLICT-POLICY].
+
3.1.3. Individuals Representing a Member Organization
+
Generally, individuals representing a Member in an official capacity within W3C + are employees of the Member organization. + However, an Advisory Committee representative may designate a non-employee + to represent the Member. + Non-employee Member representatives must disclose + relevant affiliations to the Team and to any group in which the individual participates.
+
In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., situations that might jeopardize the progress of a group or create a conflict of interest), + the Director may decline + to allow an individual designated by an Advisory Committee representative to participate in a group.
+
A group charter may limit + the number of individuals representing a W3C Member + (or group of related Members).
+
3.2. Meetings
+
W3C groups + (including the Advisory Committee, Advisory Board, TAG, + and Working Groups) should observe the meeting requirements in this section.
+
W3C distinguishes two types of meetings:
+
+
A face-to-face meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate in the same physical location. +
A distributed meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate from remote locations + (e.g., by telephone, video conferencing, or IRC). +
+
A Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to attend a meeting on an exceptional basis. + This person is a meeting guest, + not a group participant. + Meeting guests do not have voting rights. + It is the responsibility of the Chair to ensure + that all meeting guests respect the chartered level of confidentiality and other group requirements.
+
Meeting announcements should be sent to all appropriate group mailing lists, + i.e. those most relevant to the anticipated meeting participants.
+
The following table lists requirements for organizing a meeting:
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ Face-to-face meetings + Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) + eight weeks^* + one week^* +
Agenda available (before) + two weeks + 24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) + three days + 24 hours +
Action items available (after) + three days + 24 hours +
Minutes available (after) + two weeks + 48 hours +
+
^* To allow proper planning (e.g., travel arrangements), + the Chair is responsible for giving sufficient advance notice + about the date and location of a meeting. + Shorter notice for a meeting is allowed + provided that there are no objections from group participants.
+
3.3. Consensus
+
Consensus is a core value of W3C. + To promote consensus, + the W3C process requires Chairs to ensure + that groups consider all legitimate views and objections, + and endeavor to resolve them, + whether these views and objections are expressed by the active participants of the group + or by others + (e.g., another W3C group, + a group in another organization, + or the general public). + Decisions may be made during meetings + (face-to-face or distributed) + as well as through email.
+
Note: The Director, CEO, and COO have the role of + assessing consensus within the Advisory Committee.
+
The following terms are used in this document + to describe the level of support for a decision among a set of eligible individuals:
+
+
Consensus: +
A substantial number of individuals in the set + support the decision + and nobody in the set registers a Formal Objection. + Individuals in the set may abstain. + Abstention is either an explicit expression of no opinion + or silence by an individual in the set. +
Unanimity: +
The particular case of consensus where all individuals in the set support the decision + (i.e., no individual in the set abstains). +
Dissent: +
At least one individual in the set registers a Formal Objection. +
+
By default, the set of individuals eligible to participate in a decision is the set of group participants. + The Process Document does not require a quorum for decisions + (i.e., the minimal number of eligible participants required to be present before the Chair can call a question). + A charter may include a quorum requirement for consensus decisions.
+
Where unanimity is not possible, + a group should strive to make consensus decisions + where there is significant support and few abstentions. + The Process Document does not require a particular percentage of eligible participants + to agree to a motion in order for a decision to be made. + To avoid decisions where there is widespread apathy, + (i.e., little support and many abstentions), + groups should set minimum thresholds of active support before a decision can be recorded. + The appropriate percentage may vary depending on the size of the group + and the nature of the decision. + A charter may include threshold requirements for consensus decisions. + For instance, a charter might require a supermajority of eligible participants + (i.e., some established percentage above 50%) + to support certain types of consensus decisions.
+
+ Note: Chairs have substantial flexibility + in how they obtain and assess consensus among their groups. + Unless otherwise constrained by charter, + they may use modes including but not limited to explicit calls for consensus, + polls of participants, + “lazy consensus” in which lack of objection after sufficient notice is taken as assent; + or they may also delegate and empower a document editor + to assess consensus on their behalf, + whether in general + or for specific pre-determined circumstances + (e.g. in non-controversial situations, for specific types of issues, etc.). +
If questions or disagreements arise, + the final determination of consensus remains with the chair.
+
+
3.3.1. Managing Dissent
+
In some cases, even after careful consideration of all points of view, + a group might find itself unable to reach consensus. + The Chair may record a decision where there is dissent (i.e., there is at least one Formal Objection) + so that the group can make progress + (for example, to produce a deliverable in a timely manner). + Dissenters cannot stop a group’s work + simply by saying that they cannot live with a decision. + When the Chair believes that the Group has duly considered + the legitimate concerns of dissenters as far as is possible and reasonable, + the group should move on.
+
Groups should favor proposals that create the weakest objections. + This is preferred over proposals that are supported by a large majority + but that cause strong objections from a few people. + As part of making a decision where there is dissent, + the Chair is expected to be aware of which participants work for the same + (or related) + Member organizations and weigh their input accordingly.
+
3.3.2. Recording and Reporting Formal Objections
+
In the W3C process, + an individual may register a Formal Objection to a decision. + A Formal Objection to a group decision + is one that the reviewer requests that the Director consider + as part of evaluating the related decision + (e.g., in response to a request to advance a technical report).
+
Note: In this document, the term “Formal Objection” is used to emphasize this process implication: + Formal Objections receive Director consideration. + The word “objection” used alone has ordinary English connotations.
+
An individual who registers a Formal Objection should cite technical arguments + and propose changes that would remove the Formal Objection; + these proposals may be vague or incomplete. Formal Objections that do not provide substantive arguments + or rationale are unlikely to receive serious consideration.
+
A record of each Formal Objection must be publicly available. + A Call for Review (of a document) to the Advisory Committee must identify any Formal Objections.
+
3.3.3. Formally Addressing an Issue
+
In the context of this document, + a group has formally addressed an issue when it has sent a public, substantive response + to the reviewer who raised the issue. + A substantive response is expected to include rationale for decisions + (e.g., a technical explanation, a pointer to charter scope, or a pointer to a requirements document). + The adequacy of a response is measured + against what a W3C reviewer would generally consider to be technically sound. + If a group believes that a reviewer’s comments result from a misunderstanding, + the group should seek clarification before reaching a decision.
+
As a courtesy, + both Chairs and reviewers should set expectations + for the schedule of responses and acknowledgments. + The group should reply to a reviewer’s initial comments + in a timely manner. + The group should set a time limit + for acknowledgment by a reviewer of the group’s substantive response; + a reviewer cannot block a group’s progress. + It is common for a reviewer to require a week or more + to acknowledge and comment on a substantive response. + The group’s responsibility to respond to reviewers + does not end once a reasonable amount of time has elapsed. + However, reviewers should realize + that their comments will carry less weight + if not sent to the group in a timely manner.
+
Substantive responses should be recorded. + The group should maintain an accurate summary + of all substantive issues and responses to them + (e.g., in the form of an issues list with links to mailing list archives).
+
3.3.4. Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information
+
The Chair may reopen a decision + when presented with new information, including:
+
+
additional technical information, +
comments by email from participants who were unable to attend a scheduled meeting, +
comments by email from meeting attendees + who chose not to speak out during a meeting + (e.g., so they could confer later with colleagues or for cultural reasons). +
+
The Chair should record + that a decision has been reopened, + and must do so upon request from a group participant.
+
3.4. Votes
+
A group should only conduct a vote to resolve a substantive issue after the Chair has determined that all available means of reaching consensus through technical discussion and compromise have failed, + and that a vote is necessary to break a deadlock. + In this case the Chair must record + (e.g., in the minutes of the meeting or in an archived email message):
+
+
an explanation of the issue being voted on; +
the decision to conduct a vote + (e.g., a simple majority vote) to resolve the issue; +
the outcome of the vote; +
any Formal Objections. +
+
In order to vote to resolve a substantive issue, + an individual must be a group participant. + Each organization represented in the group must have at most one vote, + even when the organization is represented by several participants in the group + (including Invited Experts). + For the purposes of voting:
+
+
A Member or group of related Members is considered a single organization. +
The Team is considered an organization. +
+
Unless the charter states otherwise, Invited Experts may vote.
+
If a participant is unable to attend a vote, + that individual may authorize anyone at the meeting + to act as a proxy. + The absent participant must inform the Chair in writing + who is acting as proxy, with written instructions on the use of the proxy. + For a Working Group or Interest Group, + see the related requirements regarding an individual + who attends a meeting as a substitute for a participant.
+
A group may vote for other purposes than to resolve a substantive issue. + For instance, the Chair often conducts a “straw poll” vote + as a means of determining whether there is consensus about a potential decision.
+
A group may also vote to make a process decision. + For example, + it is appropriate to decide by simple majority + whether to hold a meeting in San Francisco or San Jose + (there’s not much difference geographically). + When simple majority votes are used to decide minor issues, + voters are not required to state the reasons for votes, + and the group is not required to record individual votes.
+
A group charter may include formal voting procedures + (e.g., quorum or threshold requirements) + for making decisions about substantive issues.
+
Procedures for Advisory Committee votes are described separately.
+
3.5. Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions
+
Groups resolve issues through dialog. + Individuals who disagree strongly with a decision should register with the Chair any Formal Objections (e.g., to a decision made as the result of a vote).
+
As detailed in other parts of this document, + the Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group has the prerogative + to make certain decisions based on their own judgment. + Such decisions are called Chair Decisions. + In contrast, + decisions taken by the Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group on the basis of having assessed the consensus of the group + or following a vote (see § 3.4 Votes) + are called Group Decisions.
+
When group participants believe that their concerns are not being duly considered by the group or the Chair, + they may ask the Director (for representatives of a Member organization, via their Advisory Committee representative) + to confirm or deny the decision. + This is a Group Decision Appeal or a Chair Decision Appeal. + The participants should also make their requests known + to the Team Contact. + The Team Contact must inform the Director + when a group participant has raised concerns about due process.
+
Any requests to the Director to confirm a decision must include a summary of + the issue (whether technical or procedural), + decision, + and rationale for the objection. + All counter-arguments, + rationales, + and decisions must be recorded.
+
Procedures for Advisory Committee appeals are described separately.
+
3.6. Resignation from a Group
+
A W3C Member or Invited Expert may resign from a group. + On written notification from an Advisory Committee representative + or Invited Expert + to the team, + the Member and their representatives + or the Invited Expert + will be deemed to have resigned from the relevant group. + The team must record the notification. + See “Exclusion and Resignation from the Working Group” in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for information about obligations remaining after resignation from certain groups.
+
4. Dissemination Policies
+
The Team is responsible for managing communication within W3C + and with the general public + (e.g., news services, press releases, managing the Web site and access privileges, and managing calendars). + Members should solicit review by the Team + prior to issuing press releases about their work within W3C.
+
The Team makes every effort to ensure the persistence and availability of the following public information:
+
+
W3C technical reports whose publication has been approved. + Per the Membership Agreement, + W3C technical reports (and software) are available free of charge to the general public; + (refer to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]). +
A mission statement [MISSION] that explains the purpose and mission of W3C, + the key benefits for Members, + and the organizational structure of W3C. +
Legal documents, + including the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] and documentation of any legal commitments W3C has with other entities. +
The Process Document. +
Public results of W3C activities and Workshops. +
+
To keep the Members abreast of W3C meetings, Workshops, + and review deadlines, + the Team provides them with a regular (e.g., weekly) news service + and maintains a calendar [CALENDAR] of official W3C events. + Members are encouraged to send schedule and event information to the Team for inclusion on this calendar.
+
4.1. Confidentiality Levels
+
There are three principal levels of access to W3C information + (on the W3C Web site, in W3C meetings, etc.): + public, + Member-only, + and Team-only.
+
While much information made available by W3C is public, + “Member-only” information + is available to authorized parties only, + including representatives of Member organizations, Invited Experts, + the Advisory Board, + the TAG, + and the Team. + For example, + the charter of some Working Groups may specify a Member-only confidentiality level for group proceedings.
+
“Team-only” information + is available to the Team and other authorized parties.
+
Those authorized to access Member-only and Team-only information:
+
+
must treat the information as confidential within W3C, +
must use reasonable efforts to maintain the proper level of confidentiality, and +
must not release this information to the general public or press. +
+
The Team must provide mechanisms + to protect the confidentiality of Member-only information + and ensure that authorized parties have proper access to this information. + Documents should clearly indicate + whether they require Member-only confidentiality. + Individuals uncertain of the confidentiality level of a piece of information should contact the Team.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may authorize Member-only access to Member representatives and other individuals employed by the Member + who are considered appropriate recipients. + For instance, + it is the responsibility of the Advisory Committee representative and other employees + and official representatives of the organization + to ensure that Member-only news announcements + are distributed for internal use only within their organization. + Information about Member mailing lists is available + in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].
+
4.1.1. Changing Confidentiality Level
+
As a benefit of membership, + W3C provides some Team-only and Member-only channels + for certain types of communication. + For example, Advisory Committee representatives can send reviews to a Team-only channel. + However, for W3C processes with a significant public component, + such as the technical report development process, + it is also important for information that affects decision-making to be publicly available. + The Team may need to communicate Team-only information to a Working Group or the public. + Similarly, a Working Group whose proceedings are Member-only must make public + information pertinent to the technical report development process.
+
This document clearly indicates which information must be available to Members or the public, + even though that information was initially communicated on Team-only or Member-only channels. + Only the Team and parties authorized by the Team + may change the level of confidentiality of this information. + When doing so:
+
+
The Team must use a version of the information + that was expressly provided by the author for the new confidentiality level. + In Calls for Review and other similar messages, + the Team should remind recipients to provide such alternatives. +
The Team must not attribute the version + for the new confidentiality level to the author without the author’s consent. +
If the author has not conveyed to the Team a version + that is suitable for another confidentiality level, + the Team may make available a version that reasonably communicates what is required, + while respecting the original level of confidentiality, + and without attribution to the original author. +
+
5. Working Groups and Interest Groups
+
This document defines two types of groups:
+
+
Working Groups. +
Working Groups typically produce deliverables + (e.g., Recommendation Track technical reports, + software, + test suites, + and reviews of the deliverables of other groups). + There are additional participation requirements + described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
Interest Groups. +
The primary goal of an Interest Group is to bring together people who wish to evaluate potential Web technologies and policies. + An Interest Group is a forum for the exchange of ideas. +
+
Interest Groups do not publish Recommendation Track technical reports; + see information about maturity levels for Interest Groups.
+
5.1. Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups
+
Each group must have a charter. + Requirements for the charter depend on the group type. + All group charters must be public + (even if other proceedings of the group are Member-only).
+
Each group must have a Chair (or co-Chairs) + to coordinate the group’s tasks. + The Director appoints (and re-appoints) Chairs for all groups. + The Chair is a Member representative, + a Team representative, + or an Invited Expert, + (invited by the Director). + The requirements of this document that apply to those types of participants apply to Chairs as well. + The role of the Chair [CHAIR] is described + in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE].
+
Each group must have a Team Contact, + who acts as the interface between the Chair, + group participants, + and the rest of the Team. + The role of the Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] is described in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE]. + The Chair and the Team Contact of a group should not be the same individual.
+
Each group must have an archived mailing list + for formal group communication + (e.g., for meeting announcements and minutes, + documentation of decisions, + and Formal Objections to decisions). + It is the responsibility of the Chair and Team Contact to ensure that new participants are subscribed to all relevant mailing lists. + Refer to the list of group mailing lists [GROUP-MAIL].
+
A Chair may form task forces + (composed of group participants) + to carry out assignments for the group. + The scope of these assignments must not exceed the scope of the group’s charter. + A group should document the process it uses + to create task forces + (e.g., each task force might have an informal "charter"). + Task forces do not publish technical reports; + the Working Group may choose to publish their results as part of a technical report.
+
5.2. Working Groups and Interest Groups
+
Although Working Groups and Interest Groups have different purposes, + they share some characteristics, + and so are defined together in the following sections.
+
5.2.1. Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements
+
There are three types of individual participants in a Working Group: Member representatives, Invited Experts, + and Team representatives (including the Team Contact).
+
There are four types of individual participants in an Interest Group: + the same three types as for Working Groups plus, + for an Interest Group where the only participation requirement is mailing list subscription, public participants.
+
Except where noted in this document or in a group charter, + all participants share the same rights and responsibilities in a group; + see also the individual participation criteria.
+
A participant may represent more than one organization + in a Working Group or Interest Group. + Those organizations must all be members of the group.
+
An individual may become + a Working or Interest Group participant + at any time during the group’s existence. + See also relevant requirements in + “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
On an exceptional basis, + a Working or Interest Group participant may designate + a substitute to attend a meeting and should inform the Chair. + The substitute may act on behalf of the participant, + including for votes. + For the substitute to vote, + the participant must inform the Chair in writing in advance. + As a courtesy to the group, + if the substitute is not well-versed in the group’s discussions, + the regular participant should authorize another participant to act as proxy for votes.
+
To allow rapid progress, + Working Groups are intended to be small + (typically fewer than 15 people) + and composed of experts in the area defined by the charter. + In principle, + Interest Groups have no limit on the number of participants. + When a Working Group grows too large to be effective, + W3C may split it into an Interest Group + (a discussion forum) + and a much smaller Working Group + (a core group of highly dedicated participants).
+
See also the licensing obligations on Working Group participants + in “Licensing Obligations” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + and the patent claim exclusion process + in “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” in the Patent Policy.
+
5.2.1.1. Member Representative in a Working Group
+
An individual is a Member representative in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question + has designated the individual as a Working Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +
+
To designate an individual as a Member representative in a Working Group, + an Advisory Committee representative must provide the Chair and Team Contact with all of the following information, + in addition to any other information required by the Call for Participation and charter + (including the participation requirements of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]):
+
+
The name of the W3C Member the individual represents + and whether the individual is an employee of that Member organization; +
A statement that the individual accepts the participation terms + set forth in the charter + (with an indication of charter date or version); +
A statement that the Member will provide the necessary financial support for participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences). +
+
A Member participates in a Working Group from the moment the first Member representative joins the group + until either of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
the Member resigns from the Working Group; + this is done through the Member’s Advisory Committee representative. +
+
5.2.1.2. Member Representative in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Member representative in an Interest Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question has designated the individual + as an Interest Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +
+
To designate an individual as a Member representative in an Interest Group, + the Advisory Committee representative must follow the instructions + in the Call for Participation and charter.
+
Member participation in an Interest Group ceases under the same conditions as for a Working Group.
+
5.2.1.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group
+
The Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to participate in a Working Group. + This individual may represent an organization in the group + (e.g., if acting as a liaison with another organization).
+
An individual is an Invited Expert in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
+
+
the Chair has designated the individual as a group participant, +
the Team Contact has agreed with the Chair’s choice, and +
the individual has provided the information required of an Invited Expert to the Chair and Team Contact. +
+
To designate an individual as an Invited Expert in a Working Group, + the Chair must inform the Team Contact + and provide rationale for the choice. + When the Chair and the Team Contact disagree about a designation, + the Director determines + whether the individual will be invited to participate in the Working Group.
+
To participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, + an individual must:
+
+
identify the organization, if any, the individual represents as a participant in this group, +
agree to the terms of the invited expert and collaborators agreement [COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT], +
accept the participation terms set forth in the charter, + including the participation requirements of + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + especially in “Note on Licensing Commitments for Invited Experts” + and in “Disclosure”, + indicating a specific charter date or version, +
disclose whether the individual is an employee of a W3C Member; + see the conflict of interest policy, +
provide a statement of who will provide the necessary financial support + for the individual’s participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences), and +
if the individual’s employer (including a self-employed individual) + or the organization the individual represents + is not a W3C Member, + indicate whether that organization intends to join W3C. + If the organization does not intend to join W3C, + indicate reasons the individual is aware of for this choice. +
+
The Chair should not designate as an Invited Expert in a Working Group an individual who is an employee of a W3C Member. + The Chair must not use Invited Expert status + to circumvent participation limits imposed by the charter.
+
An Invited Expert participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
the Chair or Director withdraws the invitation to participate, or +
the individual resigns. +
+
5.2.1.4. Invited Expert in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + the participation requirements for an Invited Expert in an Interest Group are the same as those for an Invited Expert in a Working Group.
+
5.2.1.5. Team Representative in a Working Group
+
An individual is a Team representative in a Working Group when so designated by W3C management.
+
A Team representative participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:
+
+
the group closes, or +
W3C management changes Team representation by sending email to the Chair, + copying the group mailing list. +
+
The Team participates in a Working Group + from the moment the creation of the group is announced + until the group closes.
+
5.2.1.6. Team Representative in an Interest Group
+
When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Team representative in an Interest Group when so designated by W3C management.
+
5.2.2. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Development
+
W3C creates a charter based on interest from the Members and Team. + The Team must notify the Advisory Committee + when a charter for a new Working Group or Interest Group is in development. + This is intended to raise awareness, + even if no formal proposal is yet available. + Advisory Committee representatives may provide + feedback on the Advisory Committee discussion list.
+
W3C may begin work + on a Working Group or Interest Group charter + at any time.
+
5.2.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter
+
The Director must solicit Advisory Committee review of every new or substantively modified Working Group or Interest Group charter, + except for either:
+
+
+
a charter extension
+
+
substantive changes to a charter that do not affect the way the group functions in any significant way.
+
+
The review period must be at least 28 days. + The following are examples of substantive changes that would not require an Advisory Committee Review: + the addition of an in-scope deliverable, + a change of Team Contact, + or a change of Chair. + Such changes must nonetheless be announced + to the Advisory Committee and to participants in the Working or in the Interest Group, + and a rationale must be provided.
+
The Call for Review of a substantively modified charter must highlight important changes + (e.g., regarding deliverables or resource allocation) + and include rationale for the changes.
+
As part of the Advisory Committee review of any new or substantively modified Working Group charter, + any Advisory Committee representative may request an extended review period.
+
Such a request must be submitted with a Member’s comments + in response to the Call for Review. + Upon receipt of any such request, + the Director must ensure + that the Call for Participation for the Working Group + occurs at least 60 days + after the Call for Review of the charter.
+
5.2.4. Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group
+
After Advisory Committee review of a Working Group or Interest Group charter, + the Director may issue a Call for Participation to the Advisory Committee. + Charters may be amended based on review comments + before the Call for Participation.
+
For a new group, this announcement officially creates the group. + The announcement must include a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + and the name(s) of the Team Contact(s).
+
After a Call for Participation, + any Member representatives and Invited Experts must be designated (or re-designated).
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against the decision to create + or substantially modify + a Working Group or Interest Group charter.
+
5.2.5. Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension
+
To extend a Working Group or Interest Group charter + with no other substantive modifications, + the Director announces the extension to the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must indicate the new duration. + The announcement must also include rationale for the extension, + a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + the name of the Team Contact, + and instructions for joining the group.
+
After a charter extension, + Advisory Committee representatives + and the Chair are not required to re-designate Member representatives and Invited Experts.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against a Director’s decision + regarding the extension of a Working Group or Interest Group charter.
+
5.2.6. Working Group and Interest Group Charters
+
A Working Group or Interest Group charter must include all of the following information.
+
+
The group’s mission + (e.g., develop a technology or process, review the work of other groups); +
The scope of the group’s work and criteria for success; +
The duration of the group (typically from six months to two years); +
The nature of any deliverables (technical reports, reviews of the deliverables of other groups, or software); +
+ Expected milestone dates where available. +
Note: A charter is not required to include schedules for review of other group’s deliverables;
+
The process for the group to approve the release of deliverables + (including intermediate results); +
Any dependencies by groups within or outside of W3C on the deliverables of this group. + For any dependencies, the charter must specify + the mechanisms for communication about the deliverables; +
Any dependencies of this group on other groups within or outside of W3C. + Such dependencies include interactions with W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER]; +
The level of confidentiality of the group’s proceedings and deliverables; +
Meeting mechanisms and expected frequency; +
If known, + the date of the first face-to-face meeting. + The date of the first face-to-face meeting of a proposed group must not be sooner than eight weeks after the date of the proposal. +
Communication mechanisms to be employed within the group, + between the group and the rest of W3C, + and with the general public; +
Any voting procedures or requirements + other than those specified in § 3.4 Votes; +
An estimate of the expected time commitment from participants; +
The expected time commitment and level of involvement by the Team + (e.g., to track developments, + write and edit technical reports, + develop code, + or organize pilot experiments). +
Intellectual property information. + What are the intellectual property (including patents and copyright) + considerations affecting the success of the Group? + In particular, is there any reason to believe + that it will be difficult to meet the Royalty-Free licensing goals + in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]? +
+
See also the charter requirements in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
For every Recommendation Track deliverable + that continues work on technical report published under any other Charter (including a predecessor group of the same name), + for which there is at least an existing First Public Working Draft the description of that deliverable in the proposed charter of the adopting Working Group must provide the following information:
+
+
The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the Working Draft or other Recommendation-track document + that will serve as the basis for work on the deliverable + (labeled “Adopted Draft”); +
The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the document + that was used as the basis for its most recent Exclusion Opportunity + as per + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + (labeled “Exclusion Draft”); and +
The stable URL of the Working Group charter + under which the Exclusion Draft was published + (labeled the “Other Charter”). +
+
All of the above data must be identified + in the adopting Working Group’s charter using the labels indicated.
+
The Adopted Draft and the Exclusion Draft must each be adopted in their entirety and without any modification. + The proposed charter must state + the dates on which the Exclusion Opportunity + that arose on publishing the Exclusion Draft began and ended. + As per “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + this potentially means that exclusions can only be made immediately on joining a Working Group.
+
An Interest Group charter may include provisions regarding participation, + including specifying + that the only requirement for participation (by anyone) in + the Interest Group is subscription to the Interest Group mailing list. + This type of Interest Group may have public participants.
+
A charter may include + provisions other than those required by this document. + The charter should highlight + whether additional provisions impose constraints + beyond those of the W3C Process Document + (e.g., limits on the number of individuals in a Working Group + who represent the same Member organization or group of related Members).
+
5.2.7. Working Group and Interest Group Closure
+
A Working Group or Interest Group charter specifies a duration for the group. + The Director may decide to close a group + prior to the date specified in the charter in any of the following circumstances:
+
+
There are insufficient resources to produce chartered deliverables + or to maintain the group, + according to priorities established within W3C. +
The group produces chartered deliverables ahead of schedule. +
+
The Director closes a Working Group or Interest Group by announcement to the Advisory Committee. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal.
+
Closing a Working Group has implications + with respect to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6. W3C Technical Report Development Process
+
The W3C technical report development process is the set of steps and requirements + followed by W3C Working Groups to standardize Web technology. + The W3C technical report development process is designed to:
+
+
support multiple specification development methodologies +
maximize consensus about the content of stable technical reports +
ensure high technical and editorial quality +
promote consistency among specifications +
facilitate royalty-free, interoperable implementations of Web Standards, and +
earn endorsement by W3C and the broader community. +
+
See also “licensing goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.1. W3C Technical Reports
+
Publishing as used in this document + refers to producing a version which is listed as a W3C Technical Report on its Technical Reports page https://www.w3.org/TR [TR].
+
This chapter describes the formal requirements + for publishing and maintaining a W3C Recommendation, Note, + or Registry Report.
+
+
Recommendations +
Working Groups develop technical reports on the W3C Recommendation Track in order to produce normative specifications or guidelines + as standards for the Web. + The Recommendation Track process incorporates requirements for wide review, adequate implementation experience, + and consensus-building, + and is subject to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] which grants Royalty-Free IPR licenses to implementations. + See § 6.2 The W3C Recommendation Track for details. +
Notes +
Groups can also publish documents as W3C Notes, + typically either to document information + other than technical specifications, + such as use cases motivating a specification + and best practices for its use. + See § 6.3.1 Group Notes for details. +
Registries +
Working Groups can also publish registries + in order to document collections of values or other data + that have no normative implementation requirements. + Registries are generally companion to Recommendation Track documents + which contain the related normative requirements, + and are typically published in a separate registry report, + although they can also be directly embedded in Recommendation Track documents. + The registry track requires wide review and consensus on what the registry will contain and how it will be managed. + Once set up, changes to registry entries are lightweight + and can even be done without a Working Group. + See § 6.4 Registries for details. +
+
Individual Working Groups and Interest Groups should adopt additional processes + for developing publications, + so long as they do not conflict with the requirements in this chapter.
+
6.1.1. General requirements for Technical Reports
+
Every document published as part of the technical report development process must be a public document. + The index of W3C technical reports [TR] is available at the W3C Web site. + W3C strives to make archival documents indefinitely available + at their original address in their original form.
+
Every document published as part of the technical report development process must clearly indicate its maturity level, + and must include information about the status of the document. + This status information:
+
+
must be unique each time a specification is published, +
must state which Working Group developed the specification, +
must state how to send comments or file bugs, + and where these are recorded, +
must include expectations about next steps, +
should explain how the technology relates to existing international standards + and related work inside or outside W3C, + and +
should explain + or link to + an explanation of significant changes from the previous version. +
+
Every Technical Report published + as part of the Technical Report development process + is edited by one or more editors + appointed by a Group Chair. + It is the responsibility of these editors to ensure that the decisions of the Group are + correctly reflected in subsequent drafts of the technical report. + An editor must be a participant, + per § 5.2.1 Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements in the Group responsible for the document(s) they are editing.
+
The Team is not required to publish a Technical Report that does not conform to the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES] (e.g., for naming, + status information, + style, + and copyright requirements). + These rules are subject to change by the Team from time to time. + The Team must inform group Chairs and the Advisory Committee of any changes to these rules.
+
The primary language for W3C Technical Reports is English. + W3C encourages the translation of its Technical Reports. Information about translations of W3C technical reports [TRANSLATION] is available at the W3C Web site.
+
6.1.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities
+
A document is available for review + from the moment it is first published. + Working Groups should formally address any substantive review comment + about a technical report in a timely manner.
+
Reviewers should send substantive technical reviews as early as possible. Working Groups are often reluctant to make substantive changes to a mature document, + particularly if this would cause significant compatibility problems + due to existing implementation. Working Groups should record substantive + or interesting proposals raised by reviews + but not incorporated into a current specification.
+
6.1.2.1. Wide Review
+
The requirements for wide review are not precisely defined by the W3C Process. + The objective is to ensure that the entire set of stakeholders of the Web community, + including the general public, + have had adequate notice of the progress of the Working Group (for example through notices posted to public-review-announce@w3.org) + and were able to actually perform reviews of and provide comments on the specification. + A second objective is to encourage groups to request reviews + early enough that comments and suggested changes + can still be reasonably incorporated in response to the review. + Before approving transitions, + the Director will consider who has been explicitly offered + a reasonable opportunity to review the document, + who has provided comments, + the record of requests to and responses from reviewers, + especially W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER] and groups identified as dependencies in the charter + or identified as liaisons [LIAISON], + and seek evidence of clear communication to the general public + about appropriate times and which content to review + and whether such reviews actually occurred.
+
For example, + inviting review of new or significantly revised sections published in Working Drafts, + and tracking those comments + and the Working Group's responses, + is generally a good practice which would often be considered positive evidence of wide review. Working Groups should announce to other W3C Working Groups + as well as the general public, + especially those affected by this specification, + a proposal to enter Candidate Recommendation (for example in approximately 28 days). + By contrast a generic statement in a document + requesting review at any time + is likely not to be considered as sufficient evidence + that the group has solicited wide review.
+
A Working Group could present evidence that wide review has been received, + irrespective of solicitation. + But it is important to note that receiving many detailed reviews + is not necessarily the same as wide review, + since they might only represent comment + from a small segment of the relevant stakeholder community.
+
6.1.3. Classes of Changes
+
This document distinguishes the following 5 classes of changes to a specification. + The first two classes of change are considered editorial changes, + the next two substantive changes, + and the last one registry changes.
+
+
+
+
+
No changes to text content
+
+
These changes include fixing broken links, style sheets or invalid markup. +
+
+
+
Corrections that do not affect conformance
+
+
Changes that reasonable implementers + would not interpret as changing architectural + or interoperability requirements + or their implementation. + Changes which resolve ambiguities in the specification + are considered to change (by clarification) the implementation requirements + and do not fall into this class. +
Examples of changes in this class include + correcting non-normative code examples + where the code clearly conflicts with normative requirements, + clarifying informative use cases or other non-normative text, + fixing typos or grammatical errors + where the change does not change implementation requirements. + If there is any doubt or disagreement + as to whether requirements are changed, + such changes do not fall into this class. +
+
+
+
Corrections that do not add new features
+
+
+ These changes may affect conformance to the specification. + A change that affects conformance is one that: +
+
makes conforming data, processors, or other conforming agents become non-conforming according to the new version, + or +
makes non-conforming data, processors, or other agents become conforming, + or +
clears up an ambiguity or under-specified part of the specification + in such a way that data, + a processor, + or an agent + whose conformance was once unclear + becomes clearly either conforming or non-conforming. +
+
+
+
+
New features
+
+
Changes that add a new functionality, element, etc. +
+
+
+
Changes to the contents of a registry table
+
+
Changes that add, remove, or alter registry entries in a registry table. +
+
6.1.4. Errata Management
+
Tracking errors is an important part of a Working Group's ongoing care of a technical report; + for this reason, + the scope of a Working Group charter generally allows time + for work after publication of a Recommendation. + In this Process Document, + the term “erratum” + (plural “errata”) refers to any error + that can be resolved by one or more changes in classes 1-3 + of section § 6.1.3 Classes of Changes.
+
Working Groups must keep + a public record of errors + that are reported by readers and implementers + for Recommendations. + Such error reports should be compiled + no less frequently than quarterly.
+
Working Groups decide how to document errata. + Such documentation must identify + the affected technical report text + and describe the error; + it may also describe some possible solution(s). + Readers of the technical report should be able easily + to find and see the errata + that apply to that specific technical report with their associated tests. + Errata may be documented + in a separate errata page or tracking system. + They may, + in addition or alternatively, + be annotated inline + alongside the affected technical report text + or at the start or end of the most relevant section(s).
+
6.1.5. Candidate Amendments
+
An erratum may be accompanied by an informative, candidate correction approved by the consensus of the Working Group. + When annotated inline, + errata—including their candidate corrections—must be marked as such, + are treated as class 2 changes, + and are published accordingly.
+
Note: Annotating changes in this way allows more mature documents + such as Recommendations and Candidate Recommendations to be updated quickly with the Working Group’s most current thinking, + even when the candidate amendments have not yet received + sufficient review or implementation experience + to be normatively incorporated into the specification proper.
+
A candidate addition is similar to a candidate correction, + except that it proposes a new feature + rather than an error correction.
+
If there is no group chartered to maintain a technical report, + the Team may maintain its errata and associated candidate corrections. + Such corrections must be marked + as Team correction, + and do not constitute + a normative portion of the Recommendation, + as defined in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] (i.e. they are not covered by the Patent Policy). + The Team must solicit wide review on Team corrections that it produces.
+
Candidate corrections and candidate additions are collectively known as candidate amendments.
+
In addition to their actual maturity level, published REC Track documents with candidate amendments are also considered, + for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + to be Working Drafts with those candidate amendments treated as normative.
+
6.1.6. License Grants from Non-Participants
+
When a party who is not already obligated under the Patent Policy + offers a change in class 3 or 4 + (as described in § 6.1.3 Classes of Changes) to a technical report under this process + the Team must request + a recorded royalty-free patent commitment; + for a change in class 4, the Team must secure such commitment. + Such commitment should cover, + at a minimum, + all the party’s Essential Claims both in the contribution, + and that become Essential Claims as a result of incorporating the contribution into the draft + that existed at the time of the contribution, + on the terms specified in the “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” section of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.2. The W3C Recommendation Track
+
When advancing a technical report to Recommendation, + typically a series of Working Drafts are published, + each of which refines a document under development + to complete the scope of work envisioned by a Working Group's charter. + For a technical specification, + once review suggests the Working Group has met their requirements satisfactorily for a new standard, + there is a Candidate Recommendation phase. + This allows the entire W3C membership to provide feedback + on the specification, + while the Working Group formally collects implementation experience to demonstrate that the specification works in practice. + The next phase is a Proposed Recommendation, + to finalize the review of W3C Members. + If the Director determines that W3C Member review + supports a specification becoming a standard, + W3C publishes it as a Recommendation.
+
In summary, the W3C Recommendation Track consists of:
+
+
Publication of the First Public Working Draft. +
Publication of zero or more revised Working Drafts. +
Publication of one or more Candidate Recommendations. +
Publication of a Proposed Recommendation. +
Publication as a W3C Recommendation. +
+
+ +
+
This Process defines certain Recommendation Track publications as Patent Review Drafts. + Under the 2004 (updated in 2017) Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Last Call Working Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY-2017]; + Under the 2020 Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Patent Review Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
W3C may end work on a technical report at any time.
+
The Director may decline a request to advance in maturity level, + requiring a Working Group to conduct further work, + and may require + the specification to return to a lower maturity level. + The Team must inform the Advisory Committee and Working Group Chairs when a Working Group's request + for a specification to advance in maturity level is declined + and the specification is returned to a Working Group for further work.
+
6.2.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track
+
+
Working Draft (WD) +
+ A Working Draft is a document that W3C has published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] for review by the community (including W3C Members), the public, + and other technical organizations, + and for simple historical reference. + Some, but not all, Working Drafts are meant to advance to Recommendation; + see the document status section of a Working Draft + for the group’s expectations. Working Drafts do not necessarily represent a consensus of the Working Group with respect to their content, + and do not imply any endorsement by W3C + or its members beyond agreement to work on a general area of technology. + Nevertheless the Working Group decided to adopt the Working Draft as the basis for their work at the time of adoption. + A Working Draft is suitable for gathering wide review prior to advancing to the next stage of maturity. +
For all Working Drafts a Working Group:
+
+
should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, + and +
may request publication of a Working Draft + even if its content is considered unstable + and does not meet all Working Group requirements. +
+
The first Working Draft of a technical report is called the First Public Working Draft (FPWD), + and has patent implications as defined in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
Candidate Recommendation (CR) +
+ A Candidate Recommendation is a document that satisfies the technical + requirements of the Working Group that produced it and their dependencies, + and has already received wide review. + W3C publishes a Candidate Recommendation to +
+
signal to the wider community that it is time to do a final review +
gather implementation experience +
+
Note: Advancing to Candidate Recommendation indicates + that the document is considered complete and fit for purpose, + and that no further refinement to the text is expected + without additional implementation experience and testing; + additional features in a later revision may however be expected. + A Candidate Recommendation is expected to be as well-written, + detailed, + self-consistent, + and technically complete + as a Recommendation, + and acceptable as such + if and when the requirements for further advancement are met.
+
Candidate Recommendation publications take one of two forms:
+
+
Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
+ A Candidate Recommendation Snapshot + corresponds to a Patent Review Draft as used in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Publishing a Patent Review Draft triggers a Call for Exclusions, + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy. +
Publication as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot requires approval of either a Transition Request (for the first Candidate Recommendation publication from another maturity level) + or an Update Request (for subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshots).
+
Candidate Recommendation Draft +
+ A Candidate Recommendation Draft + is published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] to integrate changes from the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot that the Working Group intends to include + in a subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + This allows for wider review of the changes + and for ease of reference to the integrated specification. +
Any changes published directly into a Candidate Recommendation Draft should be at the same level of quality as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + However, the process requirements are minimized + so that the Working Group can easily keep the specification up to date.
+
A Candidate Recommendation Draft does not provide an exclusion opportunity; + instead, it is considered a Working Draft for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
+
A Rescinded Candidate Recommendation is a Candidate Recommendation in which significant problems have been discovered + such that W3C cannot endorse it or continue work on it, + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved + (see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “PAG Conclusion”). + There is no path to restoration for a Rescinded Candidate Recommendation. + See “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for implication on patent licensing obligations.
+
Proposed Recommendation (PR) +
A Proposed Recommendation is a document + that has been accepted by W3C + as of sufficient quality to become a W3C Recommendation. + This phase triggers formal review by the Advisory Committee, + who may recommend + that the document be published as a W3C Recommendation, + returned to the Working Group for further work, + or abandoned. Substantive changes must not be made to a Proposed Recommendation except by publishing a new Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation. +
W3C Recommendation (REC) +
+ A W3C Recommendation is a specification + or set of guidelines + or requirements that, + after extensive consensus-building, + has received the endorsement of W3C and its Members. + W3C recommends the wide deployment + of its Recommendations as standards for the Web. + The W3C Royalty-Free IPR licenses + granted under the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] apply to W3C Recommendations. + As technology evolves, + a W3C Recommendation may become: +
+
A Superseded Recommendation +
+ A Superseded Recommendation is a specification + that has been replaced by a newer version + that W3C recommends for new adoption. + An Obsolete or Superseded specification + has the same status as a W3C Recommendation with regards to W3C Royalty-Free IPR Licenses granted under the Patent Policy. +
Note: When a Technical Report which had previously been published as a Recommendation is again published as a Recommendation after following the necessary steps to revise it, + the latest version replaces the previous one, + without the need to invoke the steps of § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation: + it is the same document, updated. + Explicitly declaring a documented superseded, using the process documented in § 6.2.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation, + is intended for cases where a Recommendation is superseded by a separate Technical Report (or by a document managed outside of W3C).
+
An Obsolete Recommendation +
An Obsolete Recommendation is a specification + that W3C has determined lacks sufficient market relevance + to continue recommending it for implementation, + but which does not have fundamental problems + that would require it to be Rescinded. + If an Obsolete specification gains sufficient market relevance, + W3C may decide to restore it to Recommendation status. +
Rescinded Recommendation +
A Rescinded Recommendation is an entire Recommendation that W3C no longer endorses, + and believes is unlikely to ever be restored to Recommendation status. + See also “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
+
Discontinued Draft +
A technical report representing the state of a Recommendation-track document + at the point at which work on it was discontinued. + See § 6.2.12.1 Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report. +
+
Only sufficiently technically mature work should be advanced.
+
Note: Should faster advancement to meet scheduling considerations be desired, + this can be achieved by reducing the scope of the technical report to a subset that is adequately mature and deferring + less stable features to other technical reports.
+
When publishing an updated version of an existing Candidate Recommendation or Recommendation, + technical reports are expected to meet the same maturity criteria as when they are first published under that status. + However, in the interest of replacing stale documents with improved ones in a timely manner, + if flaws have been discovered in the technical report after its initial publication as a CR or REC that would have been severe enough to reject that publication had they be known in time, + it is also permissible to publish an updated CR or REC following the usual process, + even if only some of these flaws have been satisfactorily addressed.
+
Working Groups and Interest Groups may make available Editor’s drafts. Editor’s drafts (ED) have no official standing whatsoever, + and do not necessarily imply consensus of a Working Group or Interest Group, + nor are their contents endorsed in any way by W3C.
+
6.2.2. Implementation Experience
+
Implementation experience is required to show that a specification is sufficiently clear, + complete, + and relevant to market needs, + to ensure that independent interoperable implementations + of each feature of the specification will be realized. + While no exhaustive list of requirements is provided here, + when assessing that there is adequate implementation experience the Director will consider (though not be limited to):
+
+
is each feature of the current specification implemented, + and how is this demonstrated? +
are there independent interoperable implementations of the current specification? +
are there implementations created by people other than the authors of the specification? +
are implementations publicly deployed? +
is there implementation experience + at all levels of the specification’s ecosystem + (authoring, consuming, publishing…)? +
are there reports of difficulties or problems with implementation? +
+
Planning and accomplishing a demonstration of (interoperable) implementations can be very time consuming. + Groups are often able to work more effectively + if they plan how they will demonstrate interoperable implementations + early in the development process; + for example, developing tests in concert with implementation efforts.
+
6.2.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track
+
For all requests to advance a specification + to a new maturity level + (called Transition Requests), + the Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request advancement. +
must obtain Director approval. +
must publicly document all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must formally address all issues + raised about the document since the previous maturity level. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +
+
For a First Public Working Draft there is no “previous maturity level”, + so many requirements do not apply, + and approval is normally fairly automatic. + For later stages, + especially transition to Candidate or Proposed Recommendation, + there is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before approval is given.
+
Transition Requests to First Public Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation will not normally be approved + while a Working Group's charter is undergoing or awaiting a decision + on an Advisory Committee Review.
+
+
6.2.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track
+
Certain requests to re-publish a specification + within its current maturity level + (called Update Requests) + require Director approval. + For such update requests, the Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request the update. +
must show that the changes have received wide review. +
must obtain Director approval, + or fulfill the criteria for § 6.2.4.1 Streamlined Publication Approval. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
must publicly document of all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must show that the revised specification + meets all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +
+
There is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before Director's approval is given.
+
Note: Update request approval is expected to be fairly simple + compared to getting approval for a transition request.
+
The Team must announce the publication + of the revised specification + to other W3C groups and the Public.
+
6.2.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval
+
Note: These criteria are intentionally stricter than + the general requirements for an update request. + This is in order to minimize ambiguities and the need for expert judgment, + and to make self-evaluation practical.
+
In order to streamline the publication process in non-controversial cases, + approval to an update request is automatically granted without formal review + when the following additional criteria are fulfilled:
+
+
There must have been no changes to Working Group requirements about this document. +
For each of the W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER], + if the Horizontal Review Group has made available a set criteria + under which their review is not necessary, + the Working Group must document that these criteria have been fulfilled. + Otherwise, the Working Group must show + that review from that group has been solicited and received. +
No Formal Objection has been registered against the document. +
+ The Working Group must have formally addressed: +
+
+
all issues raised against the document that resulted in changes since the previous publication
+
+
all issues raised against changes since the previous publication
+
+
all issues raised against the document that were closed since the previous publication with no change to the document
+
+
The response to each of these issues must be to the satisfaction + of the person who raised it: + their proposal has been accepted, + or a compromise has been found, + or they accepted the Working Group’s rationale for rejecting it.
+
Note: This is stricter than the general Transition Request criteria.
+
+
Additionally, for updates to Recommendations with substantive changes or with new features:
+
+
Changes to the document are limited to proposed corrections that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections possibly combined with class 1 or 2 changes, + and/or (in the case of a Recommendation that allows new features) proposed additions that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions. +
+ The Working Group must show + that all changes have been implemented in at least 2 distinct products by 2 different implementers, + as evidenced by passing tests of a test suite + providing extensive coverage of the changes, + or an alternative streamlined approval implementation requirement + described in the working Group charter has been met. +
Note: This is stricter than the general criteria for adequate implementation experience.
+
+
The Working Group must provide written evidence for these claims, + and the Team must make these answers publicly and permanently available.
+
After publication, + if an AC Representative + or Team member + doubts that the evidence presented supports the claims, + they may request that a formal review meeting be convened post facto. + If that review finds that the requirements were not fulfilled, + the Team may revert the changes + by updating in place the status section to indicate that it has been reverted, + and by republishing the previously approved version of the technical report.
+
6.2.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft
+
To publish the First Public Working Draft of a document, + a Working Group must meet the applicable requirements for advancement.
+
The Team must announce + the publication of a First Public Working Draft to other W3C groups and to the public.
+
6.2.6. Revising a Working Draft
+
A Working Group should publish a Working Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.
+
If 6 months elapse without significant changes to a specification, + a Working Group should publish a revised Working Draft, + whose status section should indicate reasons for the lack of change.
+
To publish a revision of a Working draft, a Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request publication. Consensus is not required, + as this is a procedural step, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Working Draft, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous step, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups, +
+
Possible next steps for any Working Draft:
+
+
Revised Working Draft +
Candidate Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +
+
6.2.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation
+
To publish a Candidate Recommendation, + in addition to meeting the requirements for advancement a Working Group:
+
+
must show that the specification + has met all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
must document changes to dependencies during the development of the specification, +
must document + how adequate implementation experience will be demonstrated, +
must specify the deadline for comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
must show that the specification has received wide review, and +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +
+
The first Candidate Recommendation publication + after approval of a Transition Request is always a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + The Team must announce + the publication of the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.
+
Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.
+
6.2.8. Revising a Candidate Recommendation
+
6.2.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot
+
If there are any substantive changes made to a Candidate Recommendation since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot other than to remove features explicitly identified as at risk, + the Working Group must meet the requirements of an update request in order to republish.
+
In addition the Working Group:
+
+
must specify the deadline for further comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +
+
The Team must announce + the publication of a revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.
+
To provide timely updates and patent protection, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should be published + within 24 months of the Working Group accepting + any proposal for a substantive change + (and preferably sooner). + To make scheduling reviews easier, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should not be published + more often than approximately once every 6 months.
+
Note: Substantive changes trigger a new Exclusion Opportunity + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
6.2.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft
+
A Working Group should publish an Update Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.
+
To publish a revision of a Candidate Recommendation Draft, + a Working Group:
+
+
must record the group’s decision to request publication, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
+
Note: A Working Group does not need to + meet the requirements of a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot update request in order to publish a Candidate Recommendation Draft.
+
Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Draft:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation, + if there are no substantive change other than dropping at risk features +
Discontinued Draft +
+
6.2.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation
+
In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,
+
+
The status information must specify the deadline for Advisory Committee review, + which must be at least 28 days + after the publication of the Proposed Recommendation and should be at least 10 days + after the end of the last Exclusion Opportunity + per ”Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +
+
A Working Group:
+
+
must show adequate implementation experience except where an exception is approved by the Director, +
must show that the document has received wide review, +
must show that all issues + raised during the Candidate Recommendation review period + other than by Advisory Committee representatives acting in their formal AC representative role + have been formally addressed, +
must identify any substantive issues + raised since the close of the Candidate Recommendation review period, +
must not have made any substantive changes to the document + since the most recent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, + other than dropping features identified at risk. +
may have removed features + identified in the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot document as at risk without republishing the specification as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. +
+
The Director:
+
+
must announce the publication of a Proposed Recommendation to the Advisory Committee, + and must begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of whether the specification is appropriate to publish as a W3C Recommendation. +
may approve a Proposed Recommendation with minimal implementation experience where there is a compelling reason to do so. + In such a case, the Director should explain the reasons for that decision. +
+
Since a W3C Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation it is based on, + to make any substantive change to a Proposed Recommendation the Working Group must return the specification to Candidate Recommendation or Working Draft.
+
A Proposed Recommendation may identify itself + as intending to allow new features (class 4 changes) + after its initial publication as a Recommendation, + as described in § 6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features. + Such an allowance cannot be added + to a technical report previously published as a Recommendation that did not allow such changes.
+
Possible Next Steps:
+
+
Return to Working Draft +
Return to Candidate Recommendation +
Recommendation status, + (the expected next step). +
Discontinued Draft +
+
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.
+
6.2.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation
+
The decision to advance a document to Recommendation is a W3C Decision.
+
In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,
+
+
A Recommendation must identify where errata are tracked, and +
A Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation on which it is based. +
If there was any dissent in Advisory Committee reviews, + the Director must publish the substantive content of the dissent + to W3C and the general public, + and must formally address the comment + at least 14 days before publication as a W3C Recommendation. +
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal of the W3C decision +
The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Recommendation to Advisory Committee, + other W3C groups + and to the public. +
+
Possible next steps: + A W3C Recommendation normally retains its status indefinitely. + However it may be:
+
+
republished as a revised Recommendation, or +
republished as a Candidate Recommendation to be developed towards a revised Recommendation, or +
declared superseded or obsolete, or +
rescinded. +
+
6.2.11. Revising a W3C Recommendation
+
This section details the process for making changes to a Recommendation.
+
6.2.11.1. Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes
+
A Working group may request republication of a Recommendation to make corrections that do not result + in any changes to the text of the specification. + (See class 1 changes.)
+
If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated.
+
6.2.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes
+
Editorial changes to a Recommendation require no technical review of the intended changes. + A Working Group, + provided there are no votes against the resolution to publish, may request publication of a Recommendation to make this class of change without passing through earlier maturity levels. + (See class 2 changes.)
+
If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated, + including errata and Team corrections.
+
6.2.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes
+
A candidate correction can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Recommendation, + including review by the community to ensure + the technical and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the Working Group must request + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + followed by an update request. + See § 6.2.11.5 Incorporating Candidate Amendments.
+
Alternatively, + a Working Group may incorporate the changes + and publish as a Candidate Recommendation, + and advance the specification from that state. + (See class 3 changes.)
+
Note: If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation the Team cannot make substantive changes and republish the Recommendation. + It can, however, informatively highlight problems and desirable changes + using errata and candidate corrections and republish as described in the previous section.
+
6.2.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features
+
New features (see class 4 changes) + may be incorporated into a Recommendation explicitly identified as allowing new features using candidate additions. + A candidate addition can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation using the same process as for candidate amendments, + as detailed in § 6.2.11.3 Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes.
+
Note: This prohibition against new features unless explicitly allowed + enables third parties to depend on Recommendations having a stable feature-set, + as they have prior to the 2020 revision of this Process.
+
To make changes which introduce a new feature + to a Recommendation that was not approved for accepting new features, + W3C must create a new technical report, + following the full process of advancing a technical report to Recommendation beginning with a new First Public Working Draft.
+
6.2.11.5. Incorporating Candidate Amendments
+
A Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments verifies acceptance by the W3C community of candidate amendments by combining an AC Review with a patent exclusion opportunity.
+
The Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments must be announced to other W3C groups, the public, and the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must:
+
+
Identify whether this is a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, + or Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions. +
Identify the specific candidate amendments under review + as proposed amendments (proposed corrections/proposed additions). +
Specify the deadline for review comments, + which must not be any sooner than 60 days from the Call for Review. +
Solicit review and, if it does not already have it, implementation experience. +
+
The combination of the existing Recommendation with the proposed amendments included in the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is considered a Patent Review Draft for the purposes of the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Also, the review initiated by the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is an Advisory Committee Review.
+
Note: Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions and Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions can only be issued for Recommendations that allow new features.
+
A Working Group may batch + multiple proposed amendments into a single Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments. + To facilitate review, + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on a given specification should not be issued more frequently + than approximately once every 6 months.
+
At the end of the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + the W3C Decision may either be + to reject the proposed amendment, + or to clear the proposed amendment for advancement as is, + or to return the proposal to the Working Group with a request to formally address comments made on the changes under review. + If the Working Group needs to amend a proposed amendment in response to review feedback + it must issue another Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on the revised change + before it can be incorporated into the main text.
+
Once all comments on a proposed amendment have been formally addressed, + and after the Working Group can show adequate implementation experience and the fulfillment of all other requirements of Recommendation text, + it may incorporate the proposed amendment into the normative Recommendation by issuing an update request for publication of the updated Recommendation.
+
To ensure adequate review of proposed amendment combinations, + only proposed amendments included in the most recent Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments can be incorporated into the normative Recommendation text. + (Thus if incorporation of a proposed amendment is postponed, + it may need to be included in multiple Last Calls for Review of Proposed Amendments.)
+
6.2.12. Retiring Recommendation Track Documents
+
Work on a technical report may cease at any time. + Work should cease + if W3C or a Working Group determines + that it cannot productively carry the work any further.
+
6.2.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report
+
Any technical report no longer intended + to advance or to be maintained, + and that is not being rescinded, should be published as a Discontinued Draft, + with no substantive change compared to the previous publication. + This can happen if + the Working Group decided + to abandon work on the report, + or the Director required the Working Group to discontinue work on the technical report before completion. + If a Working Group is made to close, + W3C must re-publish any unfinished technical report on the Recommendation track as Discontinued Draft.
+
Such a document should include in its status section + an explanation of why it was discontinued.
+
A Working Group may resume work + on a technical report within the scope of its charter + at any time, + by re-publishing it as a Working Draft.
+
6.2.12.2. Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation
+
The process for rescinding a Candidate Recommendation is the same as for rescinding a Recommendation.
+
6.2.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation
+
It is possible that W3C decides + that implementing a particular Recommendation is no longer recommended. + There are three designations for such specifications, + chosen depending on the advice W3C wishes to give about further use of the specification.
+
W3C may obsolete a Recommendation, + for example if the W3C Community decides that the Recommendation no longer represents best practices, + or is not adopted and is not apparently likely to be adopted. + An Obsolete Recommendation may be restored to normal Recommendation, + for example because despite marking it Obsolete the specification is later more broadly adopted.
+
W3C may declare a Recommendation Superseded + if a newer version exists which W3C recommends for new adoption. + The process for declaring a Recommendation Superseded is the same as for declaring it Obsolete, below; + only the name and explanation change.
+
W3C may rescind a Recommendation + if W3C believes there is no reasonable prospect of it being restored + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved; + see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + and “PAG Conclusion”.
+
W3C only rescinds, supersedes, or obsoletes entire Recommendations. + A Recommendation can be both superseded and obsolete. + To rescind, supersede, or obsolete some part of a Recommendation, + W3C follows the process for modifying a Recommendation.
+
Note: For the purposes of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] an Obsolete or Superseded Recommendation has the status of an active Recommendation, + although it is not recommended for future implementation; + a Rescinded Recommendation ceases to be in effect + and no new licenses are granted under the Patent Policy.
+
+ +
+
6.2.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation
+
The process of rescinding, obsoleting, + superseding, + or restoring + a Recommendation can be initiated + either by a request from the Director or via a request from any of the following:
+
+
The Working Group who produced, + or is chartered to maintain, + the Recommendation +
The TAG, if there is no such Working Group +
Any individual who made a request to the relevant Working Group as described above, + or the TAG if such a group does not exist, to obsolete, rescind, supersede, or restore a Recommendation, + where the request was not answered within 90 days +
5% of the members of the Advisory Committee +
+
The Team must then + submit the request to the Advisory Committee for review. + For any Advisory Committee review of a proposal to + rescind, + obsolete, + supersede, + or restore + a Recommendation the Director must:
+
+
announce the proposal to all Working Group Chairs, + and to the Public, + as well as to the Advisory Committee +
indicate that this is a proposal to + Rescind, + Obsolete, + Supersede, + or restore, + a Recommendation as appropriate +
identify the Recommendation by URL +
publish a rationale for the proposal +
identify known dependencies + and solicit review from all dependent Working Groups +
solicit public review +
specify the deadline for review comments, + which must be at least 28 days + after the announcement +
+
and should
+
+
identify known implementations. +
+
If there was any dissent in the Advisory Committee review, + the Director must publish + the substantive content of the dissent to W3C and the public, + and must formally address the dissent + at least 14 days + before publication as an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation.
+
The Advisory Committee may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the Director's decision.
+
W3C must publish an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation with up to date status. + The updated version may remove the main body of the document. + The Status of this Document section should link + to the explanation of Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications [OBS-RESC] as appropriate.
+
Once W3C has published a Rescinded Recommendation, + future W3C technical reports must not include normative references + to that technical report.
+
Note: W3C strives to ensure that all Technical Reports + will continue to be available at their version-specific URL.
+
6.3. The Note Track: Notes and Statements
+
6.3.1. Group Notes
+
A Group Note (NOTE) + is published + to provide a stable reference for a useful document + that is not intended to be a formal standard.
+
Working Groups, Interest Groups, + the TAG and the AB may publish work as Notes. + Examples include:
+
+
supporting documentation for a specification, + such as explanations of design principles + or use cases and requirements +
non-normative guides to good practices +
+
Some Notes are developed through successive Draft Notes before publication as a full Notes, + while others are published directly as a Note. + There are few formal requirements to publish a document as a Note or Draft Note, + and they have no standing as a recommendation of W3C + but are simply documents preserved for historical reference.
+
In order to publish a Note or Draft Note, + the group:
+
+
must record their decision + to request publication as a Note or Draft Note, and +
should publish documentation + of significant changes to the technical report + since any previous publication. +
+
Both Notes and Draft Notes can be updated by republishing + as a Note or Draft Note. + A technical report may remain + a Note indefinitely.
+
Note: The W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] does not apply any licensing requirements or commitments for Notes or Draft Notes.
+
6.3.2. Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status
+
A W3C Statement is a Note that has been endorsed by W3C as a whole. + In order to elevate a Note to W3C Statement status, + A group must:
+
+
show that the document has received wide review. +
record the group’s decision to request publication as a W3C Statement. +
show that all issues raised against the document + since its first publication as a Note have been formally addressed. +
provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
+
A Note specifying implementable technology should not be elevated to W3C Statement status; + if it does, + the request to publish as a Statement must include rationale + for why it should be elevated, + and why it is not on the Recommendation track.
+
Once these conditions are fulfilled, + the Team must then + begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of + whether the document is appropriate to publish as a W3C Statement. + During this review period, + the Note must not be updated.
+
The decision to advance a document to W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.
+
The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Statement to the Advisory Committee, other W3C groups, and the public.
+
6.3.3. Revising W3C Statements
+
Given a recorded Group Decision to do so, + groups can request publication of a W3C Statement with editorial changes—including candidate amendment—without any additional process.
+
A candidate amendment can be folded into the main text of the W3C Statement, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Statement, + including review by the community to ensure + the substantive and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the group must request + an Advisory Committee review of the changes it wishes to incorporate. + The specific candidate amendments under review must be identified as proposed amendments just as in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections.
+
The decision to incorporate proposed amendments into W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.
+
6.4. Registries
+
A registry documents a data set + consisting of one or more associated registry tables, + each table representing an updatable collection + of logically independent, consistently-structured registry entries. + A registry has three associated components:
+
+
the Registry Definition, defining how the registry tables are structured and maintained +
one or more registry tables, holding the data set represented by the registry +
one or more referencing specifications, which make use of the registry +
+
The purposes of maintaining a registry can include:
+
+
non-collision +
Avoiding the problem + of two entities using the same value with different semantics. +
non-duplication +
Avoiding the problem + of having two or more different values in use with the same semantics. +
information +
Providing a central index + where anyone can find out + what a value means + and what its formal definition is + (and where it is). +
submission +
Ease of adding new terms, + including by stakeholders external to the custodian organization. +
consensus +
Promoting a clear consensus of the community on the terms. +
+
This section of the W3C Process provides a specialized process + facilitating the publication and maintenance of such registry tables, + particularly those required by or closely related to W3C Recommendations.
+
Note: Not every table in a specification is a potential registry. + If the intent or effect is that the table enumerates + all the possibilities the authors of the specification expect or envisage, + then the table by itself is enough. + Similarly, if the table is managed by the Working Group + and only updated as part of specification update, + then the complexities of registry management are not needed.
+
6.4.1. Registry Definitions
+
A Registry Definition defines what each registry table is and how it is maintained. + It must:
+
+
Define the scope and purpose of each registry table. +
Define the fields of each registry table and their constraints + (e.g. values must be drawn from a defined set, or be unique, + or only reference publicly available resources, + etc.) +
+ Define the policy for changes to existing entries, such as +
+
whether entries can be deleted or deprecated +
whether entries be changed after being published, and what kinds of changes are allowed +
whether previously-deleted unique identifiers can be re-used, or are reserved indefinitely +
+
Define the method and criteria by which changes are proposed, approved, and incorporated. + (For example, a registry could define + that changes to registry entries can be proposed using a particular web form or email address, + that they must be accompanied by certain background information, + or that they do or do not need to be approved by any member of a particular Working Group.) +
+ Identify the custodian of the registry table: + the entity to which requests for registry changes must be sent, + and which is responsible for evaluating whether such requests + satisfy the criteria defined in the Registry Definition. +
The custodian may be the Working Group, the Team, or a delegated entity. + The custodian for all registry tables in a single registry should generally be the same entity.
+
+
6.4.2. Publishing Registries
+
Registries can be published either as a stand-alone technical report on the Registry Track called a registry report, + or incorporated as part of a Recommendation as a registry section.
+
A registry report or registry section, + is purely documentational, must not contain any requirements on implementations, + and is not subject to the W3C Patent Policy.
+
The registry report or registry section must:
+
+
Clearly label the registry report/section, + its tables, + and its Registry Definitions as such, + including a link to § 6.4 Registries in this Process. +
Include the Registry Definition for each of its registry tables. +
Include the entire contents of each registry table, + either inline in the report + (e.g. formatted as a table, or list, or other appropriate representation), + or in a machine-readable file published as part of the technical report, + or (preferably) both. +
Include, if the registry table is provided in a machine-readable file, + a definition of the format of that file. +
+
The Team must make available + a means for interested parties to be notified of any updates to a registry table.
+
Note: Since the Process does not impose requirements + on changes to the contents of a registry table other than those imposed by the Registry Definition, + acceptance of proposed registry changes on behalf of the custodian and + publication of an updated registry report that contains + only registry changes since the previous publication + can be automated + if satisfaction of those rules can be automatically verified.
+
Rules for publication and advancement on the Registry Track are identical to that of the Recommendation Track with the following exceptions:
+
+
Since Registry Reports are not subject to the [PATENT-POLICY], + none of their publications correspond, + to First Public Working Draft, Working Draft, + or Patent Review Draft for the purposes of the [PATENT-POLICY]. +
The equivalent of Working Draft is called Draft Registry. +
The equivalent of Candidate Recommendation is called Candidate Registry, + with Candidate Recommendation Snapshot and Candidate Recommendation Draft corresponding to Candidate Registry Snapshot and Candidate Registry Draft. +
The equivalent of W3C Recommendation is called W3C Registry. +
+ The Proposed Recommendation phase is eliminated. Instead: +
+
An Advisory Committee Review is started + upon publication of each Candidate Registry Snapshot. +
To transition to W3C Registry, + the Working Group must also show adequate implementation experience. +
+
Changes that add new features (i.e. class 4) are allowed + in all W3C Registries, + without needing the to explicitly indicate that this is allowed. +
+
For Registries, adequate implementation experience is evaluated on the basis of + successful operation of the processes in the registry definition + and meaningful usage of the contents of the registry + outside the registry itself.
+
6.4.3. Specifications that Reference Registries
+
All rules and statements about implementations of registries must be contained in the specifications or other documents that reference the registry, + and are therefore subject to the processes + (including approval and intellectual property provisions) + applicable to those referencing specifications.
+
It must not be possible that a change to the registry entries affect the conformance of implementations to the Referencing document; + if there are entries that must be implemented, + or any other such restrictions, + they must be documented in the document without reference to the registry.
+
For example, + “All implementations must implement the `Basic-Method` as defined in the registry” + is not acceptable; + a change to the definition of the `Basic-Method` in the registry would then affect conformance. + Instead, the requirement must be complete in the specification, + directly or by reference to another specification. + For example + “All implementations must recognize the name `Basic-Method`, + and implement it as defined by section yy of IETF RFC xxxx”. + (The Registry should nonetheless contain Basic-Method as an entry.)
+
6.4.4. Updating Registry Tables
+
Changes to the contents of a registry table that are in accordance with the Registry Definition, + (i.e. Class 5 changes) + can be made by re-publishing the technical report that contains the affected table, + without needing to satisfy any other requirements for the publication + (not even Working Group consensus, unless this is required by the Registry Definition). + Such registry changes do not trigger new Advisory Committee Reviews, + nor Exclusion Opportunities, + and do not require approval via an update request, + even for technical reports at maturities where this would normally be expected. + Such publications can be made + even in the absence of a Working Group chartered to maintain the registry + when the custodian is another entity.
+
6.5. Further reading
+
Refer to "How to Organize a Recommendation Track Transition" [TRANSITION] in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE] for practical information about preparing for the reviews + and announcements of the various steps, + and tips on getting to Recommendation faster [REC-TIPS]. + Please see also the Requirements for modification of W3C Technical Reports [REPUBLISHING].
+
7. Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes
+
This section describes how the Advisory Committee reviews proposals from the Director and how Advisory Committee representatives initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of a W3C decision or Director's decision. + A W3C decision is one + where the Director decides, + after exercising the role of assessing consensus of the W3C Community after an Advisory Committee review.
+
7.1. Advisory Committee Reviews
+
The Advisory Committee reviews:
+
+
new and modified Working and Interest Groups, +
Proposed Recommendations, Proposals to Obsolete, Rescind, Supersede, or Restore Recommendations, + and +
Proposed changes to the W3C process. +
+
7.1.1. Start of a Review Period
+
Each Advisory Committee review period + begins with a Call for Review from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + The Call for Review describes the proposal, + raises attention to deadlines, + estimates when the decision will be available, + and includes other practical information. + Each Member organization may send one review, + which must be returned by its Advisory Committee representative.
+
The Team must provide two channels for Advisory Committee review comments:
+
+
an archived Team-only channel; +
an archived Member-only channel. +
+
The Call for Review must specify + which channel is the default for review comments on that Call.
+
Reviewers may send information + to either or both channels. + They may also share their reviews + with other Members on the Advisory Committee discussion list.
+
A Member organization may modify its review + during a review period + (e.g., in light of comments from other Members).
+
7.1.2. After the Review Period
+
After the review period, + the Director must announce + to the Advisory Committee the level of support for the proposal + (consensus or dissent). + The Director must also indicate + whether there were any Formal Objections, + with attention to changing confidentiality level. + This W3C decision is generally one of the following:
+
+
The proposal is approved, + possibly with editorial changes integrated. +
The proposal is approved, + possibly with substantive changes integrated. + In this case the announcement must include rationale + for the decision to advance the document despite the proposal for a substantive change. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + with a request to the initiator to formally address certain issues. +
The proposal is rejected. +
+
This document does not specify + time intervals between the end of an Advisory Committee review period + and the W3C decision. + This is to ensure that the Members and Team have sufficient time to consider comments + gathered during the review. + The Advisory Committee should not expect an announcement + sooner than two weeks after the end of a review period. + If, after three weeks, the outcome has not been announced, + the Director should provide the Advisory Committee with an update.
+
7.2. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives
+
Advisory Committee representatives may appeal certain decisions, + though appeals are only expected to occur in extraordinary circumstances.
+
When a W3C decision is made following an Advisory Committee review, Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal. + These W3C decisions include those related to group creation and modification, + and transitions to new maturity levels for Recommendation Track documents + and the Process document.
+
Advisory Committee representatives may also initiate an appeal + for certain Director's decisions that do not involve an Advisory Committee review. + These cases are identified in the sections + which describe the requirements for the Director's decision + and include + additional (non-reviewed) maturity levels of Recommendation Track documents, + group charter extensions and closures, + and Memoranda of Understanding.
+
In all cases, + an appeal must be initiated within three weeks of the decision.
+
An Advisory Committee representative initiates an appeal by sending a request to the Team. + The request should say “I appeal this Director’s Decision” + and identify the decision. + Within one week the Team must announce the appeal process + to the Advisory Committee and provide a mechanism for Advisory Committee representatives to respond with a statement of positive support for this appeal. + The archive of these statements must be member-only. + If, within one week of the Team’s announcement, + 5% or more of the Advisory Committee support the appeal request, + the Team must organize an appeal vote + asking the Advisory Committee “Do you approve of the Director’s Decision?” + together with links to the Director's decision and the appeal support.
+
The ballot must allow for three possible responses: + “Approve”, + “Reject”, + and “Abstain”, + together with Comments.
+
If the number of votes to reject + exceeds the number of votes to approve, + the decision is overturned. + In that case, there are the following possible next steps:
+
+
The proposal is rejected. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + after which the applicable decision process is re-initiated. +
+
7.3. Advisory Committee Votes
+
The Advisory Committee votes in elections for seats on the TAG or Advisory Board, + and in the event of an Advisory Committee Appeal achieving the required support to trigger an appeal vote. + Whenever the Advisory Committee votes, + each Member or group of related Members has one vote. + In the case of Advisory Board and TAG elections, + “one vote” means “one vote per available seat”.
+
8. Workshops and Symposia
+
The Team organizes Workshops and Symposia to promote early involvement in the development of W3C activities + from Members and the public.
+
The goal of a Workshop is usually + either to convene experts and other interested parties for an exchange of ideas + about a technology or policy, + or to address the pressing concerns of W3C Members. + Organizers of the first type of Workshop may solicit position papers for the Workshop program + and may use those papers + to choose attendees and/or presenters.
+
The goal of a Symposium is usually + to educate interested parties about a particular subject.
+
The Call for Participation in a Workshop or Symposium may indicate participation requirements or limits, + and expected deliverables + (e.g., reports and minutes). + Organization of an event does not guarantee + further investment by W3C in a particular topic, + but may lead to proposals for new activities or groups.
+
Workshops and Symposia generally last one to three days. + If a Workshop is being organized to address the pressing concerns of Members, + the Team must issue the Call for Participation + no later than six weeks prior to the Workshop’s scheduled start date. + For other Workshops and Symposia, + the Team must issue a Call for Participation + no later than eight weeks prior to the meeting’s scheduled start date. + This helps ensure that speakers and authors + have adequate time to prepare position papers and talks.
+
9. Liaisons
+
W3C uses the term liaison to refer to coordination of activities with a variety of organizations, + through a number of mechanisms + ranging from very informal + (e.g., an individual from another organization participates in a W3C Working Group, + or just follows its work) + to mutual membership, + to even more formal agreements. + Liaisons are not meant to substitute for W3C membership.
+
All liaisons must be coordinated by the Team due to requirements for public communication; + patent, + copyright, + and other IPR policies; + confidentiality agreements; + and mutual membership agreements.
+
The W3C Director may negotiate + a Memorandum of Understanding with another organization. + For the purposes of the W3C Process a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) + is a formal agreement or similar contractual framework between W3C and another party or parties, + other than agreements between the Hosts or between Hosts and W3C members + for the purposes of membership + and agreements related to the ordinary provision of services + for the purposes of running W3C, + that specifies rights and obligations of each party toward the others. + These rights and obligations may include joint deliverables, + an agreed share of technical responsibilities with due coordination, + and/or considerations for confidentiality and specific IPR. + The agreement may be called something other than a “Memorandum of Understanding”, + and something called a “Memorandum of Understanding” + may not be an MoU for the purposes of the Process.
+
Before signing the MoU, + the Team must inform + the Advisory Committee of the intent to sign + and make the MoU available for Advisory Committee review; Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to sign the MoU. + Unless an appeal rejects the proposal to sign an MoU, + the Director may sign the MoU on behalf of W3C. + A signed Memorandum of Understanding should be made public.
+
Information about W3C liaisons with other organizations [LIAISON] and the guidelines W3C follows when creating a liaison is available on the Web.
+
10. Member Submission Process
+
The Member Submission process allows Members + to propose technology + or other ideas + for consideration by the Team. + After review, + the Team may make the material available at the W3C Web site. + The formal process affords Members a record of their contribution + and gives them a mechanism for disclosing the details of the transaction with the Team + (including IPR claims). + The Team also makes review comments on the Submitted materials available for W3C Members, + the public, + and the media.
+
A Member Submission consists of:
+
+
One or more documents developed outside of the W3C process, and +
Information about the documents, + provided by the Submitter. +
+
One or more Members (called the Submitter(s)) may participate in a Member Submission. + Only W3C Members may be listed as Submitters.
+
The Submission process consists of the following steps:
+
+
One of the Submitters sends a request to the Team to acknowledge the Submission request. + The Team and Submitter(s) communicate to ensure that the Member Submission is complete. +
+ After Team review, the Director must either + acknowledge or reject the Submission request. +
+
If acknowledged, + the Team must make the Member Submission available + at the public W3C Web site, + in addition to Team comments about the Member Submission. +
If rejected, + the Submitter(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal to either the TAG or the Advisory Board. +
+
+
+ Note: To avoid confusion about the Member Submission process, please note that: +
+
Documents in a Member Submission are developed outside + of the W3C technical report development process (and therefore are not included in the index of W3C technical reports [TR]). +
The Submission process is not a means + by which Members ask for “ratification” of these documents + as W3C Recommendations. +
There is no requirement or guarantee + that technology which is part of an acknowledged Submission request + will receive further consideration by W3C + (e.g., by a W3C Working Group). +
+
+
Making a Member Submission available at the W3C Web site + does not imply endorsement by W3C, + including the W3C Team or Members. + The acknowledgment of a Submission request + does not imply that any action will be taken by W3C. + It merely records publicly + that the Submission request has been made by the Submitter. + A Member Submission made available by W3C must not be referred to as “work in progress” of W3C.
+
The list of acknowledged Member Submissions [SUBMISSION-LIST] is available at the W3C Web site.
+
10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations
+
When more than one Member jointly participates in a Submission request, + only one Member formally sends in the request. + That Member must copy + each of the Advisory Committee representatives of the other participating Members, + and each of those Advisory Committee representatives must confirm + (by email to the Team) + their participation in the Submission request.
+
At any time prior to acknowledgment, + any Submitter may withdraw support for a Submission request + (described in "How to send a Submission request" [SUBMISSION-REQ]). + A Submission request is “withdrawn” when no Submitter(s) support it. + The Team must not make statements + about withdrawn Submission requests.
+
Prior to acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + refer to a document as “submitted to the World Wide Web Consortium” + or “under consideration by W3C” or any similar phrase + either in public or Member communication. + The Submitter(s) must not imply + in public or Member communication + that W3C is working (with the Submitter(s)) on the material in the Member Submission. + The Submitter(s) may release the documents in the Member Submission to the public + prior to acknowledgment + (without reference to the Submission request).
+
After acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + imply W3C investment in the Member Submission + until, and unless, the material has been adopted as a deliverable + of a W3C Working Group.
+
10.1.1. Scope of Member Submissions
+
When a technology overlaps in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + Members should participate in the Working Group and contribute the technology to the group’s process + rather than seek publication through the Member Submission process. + The Working Group may incorporate the contributed technology into its deliverables. + If the Working Group does not incorporate the technology, + it should not publish the contributed documents + as Working Group Notes since Working Group Notes represent group output, + not input to the group.
+
On the other hand, + while W3C is in the early stages of developing a charter, + Members should use the Submission process + to build consensus around concrete proposals for new work.
+
Members should not submit materials + covering topics well outside the scope of W3C’s mission [MISSION].
+
10.1.2. Information Required in a Submission Request
+
The Submitter(s) + and any other authors of the submitted material must agree that, + if the request is acknowledged, + the documents in the Member Submission will be subject to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE] and will include a reference to it. + The Submitter(s) may hold the copyright for the documents in a Member Submission.
+
The request must satisfy the Member Submission licensing commitments + in “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].
+
The Submitter(s) must include the following information:
+
+
The list of all submitting Members. +
Position statements from all submitting Members (gathered by the Submitter). + All position statements must appear in a separate document. +
Complete electronic copies of any documents submitted for consideration + (e.g., a technical specification, + a position paper, + etc.) + If the Submission request is acknowledged, + these documents will be made available by W3C + and therefore must satisfy the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES]. Submitters may hold the copyright for the material contained in these documents, + but when made available by W3C, + these documents must be subject to the provisions + of the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]. +
+
The request must also answer the following questions.
+
+
What proprietary technology is required to implement the areas addressed by the request, + and what terms are associated with its use? + Again, many answers are possible, + but the specific answer will affect the Team’s decision. +
What resources, if any, + does the Submitter intend to make available + if W3C acknowledges the Submission request + and takes action on it? +
What action would the Submitter like W3C to take + if the Submission request is acknowledged? +
What mechanisms are there to make changes to the specification being submitted? + This includes, but is not limited to, + stating where change control will reside + if the request is acknowledged. +
+
For other administrative requirements related to Submission requests, + see “How to send a Submission request” [MEMBER-SUB].
+
10.2. Team Rights and Obligations
+
Although they are not technical reports, + the documents in a Member Submission must fulfil the requirements established by the Team, + including the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES].
+
The Team sends a validation notice to the Submitter(s) + once the Team has reviewed a Submission request + and judged it complete and correct.
+
Prior to a decision to acknowledge or reject the request, + the request is Team-only, + and the Team must hold it in the strictest confidentiality. + In particular, + the Team must not comment to the media + about the Submission request.
+
10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request
+
The Team acknowledges a Submission request + by sending an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Though the announcement may be made at any time, + the Submitter(s) can expect an announcement between four to six weeks after the validation notice. + The Team must keep the Submitter(s) informed + of when an announcement is likely to be made.
+
Once a Submission request has been acknowledged, + the Team must:
+
+
Make the Member Submission available at the W3C Web site. +
Make the Team comments about the Submission request available at the W3C Web site. +
+
If the Submitter(s) wishes to modify + a document made available as the result of acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must start the Submission process from the beginning, + even just to correct editorial changes.
+
10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals
+
The Director may reject a Submission request + for a variety of reasons, + including any of the following:
+
+
The ideas expressed in the request + overlap in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + and acknowledgment might jeopardize the progress of the group. +
The IPR statement made by the Submitter(s) is inconsistent with the W3C’s + Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular the “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions”, Document License [DOC-LICENSE], + or other IPR policies. +
The ideas expressed in the request are poor, + might harm the Web, + or run counter to W3C’s mission [MISSION]. +
The ideas expressed in the request lie well outside the scope of W3C’s mission. +
+
In case of a rejection, + the Team must inform the Advisory Committee representative(s) + of the Submitter(s). + If requested by the Submitter(s), + the Team must provide rationale + to the Submitter(s) about the rejection. + Other than to the Submitter(s), + the Team must not make statements about why a Submission request was rejected.
+
The Advisory Committee representative(s) of the Submitters(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal + of the Team’s Decision to the TAG if the reasons are related to Web architecture, + or to the Advisory Board if the request is rejected for other reasons. + In this case the Team should make available + its rationale for the rejection to the appropriate body. + The Team will establish a process for such appeals + that ensures the appropriate level of confidentiality.
+
11. Process Evolution
+
Revision of the W3C Process and related documents (see below) undergoes similar consensus-building processes as for technical reports, + with the Advisory Board—acting as the sponsoring Working Group. + The documents may be developed by the AB or by another group to whom the AB has delegated development. + Review includes + soliciting input from the W3C community, + and in particular the Team.
+
The documents covered by this section are:
+
+
+
the W3C Process (this document)
+
+
the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]
+
+
the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC]
+
+
The Advisory Board initiates review as follows:
+
+
The Team sends a Call for Review to the Advisory Committee and other W3C groups. +
After comments have been formally addressed and the document possibly modified, + the Team seeks endorsement from the Members by initiating an Advisory Committee review. + The review period must last at least 28 days. +
After the Advisory Committee review, + following a W3C decision to adopt the document(s), + the Team does so + and sends an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal to W3C. +
+
Note: As of June 2020, + the Patent Policy is developed in the Patents and Standards Interest Group, + the Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct in the Positive Work Environment Community Group, + and the Process in the W3C Process Community Group.
+
12. Acknowledgments
+
This section is non-normative.
+
The editors are grateful to the following people, + who as interested individuals and/or with the affiliation(s) listed, + have contributed to this proposal for a revised Process: + Brian Kardell, + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Charles McCathie Nevile (ConsenSys), + Chris Wilson (Google), + David Singer (Apple), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Samuel Weiler (W3C), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).
+
The editors are sorry for forgetting any names, + and grateful to those who have listened patiently to conversations about this document + without feeling a need to add more.
+
The following individuals contributed to the development of earlier versions of the Process: + Alex Russell (Google), + Andreas Tai (Institut fuer Rundfunktechnik), + Andrew Betts (Fastly), + Ann Bassetti (The Boeing Company), + Anne van Kesteren, + Art Barstow (Nokia, unaffiliated), + Bede McCall (MITRE), + Ben Wilson, + Brad Hill (Facebook), + Brian Kardell (JQuery), + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Carl Cargill (Netscape, Sun Microsystems, Adobe), + Chris Lilley (W3C), + Chris Wilson (Google), + Claus von Riegen (SAP AG), + Coralie Mercier (W3C), + Cullen Jennings (Cisco), + Dan Appelquist (Telefonica, Samsung), + Dan Connolly (W3C), + Daniel Dardailler (W3C), + Daniel Glazman (Disruptive Innovations), + David Baron (Mozilla), + David Fallside (IBM), + David Singer (Apple), + David Singer (IBM), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Don Brutzman (Web3D), + Don Deutsch (Oracle), + Eduardo Gutentag (Sun Microsystems), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Florian Rivoal, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Geoffrey Creighton (Microsoft), + Geoffrey Snedden, + Giri Mandyam (Qualcomm), + Gregg Kellogg, + Hadley Beeman, + Helene Workman (Apple), + Henri Sivonen (Mozilla), + Håkon Wium Lie (Opera Software), + Ian Hickson (Google), + Ian Jacobs (W3C), + Ivan Herman (W3C), + J Alan Bird (W3C), + Jay Kishigami 岸上順一 (NTT), + Jean-Charles Verdié (MStar), + Jean-François Abramatic (IBM, ILOG, W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Jim Bell (HP), + Jim Miller (W3C), + Joe Hall (CDT), + John Klensin (MCI), + Josh Soref (BlackBerry, unaffiliated), + Judy Brewer (W3C), + Judy Zhu 朱红儒 (Alibaba), + Kari Laihonen (Ericsson), + Karl Dubost (Mozilla), + Ken Laskey (MITRE), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Klaus Birkenbihl (Fraunhofer Gesellschaft), + Larry Masinter (Adobe Systems), + Lauren Wood (unaffiliated), + Liam Quin (W3C), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Marcos Cáceres (Mozilla), + Maria Courtemanche (IBM), + Mark Crawford (SAP), + Mark Nottingham, + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Michael Geldblum (Oracle), + Mike West (Google), + Mitch Stoltz (EFF), + Natasha Rooney (GSMA), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Olle Olsson (SICS), + Ora Lassila (Nokia), + Paul Cotton (Microsoft), + Paul Grosso (Arbortext), + Peter Linss, + Peter Patel-Schneider, + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Qiuling Pan (Huawei), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Renato Iannella (IPR Systems), + Rigo Wenning (W3C), + Rob Sanderson (J Paul Getty Trust), + Robin Berjon (W3C), + Sally Khudairi (W3C), + Sam Ruby (IBM), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Sangwhan Moon (Odd Concepts), + Scott Peterson (Google), + Steve Holbrook (IBM), + Steve Zilles (Adobe Systems) + Steven Pemberton (CWI), + TV Raman (Google), + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Terence Eden (Her Majesty’s Government), + Thomas Reardon (Microsoft), + Tim Berners-Lee (W3C), + Tim Krauskopf (Spyglass), + Travis Leithead (Microsoft), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Virginie Galindo (Gemalto), + Wayne Carr (Intel), + Wendy Fong (Hewlett-Packard), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).
+
13. Changes
+
This section is non-normative.
+
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process
+
This document is based on the 15 September 2020 Process. + A diff comparing it to the 2020 edition of the Process is available. + A Disposition of Comments, + as well as + a detailed log of all changes since then are available.
+
The following is a summary:
+
+
Mentions of the Director which had no material effects on the Process have been removed +
References to “short terms” and “incomplete terms” have been unified to “incomplete terms”. +
A few typos and grammatical oddities have been addressed. +
Mentions of when various groups were created have been removed, + as they had no effect and the Process is not the right place + to document history. +
An incorrect use of “Proposed Additions” has been corrected to the intended “Proposed Changes”. +
Some text in section § 6.2.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features has been rewritten + to reduce redundancy with other sections, + with no normative change. +
Added an editorial clarification to what is supposed to happen + to the status section of unfinished technical reports + that get abandoned. +
Retire Amended RECs: + this process, which had never been used, + allowed the Team to do update a REC with normative changes in the absence of a Working Group, + in order to maintain the document. + Now handled through candidate amendments. +
Candidate and proposed “changes” have been renamed into candidate and proposed “amendments”. +
Create dedicated status (Discontinued Draft) for discontinued REC track documents, + instead of using Notes for that purpose. +
Make Draft Note into its own status, + instead of using REC track Working Draft for that purpose. +
Allow TAG and AB to publish Notes. +
Create W3C Statements, which are Notes endorsed by the W3C as a whole, + through an AC Review. +
+
Changes since earlier versions
+
Changes since earlier versions of the Process are detailed + in the changes section of the previous version of the Process.
+
+
References
+
Normative References
+
+
[CEPC] +
W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/cepc/ +
[COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT] +
Invited expert and collaborators agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/collaborators-agreement +
[CONFLICT-POLICY] +
Conflict of Interest Policy for W3C Team Members Engaged in Outside Professional Activities. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/06-conflictpolicy +
[DOC-LICENSE] +
W3C Document License. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-documents +
[PATENT-POLICY] +
The W3C 2020 Patent Policy. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20200915/ +
[PATENT-POLICY-2017] +
The W3C 2004 Patent Policy, Updated 2017. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20170801/ +
[PUBRULES] +
Publication Rules. URL: https://www.w3.org/pubrules/ +
[RFC2119] +
S. Bradner. Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119 +
[RFC3797] +
D. Eastlake 3rd. Publicly Verifiable Nominations Committee (NomCom) Random Selection. June 2004. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3797 +
+
Informative References
+
+
[AB-HP] +
The Advisory Board home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/ab/ +
[AC-MEETING] +
Advisory Committee meetings (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Meeting/ +
[BG-CG] +
Community and Business Group Process. URL: https://www.w3.org/community/about/agreements/ +
[CALENDAR] +
Calendar of all scheduled official W3C events. URL: https://www.w3.org/participate/eventscal +
[CHAIR] +
W3C Working/Interest Group Chair. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/chair/role.html +
[CHARTER] +
How to Create a Working Group or Interest Group. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/process/charter.html +
[CURRENT-AC] +
Current Advisory Committee representatives (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ACList +
[ELECTION-HOWTO] +
How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/10/election-howto +
[FELLOWS] +
W3C Fellows Program. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Recruitment/Fellows +
[GROUP-MAIL] +
Group mailing lists (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Groups +
[GUIDE] +
The Art of Consensus, a guidebook for W3C Working Group Chairs and other collaborators. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/ +
[INTRO] +
Process, Patent Policy, Finances, Specs management, Strategic vision (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Intro +
[JOIN] +
How to Join W3C. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/join +
[LIAISON] +
W3C liaisons with other organizations. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/11/StdLiaison +
[MEMBER-AGREEMENT] +
W3C Membership Agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Agreement/Member-Agreement +
[MEMBER-HP] +
Member Web site (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ +
[MEMBER-LIST] +
The list of current W3C Members. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Member/List +
[MEMBER-SUB] +
How to send a Submission request. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[MISSION] +
The W3C Mission statement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/mission +
[OBS-RESC] +
Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications. URL: https://www.w3.org/2016/11/obsoleting-rescinding/ +
[REC-TIPS] +
Tips for Getting to Recommendation Faster. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/05/rec-tips +
[REPUBLISHING] +
In-place modification of W3C Technical Reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/2003/01/republishing/ +
[SUBMISSION-LIST] +
The list of acknowledged Member Submissions. URL: https://www.w3.org/Submission/ +
[SUBMISSION-REQ] +
Make or Withdraw a Member Submission Request (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[TAG-CHARTER] +
Technical Architecture Group (TAG) Charter. URL: https://www.w3.org/2004/10/27-tag-charter.html +
[TAG-HP] +
The TAG home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/tag/ +
[TEAM-CONTACT] +
Role of the Team Contact. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/teamcontact/role.html +
[TR] +
The W3C technical reports index. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/ +
[TRANSITION] +
Organize a Technical Report Transition. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/transitions +
[TRANSLATION] +
Translations of W3C technical reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Translation/ +
+
+
+
Index
+
Terms defined by this specification
+
+
AB, in §2.3 +
AB Note, in §6.3.1 +
AC, in §2.1 +
AC Appeal, in §7.2 +
AC representative, in §2.1 +
AC Review, in §7.1.1 +
adequate implementation experience, in §6.2.2 +
Adopted Draft, in §5.2.6 +
Advisory Board, in §2.3 +
Advisory Committee, in §2.1 +
Advisory Committee Appeal, in §7.2 +
Advisory Committee representative, in §2.1 +
Advisory Committee review, in §7.1.1 +
allow new features, in §6.2.9 +
Appeal, in §7.2 +
at risk, in §6.2.7 +
Call for Review, in §7.1.1 +
candidate addition, in §6.1.5 +
candidate amendment, in §6.1.5 +
candidate correction, in §6.1.5 +
Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, in §6.2.1 +
Candidate Registry, in §6.4.2 +
Candidate Registry Draft, in §6.4.2 +
Candidate Registry Snapshot, in §6.4.2 +
CEO, in §2.2 +
Chair, in §5.1 +
Chair Decision Appeal, in §3.5 +
Chair Decisions, in §3.5 +
charter, in §5.2.6 +
charter extension, in §5.2.5 +
Consensus, in §3.3 +
CR, in §6.2.1 +
custodian, in §6.4.1 +
Director, in §2.2 +
Discontinued Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Dissent, in §3.3 +
distributed meeting, in §3.2 +
Draft Note, in §6.3.1 +
Draft Registry, in §6.4.2 +
ED, in §6.2.1 +
Editor Draft, in §6.2.1 +
editorial change, in §6.1.3 +
Editor’s Draft, in §6.2.1 +
errata, in §6.1.4 +
erratum, in §6.1.4 +
Exclusion Draft, in §5.2.6 +
face-to-face meeting, in §3.2 +
First Public Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
formally addressed, in §3.3.3 +
Formal Objection, in §3.3.2 +
Group Decision Appeal, in §3.5 +
Group Decisions, in §3.5 +
Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Host institutions, in §2.2 +
Hosts, in §2.2 +
Interest Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Interest Groups, in §5.2 +
Invited Expert in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.4 +
Invited Expert in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.3 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, in §6.2.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
liaison, in §9 +
Member Consortia, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member Consortium, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member-Only, in §4.1 +
Member representative in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.2 +
Member representative in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.1 +
Member Submission, in §10 +
Memoranda of Understanding, in §9 +
Memorandum of Understanding, in §9 +
MoU, in §9 +
Note, in §6.3.1 +
not required, in §Unnumbered section +
Obsolete Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Other Charter, in §5.2.6 +
participants in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1 +
participants in a Working Group, in §5.2.1 +
participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, in §5.2.1.3 +
Patent Review Drafts, in §6.2 +
PR, in §6.2.1 +
primary affiliation, in §2.5.2 +
proposed additions, in §6.2.11.5 +
proposed amendments, in §6.2.11.5 +
proposed corrections, in §6.2.11.5 +
Proposed Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
proxy, in §3.4 +
public participants, in §5.2.1 +
publish, in §6.1 +
REC, in §6.2.1 +
Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Recommendation Track, in §6.2 +
REC Track, in §6.2 +
registry, in §6.4 +
registry change, in §6.1.3 +
Registry Definition, in §6.4.1 +
registry entry, in §6.4 +
registry report, in §6.4.2 +
registry section, in §6.4.2 +
registry table, in §6.4 +
Registry Track, in §6.4.2 +
Related Member, in §2.1.2.2 +
Rescinded Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Rescinded Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Statement, in §6.3.2 +
submitter, in §10 +
subsidiary, in §2.1.2.2 +
substantive change, in §6.1.3 +
substitute, in §5.2.1 +
Superseded Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
Symposia, in §8 +
Symposium, in §8 +
TAG, in §2.4 +
TAG Note, in §6.3.1 +
Team, in §2.2 +
Team Contact, in §5.1 +
Team correction, in §6.1.5 +
Team Decision, in §2.2 +
Team-Only, in §4.1 +
Team representative in an Interest Group, in §5.2.1.6 +
Team representative in a Working Group, in §5.2.1.5 +
Team’s Decision, in §2.2 +
Technical Architecture Group, in §2.4 +
Technical Report, in §6.1 +
Transition Requests, in §6.2.3 +
Unanimity, in §3.3 +
Update Requests, in §6.2.4 +
validation notice, in §10.2 +
W3C Candidate Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C decision, in §7 +
W3C Director, in §2.2 +
W3C Fellows, in §2.2 +
W3C Note, in §6.3.1 +
W3C Proposed Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C Recommendation, in §6.2.1 +
W3C Recommendation Track, in §6.2 +
W3C Registry, in §6.4.2 +
W3C Statement, in §6.3.2 +
W3C Team, in §2.2 +
W3C Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
WD, in §6.2.1 +
wide review, in §6.1.2.1 +
Working Draft, in §6.2.1 +
Working Group Note, in §6.3.1 +
Working Groups, in §5.2 +
Workshops, in §8 +
+
+
+
Issues Index
+
+
+ It’s bee suggested that the following note may be helpful, + but this remains controversial. + Should we include it? +
Note: It is generally expected + that the CEO and Director will take the Team’s input into consideration when making decisions, + and that they will delegate various responsibilities to individuals or groups within the Team. + Nevertheless, the CEO and Director have the ultimate authority within the Team.
+ ↵ +
+
+
+
+ +
+ #advisory-committeeReferenced in: +
+
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) +
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) (3) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
11. +Process Evolution (2) +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-representativeReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.1.3. +Advisory Committee (AC) (2) (3) +
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.3. +Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels (2) +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.2. +Member Representative in an Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) (4) (5) +
9. +Liaisons +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) +
+
+
+ #fdn-member-consortiumReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.1. +Membership Consortia (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #related-memberReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.2. +Related Members +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes +
+
+
+ #subsidiaryReferenced in: +
+
2.1.2.2. +Related Members (2) +
+
+
+ #teamReferenced in: +
+
1. +Introduction +
2.1.3.1. +Advisory Committee Mailing Lists (2) (3) +
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings (2) (3) +
2.2. +The W3C Team +
2.3. +Advisory Board (AB) +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation +
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy (2) +
4. +Dissemination Policies (2) +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.1.6. +License Grants from Non-Participants +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations (2) (3) +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) (3) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #ceoReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
+
+
+ #fellowsReferenced in: +
+
2.1.1. +Rights of Members +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
+
+ #def-DirectorReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team (2) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.1.3. +Individuals Representing a Member Organization +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review +
6.2.2. +Implementation Experience +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes (2) (3) +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) (3) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) (3) +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
+
+ #hostsReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team (2) +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
+
+
+ #advisory-boardReferenced in: +
+
2.3. +Advisory Board (AB) (2) +
2.3.1. +Advisory Board Participation (2) (3) +
2.5. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) (3) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
2.5.2.1. +Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
2.5.3. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
11. +Process Evolution (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #technical-architecture-groupReferenced in: +
+
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
2.4.1. +Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation +
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections (2) +
2.5.2.1. +Verifiable Random Selection Procedure +
2.5.3. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats (2) (3) (4) +
3.1.1. +Expectations and Discipline +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals +
+
+
+ #primary-affiliationReferenced in: +
+
2.5.1. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints (2) +
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
+
+
+ #ftf-meetingReferenced in: +
+
2.1.3.2. +Advisory Committee Meetings +
3.3. +Consensus +
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #distributed-meetingReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus +
+
+
+ #def-ConsensusReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
3.3. +Consensus (2) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
6. +W3C Technical Report Development Process +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #def-UnanimityReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus +
+
+
+ #def-DissentReferenced in: +
+
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent (2) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #FormalObjectionReferenced in: +
+
3.3. +Consensus (2) +
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent +
3.3.2. +Recording and Reporting Formal Objections (2) (3) (4) (5) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #formally-addressedReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #proxyReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
+
+
+ #chair-decisionsReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
+
+
+ #group-decisionsReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
+
+
+ #wg-decision-appealReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
+
+
+ #Member-onlyReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.1.1. +Rights of Members +
2.4. +Technical Architecture Group (TAG) (2) +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels (2) (3) (4) (5) +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
+
+
+ #Team-onlyReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
2.2. +The W3C Team +
4.1. +Confidentiality Levels +
4.1.1. +Changing Confidentiality Level (2) (3) (4) +
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
+
+
+ #GeneralChairsReferenced in: +
+
2.2. +The W3C Team +
3.1.2. +Conflict of Interest Policy +
3.2. +Meetings +
3.3.1. +Managing Dissent (2) +
3.3.4. +Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information (2) +
3.4. +Votes (2) +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) (3) +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) (3) (4) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements (2) +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group (2) (3) (4) +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5. +Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension (2) +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports (2) +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
+
+
+ #TeamContactReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions +
5.1. +Requirements for All Working and Interest Groups (2) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.5. +Working Group and Interest Group Charter Extension +
+
+
+ #GroupsWGReferenced in: +
+
3.2. +Meetings +
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.1.1. +Member Representative in a Working Group (2) +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6. +W3C Technical Report Development Process +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities (2) +
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes (2) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.12. +Retiring Recommendation Track Documents +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
10. +Member Submission Process +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations +
10.1.1. +Scope of Member Submissions +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #GroupsIGReferenced in: +
+
3.5. +Appeal of Chair Decisions and Group Decisions (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups (2) (3) +
5.2.1. +Working Group and Interest Group Participation Requirements +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
5.2.7. +Working Group and Interest Group Closure (2) +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
+
+
+ #wgparticipantReferenced in: +
+
3. +General Policies for W3C Groups +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
+
+
+ #igparticipantReferenced in: +
+
3. +General Policies for W3C Groups +
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
+
+
+ #public-participant-igReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #mtg-substituteReferenced in: +
+
3.4. +Votes +
+
+
+ #member-representative-in-an-interest-groupReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1.2. +Member Representative in an Interest Group +
+
+
+ #invited-expert-in-a-working-groupReferenced in: +
+
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
5.2.1.4. +Invited Expert in an Interest Group +
+
+
+ #inv-expert-infoReferenced in: +
+
2.5.2. +Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections +
5.2.1.3. +Invited Expert in a Working Group +
+
+
+ #dfn-charter-extensionReferenced in: +
+
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
+
+
+ #charterReferenced in: +
+
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #adopted-draftReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
+
+
+ #exclusion-draftReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters (2) +
+
+
+ #publishingReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports +
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) +
+
+
+ #technical-reportReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.1.1. +General requirements for Technical Reports (2) (3) +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) (3) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #dfn-wide-reviewReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
+
+
+ #editorial-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+
+ #substantive-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2. +Reviews and Review Responsibilities +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
+
+
+ #registry-changeReferenced in: +
+
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #erratumReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
+
+
+ #candidate-correctionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) +
+
+
+ #candidate-additionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2) +
+
+
+ #team-correctionReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes +
+
+
+ #candidate-amendmentReferenced in: +
+
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments (2) (3) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) (3) (4) +
Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process +
+
+
+ #w3c-recommendation-trackReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) (3) (4) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #patent-review-draftsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #RecsWDReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.6. +Revising a Working Draft (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
+
+
+ #fpwdReferenced in: +
+
5.2.6. +Working Group and Interest Group Charters +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.5. +Publishing a First Public Working Draft (2) +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #RecsCRReferenced in: +
+
6.1.2.1. +Wide Review +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.12.2. +Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #candidate-recommendation-snapshotReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #candidate-recommendation-draftReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #rescinded-candidate-recommendationReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #RecsPRReferenced in: +
+
2.1. +Members +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
7.1. +Advisory Committee Reviews +
+
+
+ #RecsW3CReferenced in: +
+
1. +Introduction (2) +
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.1.4. +Errata Management (2) +
6.1.5. +Candidate Amendments +
6.2. +The W3C Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.2.11. +Revising a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.11.1. +Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes (2) (3) +
6.2.11.2. +Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes (2) (3) (4) +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features (2) (3) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.2.12.2. +Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
10. +Member Submission Process +
+
+
+ #RecsSupReferenced in: +
+
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
+
+
+ #RecsObsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #RescindedRecReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.12.3. +Abandoning a W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #discontinuedRECReferenced in: +
+
6.2.12.1. +Abandoning an Unfinished Technical Report (2) +
+
+
+ #editors-draftReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
+
+
+ #adequate-implementationReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
+
+
+ #trans-reqReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.7. +Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation +
+
+
+ #update-requestsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.1. +Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.4. +Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track (2) +
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval (2) +
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #at-riskReferenced in: +
+
6.2.8.1. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot (2) +
6.2.8.2. +Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
+
+
+ #allow-new-featuresReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.11.4. +Revising a Recommendation: New Features +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #last-call-reviewReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.3. +Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-correctionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #last-call-for-review-of-proposed-corrections-and-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
+
+
+ #proposed-amendmentsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) +
+
+
+ #proposed-correctionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
+
+ #proposed-additionsReferenced in: +
+
6.2.4.1. +Streamlined Publication Approval +
+
+
+ #WGNoteReferenced in: +
+
5. +Working Groups and Interest Groups +
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) +
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) (3) (4) (5) +
10.1.1. +Scope of Member Submissions (2) +
+
+
+ #draft-noteReferenced in: +
+
6.3.1. +Group Notes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #statementReferenced in: +
+
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #registryReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
6.4.3. +Specifications that Reference Registries +
+
+
+ #registry-tableReferenced in: +
+
6.1.3. +Classes of Changes (2) +
6.4. +Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #registry-entryReferenced in: +
+
6.1.3. +Classes of Changes +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.3. +Specifications that Reference Registries +
+
+
+ #registry-definitionReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables (2) +
+
+
+ #custodianReferenced in: +
+
6.4. +Registries +
6.4.1. +Registry Definitions (2) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
+
+
+ #registry-reportReferenced in: +
+
6.1. +W3C Technical Reports (2) +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) (4) (5) +
+
+
+ #registry-sectionReferenced in: +
+
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) (3) +
+
+
+ #registry-trackReferenced in: +
+
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #candidate-registry-snapshotReferenced in: +
+
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
+
+
+ #w3c-registryReferenced in: +
+
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries (2) +
+
+
+ #def-w3c-decisionReferenced in: +
+
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period (2) +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-reviewReferenced in: +
+
5.2.3. +Advisory Committee Review of a Working Group or Interest Group Charter +
5.2.4. +Call for Participation in a Working Group or Interest Group +
6.2.3. +Advancement on the Recommendation Track +
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation (2) +
6.2.11.5. +Incorporating Candidate Amendments (2) +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation (2) +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
6.4.2. +Publishing Registries +
6.4.4. +Updating Registry Tables +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.1.2. +After the Review Period +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
9. +Liaisons +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #reviewformReferenced in: +
+
7.1.1. +Start of a Review Period +
+
+
+ #advisory-committee-appealReferenced in: +
+
6.2.9. +Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation +
6.2.10. +Transitioning to W3C Recommendation +
6.2.12.4. +Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation +
6.3.2. +Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status +
6.3.3. +Revising W3C Statements +
7. +Advisory Committee Reviews, Appeals, and Votes +
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives (2) +
7.3. +Advisory Committee Votes +
9. +Liaisons (2) +
11. +Process Evolution +
+
+
+ #EventsWReferenced in: +
+
4. +Dissemination Policies +
+
+
+ #mouReferenced in: +
+
7.2. +Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives +
9. +Liaisons (2) (3) (4) +
+
+
+ #MemberSubmissionReferenced in: +
+
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+
+ #submitterReferenced in: +
+
10. +Member Submission Process (2) (3) (4) +
10.1. +Submitter Rights and Obligations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
10.1.2. +Information Required in a Submission Request (2) (3) (4) +
10.2. +Team Rights and Obligations +
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request (2) (3) +
10.4. +Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) +
+
+
+ #validation-noticeReferenced in: +
+
10.3. +Acknowledgment of a Submission Request +
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/status.include b/status.include index 9f7ca5e7..050be32d 100644 --- a/status.include +++ b/status.include @@ -1,37 +1,14 @@ +
W3C, including all existing chartered groups, follows the most recent operative Process Document announced to the Membership. +
This document is developed by the Advisory Board's Process Task Force - working within the Revising W3C Process Community Group + working within the W3C Process Community Group (which anyone can join). - This is the [DATE] Editor's draft for the proposed next version of the W3C Process Document. - [STATUSTEXT] - - This draft has been prepared for review by the W3C Advisory Board, - to approve or change before proposing it to the W3C Advisory Committee for preliminary review. - This revision incorporates changes to the currently operative Process - that the editor believes reflect the decisions of the W3C Process Community Group. - - Further revision may take place following review by - the W3C Process Community Group, - the Advisory Board, - and the Advisory Committee - before this version is proposed to the Director - as a formal revision to the operative Process Document. - If that draft is accepted by the Director - it will be the subject of an Advisory Committee Review - as detailed in Section 11 Process Changes. + This is the [DATE] [LONGSTATUS] for the proposed next version of the W3C Process Document. - Further revision of the W3C Process is expected to take place - in subsequent versions of the Process as required. + [STATUSTEXT] +
A history of substantial changes from previous versions of the Process Document is provided. - - Comment is invited on the draft. - Please file comments as issues in the w3c/w3process GitHub Repository. - If you are unable to do this you may send them in email to - public-w3process@w3.org - (publicly archived) - or to process-issues@w3.org - (Member-only archive). -

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

Process 2020 drafts at various stages	Diffs from stage to stage
1. Process 2019
diff from 1. to 2.
2. … converted to bikeshed …
diff from 2. to 3.
3. …with miscellaneous fixes…
diff from 3. to 4.
4. …with section 6 refactoring…
diff from 4. to 5.
5. …with REC track revision…
diff from 5. to 6.
6. …with final tweaks

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings - If, after the deadline for nominations, the number of nominees is: +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
[=Minutes=] available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

-	Face-to-face meetings -	Distributed meetings + Details about the [=TAG=] + (e.g., the list of TAG participants, mailing list information, and summaries of TAG meetings) + are available at the TAG home page [[TAG-HP]]. -
Meeting announcement (before) -	eight weeks^* -	one week^* -
Agenda available (before) -	two weeks -	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) -
Participation confirmed (before) -	three days -	24 hours -
Action items available (after) -	three days -	24 hours -
Minutes available (after) -	two weeks -	48 hours -

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

1. Introduction

W3C work revolves around the standardization of Web technologies. + To accomplish this work, W3C follows processes that promote the development of high-quality standards + based on the consensus of the Membership, Team, and public. + W3C processes promote fairness, responsiveness, and progress: + all facets of the W3C mission. + This document describes the processes W3C follows in pursuit of its mission.

The W3C Process promotes the goals of quality and fairness in technical decisions + by encouraging consensus, + soliciting reviews (by both Members and public), + incorporating implementation and interoperability experience, + and requiring Membership-wide approval as part of the technical report development process. Participants in W3C include representatives of its Members and the Team, + as well as Invited Experts who can bring additional expertise or represent additional stakeholders. Team representatives both contribute to the technical work + and help ensure the group’s proper integration with the rest of W3C.

W3C’s technical standards, called W3C Recommendations, + are developed by its Working Groups; + W3C also has other types of publications, + all described in § 6 W3C Technical Reports. + W3C has various types of groups; + this document describes the formation and policies + of its chartered Working Groups and Interest Groups, + see § 3.1 Policies for Participation in W3C Groups and § 3.4 Chartered Groups: Working Groups and Interest Groups. + W3C also operates Community and Business Groups, + which are separately described in their own process document [BG-CG].

In addition, several groups are formally established by the Consortium: + the W3C Advisory Committee, which has a representative from each Member, + and two oversight groups elected by its membership: + the Advisory Board (AB), + which helps resolve Consortium-wide non-technical issues and manages the evolution of the W3C process; + and the Technical Architecture Group (TAG), + which helps resolve Consortium-wide technical issues.

Here is a general overview of how W3C initiates standardization of a Web technology:

People generate interest in a particular topic. + For instance, Members express interest by developing proposals in Community Groups + or proposing ideas in Member Submissions. + Also, the Team monitors work inside and outside of W3C for signs of interest, + and helps organize Workshops to bring people together + to discuss topics that interest the W3C community. +
When there is enough interest and an engaged community, + the Team works with the Membership + to draft proposed Interest Group or Working Group charters. + W3C Members review the proposed charters, + and when there is support within W3C for investing resources in the topic of interest, + the W3C approves the group(s), + and they begin their work. +

Further sections of this Process Document deal with topics including + liaisons (§ 9 Liaisons), + confidentiality (§ 7 Dissemination Policies), + and formal decisions and appeals (§ 5 Decisions).

2. Members and the Team

W3C’s mission is to lead the Web to its full potential. + W3C Member organizations provide resources to this end, + and the W3C Team provides the technical leadership + and organization to coordinate the effort.

2.1. Members

W3C Members are + organizations subscribed according to the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT]. + They are represented in W3C processes as follows:

One representative per Member organization particiaptes + in the Advisory Committee which oversees the work of the W3C. +
Representatives of Member organizations participate + in Working Groups and Interest Groups, + where they author and review technical reports. +

W3C membership is open to all entities, + as described in “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]; + (refer to the public list of current W3C Members [MEMBER-LIST]). + The Team must ensure + that Member participation agreements remain Team-only and that no Member receives preferential treatment within W3C.

While W3C does not have a class of membership tailored to individuals, + individuals may join W3C. + Restrictions pertaining to related Members apply + when the individual also represents another W3C Member.

2.1.1. Rights of Members

Each Member organization enjoys the following rights and benefits:

A seat on the Advisory Committee; +
Access to Member-only information; +
The Member Submission process; +
Use of the W3C Member logo on promotional material and to publicize the Member’s participation in W3C. + For more information, please refer to the Member logo usage policy + described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO]. +

Furthermore, subject to further restrictions included in the Member Agreement, + representatives of Member organizations participate in W3C as follows:

In Working Groups and Interest Groups. +
In Workshops and Symposia; +
On the Team, as W3C Fellows. +

The rights and benefits of W3C membership [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] are contingent upon conformance to the processes described in this document. + Disciplinary action for anyone participating in W3C activities is described in § 3.1.1.1 Expectations and Discipline.

Additional information for Members is available at the Member Web site [MEMBER-HP].

2.1.2. Member Consortia and Related Members

2.1.2.1. Membership Consortia

A “Member Consortium” means a consortium, + user society, + or association of two or more individuals, + companies, + organizations or governments, + or any combination of these entities + which has the purpose of participating in a common activity + or pooling resources to achieve a common goal other than participation in, + or achieving certain goals in, + W3C. + A joint-stock corporation or similar entity is not a Member Consortium merely because it has shareholders or stockholders. + If it is not clear whether a prospective Member qualifies as a Member Consortium, + the Director may reasonably make the determination. + For a Member Consortium, the rights and privileges of W3C Membership + described in the W3C Process Document extend to the Member Consortium's paid staff + and Advisory Committee representative.

Member Consortia may also designate + up to four (or more at the Team’s discretion) individuals + who, though not employed by the organization, may exercise the rights of Member representatives.

For Member Consortia that have individual people as members, + these individuals must disclose their employment affiliation + when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.

For Member Consortia that have organizations as Members, + all such designated representatives must be an official representative of the Member organization + (e.g. a Committee or Task Force Chairperson) + and must disclose their employment affiliation when participating in W3C work. + Provisions for related Members apply. + Furthermore, these individuals must represent the broad interests of the W3C Member organization + and not the particular interests of their employers.

For all representatives of a Member Consortium, + IPR commitments are made on behalf of the Member Consortium, + unless a further IPR commitment is made by the individuals' employers.

2.1.2.2. Related Members

In the interest of ensuring the integrity of the consensus process, + Member involvement in some of the processes in this document is affected by related Member status. + As used herein, two Members are related if:

Either Member is a subsidiary of the other, or +
Both Members are subsidiaries of a common entity, or +
The Members have an employment contract or consulting contract that affects W3C participation. +

A subsidiary is an organization of which effective control and/or majority ownership rests with another, + single organization.

Related Members must disclose these relationships + according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].

2.2. The W3C Team

The Team consists of + the Director, CEO, + W3C paid staff, + unpaid interns, + and W3C Fellows. W3C Fellows are Member employees working as part of the Team; + see the W3C Fellows Program [FELLOWS]. + The Team provides technical leadership about Web technologies, + organizes and manages W3C activities to reach goals + within practical constraints (such as resources available), + and communicates with the Members and the public + about the Web and W3C technologies.

The Director and CEO may delegate responsibility + (generally to other individuals in the Team) + for any of their roles described in this document, + except participation in the TAG.

+ Team Decisions derive from the Director and CEO's authority, + even when they are carried out by other members of the Team. +

The Director is the lead technical architect at W3C, + whose responsibilities are identified throughout this document in relevant places. + Some key ones include: + assessing consensus within W3C for architectural choices, + publication of technical reports, + and chartering new Groups; + appointing group Chairs, + adjudicating as "tie-breaker" for Group decision appeals, + and deciding on the outcome of formal objections; + the Director is generally Chair of the TAG.

Team administrative information such as Team salaries, + detailed budgeting, + and other business decisions + are Team-only, + subject to oversight by the Host institutions.

Note: W3C is not currently incorporated. + For legal contracts, W3C is represented by four “Host” institutions: + Beihang University, + the European Research Consortium for Informatics and Mathematics (ERCIM), + Keio University, + and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). + Within W3C, the Host institutions are governed by hosting agreements; + the Hosts themselves are not W3C Members.

3. Groups and Participation

For the purposes of this Process, a W3C Group is one of W3C’s Working Groups, Interest Groups, Advisory Committee, Advisory Board, + or TAG, + and a participant is a member of such a group.

3.1. Policies for Participation in W3C Groups

3.1.1. Individual Participation Criteria

3.1.1.1. Expectations and Discipline

There are three qualities an individual is expected to demonstrate in order to participate in W3C:

Technical competence in one’s role; +
The ability to act fairly; +
Social competence in one’s role. +

Advisory Committee representatives who nominate individuals from their organization for participation in W3C activities + are responsible for assessing and attesting to the qualities of those nominees.

Participants in any W3C activity must abide + by the terms and spirit of the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC] and the participation requirements described in + “Disclosure” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

The Director may take disciplinary action, + including suspending or removing for cause + a participant in any group (including the AB and TAG) + if serious and/or repeated violations, + such as failure to meet the requirements on individual behavior of + (a) this process + and in particular the CEPC, or + (b) the membership agreement, or + (c) applicable laws, + occur. + Refer to the Guidelines to suspend or remove participants from groups.

3.1.1.2. Conflict of Interest Policy

Individuals participating materially in W3C work must disclose significant relationships + when those relationships might reasonably be perceived as creating a conflict of interest with the individual’s role at W3C. + These disclosures must be kept up-to-date + as the individual’s affiliations change and W3C membership evolves + (since, for example, the individual might have a relationship with an organization that joins or leaves W3C). + Each section in this document that describes a W3C group + provides more detail about the disclosure mechanisms for that group.

The ability of an individual to fulfill a role within a group + without risking a conflict of interest depends on the individual’s affiliations. + When these affiliations change, + the individual’s assignment to the role must be evaluated. + The role may be reassigned according to the appropriate process. + For instance, + the Director may appoint a new group Chair when the current Chair changes affiliations + (e.g., if there is a risk of conflict of interest, + or if there is risk that the Chair’s new employer will be over-represented within a W3C activity).

The following are some scenarios where disclosure is appropriate:

Paid consulting for an organization whose activity is relevant to W3C, + or any consulting compensated with equity + (shares of stock, stock options, or other forms of corporate equity). +
A decision-making role/responsibility + (such as participating on the Board) in other organizations relevant to W3C. +
A position on a publicly visible advisory body, + even if no decision-making authority is involved. +

Individuals seeking assistance on these matters should contact the Team.

Team members are subject to the W3C Team conflict of interest policy [CONFLICT-POLICY].

3.1.1.3. Individuals Representing a Member Organization

Generally, individuals representing a Member in an official capacity within W3C + are employees of the Member organization. + However, an Advisory Committee representative may designate a non-employee + to represent the Member. + Non-employee Member representatives must disclose + relevant affiliations to the Team and to any group in which the individual participates.

In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., situations that might jeopardize the progress of a group or create a conflict of interest), + the Director may decline + to allow an individual designated by an Advisory Committee representative to participate in a group.

A group charter may limit + the number of individuals representing a W3C Member + (or group of related Members).

3.1.2. Meetings

The requirements in this section apply to the official meetings of any W3C group.

W3C distinguishes two types of meetings:

A face-to-face meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate in the same physical location. +
A distributed meeting is one + where most of the attendees are expected to participate from remote locations + (e.g., by telephone, video conferencing, or IRC). +

A Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to attend a meeting on an exceptional basis. + This person is a meeting guest, + not a group participant. + Meeting guests do not have voting rights. + It is the responsibility of the Chair to ensure + that all meeting guests respect the chartered level of confidentiality and other group requirements.

3.1.2.1. Meeting Scheduling and Announcements

Meeting announcements should be sent to all appropriate group mailing lists, + i.e. those most relevant to the anticipated meeting participants.

The following table lists recommendations for organizing a meeting:

+ + + + + + + + + +

+	Face-to-face meetings +	Distributed meetings +
Meeting announcement (before) +	eight weeks^* +	one week^* +
Agenda available (before) +	two weeks +	24 hours (or longer if a meeting is scheduled after a weekend or holiday) +
Participation confirmed (before) +	three days +	24 hours +
Action items available (after) +	three days +	24 hours +
Minutes available (after) +	two weeks +	48 hours +

^* To allow proper planning (e.g., travel arrangements), + the Chair is responsible for giving sufficient advance notice + about the date and location of a meeting. + Shorter notice for a meeting is allowed + provided that there are no objections from group participants.

3.1.2.2. Meeting Minutes

Groups should take and retain minutes of their meetings, + and must record + any official group decisions made during the meeting discussions. + Details of the discussion leading to such decisions are not required, + provided that the rationale for the group decision is nonetheless clear.

3.1.2.3. Meeting Recordings and Transcripts

No-one may take an audio or video recording of a meeting, + or retain an automated transcript, + unless the intent is announced at the start of the meeting, + and no-one participating in the recorded portion of the meeting withholds consent. + If consent is withheld by anyone, recording/retention must not occur. + The announcement must cover: + (a) who will have access to the recording or transcript and + (b) the purpose/use of it and + (c) how it will be retained (e.g. privately, in a cloud service) and for how long.

3.1.3. Tooling for Discussions and Publications

For W3C Groups operating under this Process, + a core operating principle is to allow access across disabilities, + across country borders, + and across time. + Thus in order to allow all would-be participants to effectively participate, + to allow future participants and observers to understand the rationale and origins of current decisions, + and to guarantee long-lived access to its publications, + W3C requires that:

All reports, publications, or other deliverables + produced by the group for public consumption + (i.e. intended for use or reference outside its own membership) should be published and promoted at a W3C-controlled URL, + and backed up by W3C systems + such that if the underlying service is discontinued, + W3C can continue to serve such content without breaking incoming links + or other key functionality. +
All reports, publications, or other deliverables + produced by the group for public consumption should follow best practices for internationalization + and for accessibility to people with disabilities. + Network access to W3C-controlled domains may be assumed. +
+ Official meeting minutes and other records of decisions made must be archived by W3C for future reference; + and other persistent text-based discussions + sponsored by the group, + pertaining to their work + and intended to be referenceable by all group members should be. + This includes discussions conducted over email lists + or in issue-tracking services + or any equivalent fora. +
Note: The lack, or loss, of such archives does not by itself + invalidate an otherwise-valid decision.
+
+ Any tooling used by the group + for producing its documentation and deliverables + or for official group discussions should be usable + (without additional cost) + by all who wish to participate, + including people with disabilities, + to allow their effective participation. +
Note: If a new participant joins who cannot use the tool, + this can require the Working Group to change its tooling + or operate some workaround.
+
All tools and archives used by the group + for its discussions and recordkeeping should be documented + such that new participants and observers + can easily find the group’s tools and records. +

The Team is responsible for ensuring adherence to these rules + and for bringing any group not in compliance into compliance.

3.1.4. Resignation from a Group

A W3C Member or Invited Expert may resign from a group. + On written notification from an Advisory Committee representative + or Invited Expert + to the team, + the Member and their representatives + or the Invited Expert + will be deemed to have resigned from the relevant group. + The team must record the notification. + See “Exclusion and Resignation from the Working Group” in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for information about obligations remaining after resignation from certain groups.

3.2. The Advisory Committee (AC)

3.2.1. Role of the Advisory Committee

The Advisory Committee represents + the Members of the W3C at large. + It is responsible for:

reviewing plans for W3C at each Advisory Committee meeting. +
reviewing formal proposals of the W3C: Charter Proposals, Proposed Recommendations, + and Proposed Process Documents. +
electing the Advisory Board participants other than the Advisory Board Chair. +
electing a majority (6) of the participants on the Technical Architecture Group. +

Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal of a W3C decision or Director's decision.

See also the additional roles of Advisory Committee representatives described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

3.2.2. Participation in the Advisory Committee

The Advisory Committee is composed of one representative from each Member organization + (refer to the Member-only list + of current Advisory Committee representatives. [CURRENT-AC])

When an organization joins W3C + (see “How to Join W3C” [JOIN]), + it must name its Advisory Committee representative as part of the Membership Agreement. + The New Member Orientation [INTRO] explains how to subscribe or unsubscribe to Advisory Committee mailing lists, + provides information about Advisory Committee Meetings, + explains how to name a new Advisory Committee representative, + and more. Advisory Committee representatives must follow the conflict of interest policy by disclosing information according to the mechanisms described in the New Member Orientation.

The AC representative may delegate any of their rights and responsibilities + to an alternate (except the ability to designate an alternate).

3.2.3. Advisory Committee Mailing Lists

The Team must provide two mailing lists for use by the Advisory Committee:

One for official announcements (e.g., those required by this document) from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + This list is read-only for Advisory Committee representatives. +
One for discussion among Advisory Committee representatives. + Though this list is primarily for Advisory Committee representatives, + the Team must monitor discussion + and should participate in discussion when appropriate. + Ongoing detailed discussions should be moved to other appropriate lists + (new or existing, such as a mailing list created for a Workshop). +

An Advisory Committee representative may request + that additional individuals from their organization be subscribed to these lists. + Failure to contain distribution internally may result in suspension of additional email addresses, + at the discretion of the Team.

3.2.4. Advisory Committee Meetings

The Team organizes a face-to-face meeting for the Advisory Committee twice a year. + The Team appoints the Chair of these meetings (generally the CEO). + At each Advisory Committee meeting, + the Team should provide an update to the Advisory Committee about:

Resources +

The number of W3C Members at each level. +
An overview of the financial status of W3C. +

Allocations +

The allocation of the annual budget, including size of the Team and their approximate deployment. +
A list of all activities (including but not limited to Working and Interest Groups) + and brief status statement about each, + in particular those started or terminated since the previous Advisory Committee meeting. +
The allocation of resources to pursuing liaisons with other organizations. +

Each Member organization should send one representative to each Advisory Committee Meeting. + In exceptional circumstances + (e.g., during a period of transition between representatives from an organization), + the meeting Chair may allow a Member organization to send two representatives to a meeting.

The Team must announce the date and location of each Advisory Committee meeting + no later than at the end of the previous meeting; one year’s notice is preferred. + The Team must announce the region of each Advisory Committee meeting + at least one year in advance.

More information about Advisory Committee meetings [AC-MEETING] is available at the Member Web site.

3.3. Elected Groups: The AB and the TAG

The W3C Process defines two types of elected groups: + the Advisory Board (AB) and + the Technical Architecture Group (TAG), + both elected by the Advisory Committee.

3.3.1. Advisory Board (AB)

3.3.1.1. Role of the Advisory Board

The Advisory Board provides ongoing guidance to the Team + on issues of strategy, + management, + legal matters, + process, + and conflict resolution. + The Advisory Board also serves the Members + by tracking issues raised between Advisory Committee meetings, + soliciting Member comments on such issues, + and proposing actions to resolve these issues. + The Advisory Board manages the evolution of the Process Document. + The Advisory Board hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected + for reasons unrelated to Web architecture; + see also the TAG.

The Advisory Board is not a board of directors + and has no decision-making authority within W3C; + its role is strictly advisory.

Details about the Advisory Board + (e.g., the list of Advisory Board participants, + mailing list information, and summaries of Advisory Board meetings) + are available at the Advisory Board home page [AB-HP].

3.3.1.2. Composition of the Advisory Board

The Advisory Board consists of nine to eleven elected participants and one Chair + (who may be one of the elected participants). + With the input of the AB, + the Team appoints the Chair, + who should choose a co-chair among the elected participants. + The Chair(s) are subject to ratification by secret ballot + by two thirds of the AB upon appointment and at the start of each AB term. + The team also appoints a Team Contact, + as described in § 3.4.1 Requirements for All Chartered Groups. + The CEO and Team Contact have a standing invitation + to all regular Advisory Board sessions.

The nine to eleven Advisory Board participants are elected by the W3C Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process.

The terms of elected Advisory Board participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year, + either five or six terms expire. + If an individual is elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular Advisory Board terms begin on 1 July and end on 30 June.

3.3.1.3. Communications of the Advisory Board

The Team must make available a mailing list, + confidential to the Advisory Board and Team, + for the Advisory Board to use for its communication.

The Advisory Board should send a summary of each of its meetings + to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The Advisory Board should also report on its activities + at each Advisory Committee meeting.

3.3.2. Technical Architecture Group (TAG)

3.3.2.1. Role of the Technical Architecture Group

The mission of the TAG is stewardship of the Web architecture. + There are three aspects to this mission:

to document and build consensus around principles of Web architecture + and to interpret and clarify these principles when necessary; +
to resolve issues involving general Web architecture brought to the TAG; +
to help coordinate cross-technology architecture developments inside and outside W3C. +

The TAG hears a Submission Appeal when a Member Submission is rejected for reasons related to Web architecture; + see also the Advisory Board.

The TAG's scope is limited to technical issues about Web architecture. + The TAG should not consider + administrative, + process, + or organizational policy issues of W3C, + which are generally addressed by + the W3C Advisory Committee, + Advisory Board, + and Team. + Please refer to the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] for more information about the background and scope of the TAG, + and the expected qualifications of TAG participants.

When the TAG votes to resolve an issue, + each TAG participant + (whether appointed, elected, or the Chair) + has one vote; + see also the section on voting in the TAG charter [TAG-CHARTER] and the general section on votes in this Process Document.

Details about the TAG (e.g., the list of TAG participants, mailing list information, and summaries of TAG meetings) + are available at the TAG home page [TAG-HP].

3.3.2.2. Composition of the Technical Architecture Group

The TAG consists of:

Tim Berners-Lee, who is a life member; +
The Director, + sitting ex officio; +
Three participants appointed by the Director; +
Six participants elected by the Advisory Committee following the AB/TAG nomination and election process. +

The Team appoints the Chair of the TAG, + who must be one of the participants. + The team also appoints a Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] for the TAG, + as described in § 3.4.1 Requirements for All Chartered Groups.

The terms of elected and Director-appointed TAG participants are for two years. + Terms are staggered so that each year three elected terms, + and either one or two appointed terms expire. + If an individual is appointed or elected to fill an incomplete term, + that individual’s term ends at the normal expiration date of that term. + Regular TAG terms begin on 1 February and end on 31 January.

The Director may announce the appointed participants + after the results for the Advisory Committee election of participants have been announced.

3.3.2.3. Communications of the Technical Architecture Group

The Team must make available two mailing lists for the TAG:

a public discussion (not just input) list for issues of Web architecture. + The TAG will conduct its public business on this list. +
a Member-only list for discussions within the TAG + and for requests to the TAG that, + for whatever reason, cannot be made on the public list. +

The TAG may also request the creation of additional topic-specific, public mailing lists. + For some TAG discussions (e.g., a Submission Appeal), + the TAG may use a list that will be Member-only.

The TAG should send a summary of each of its meetings to the Advisory Committee and other group Chairs. + The TAG should also report on its activities at each Advisory Committee meeting.

3.3.3. Participation in Elected Groups

3.3.3.1. Expectations for Elected Groups Participants

Advisory Board and TAG participants have a special role within W3C: + they are elected by the Membership and appointed by the Director + with the expectation that they will use their best judgment + to find the best solutions for the Web, + not just for any particular network, + technology, + vendor, + or user. + Advisory Board and TAG participants are expected to participate regularly and fully. + Advisory Board and TAG participants should attend Advisory Committee meetings.

Individuals elected or appointed to the Advisory Board or TAG act in their personal capacity, + to serve the needs of the W3C membership as a whole, + and the Web community. + Whether they are Member representatives or Invited Experts, + their activities in those roles are separate and distinct from their activities on the Advisory Board or TAG.

An individual participates on the Advisory Board or TAG + from the moment the individual’s term begins until the seat is vacated (e.g. because the term ends). + Although Advisory Board and TAG participants do not advocate for the commercial interests of their employers, + their participation does carry the responsibilities associated with Member representation, + Invited Expert status, + or Team representation + (as described in the section on the AB/TAG nomination and election process).

Participation in the TAG or AB is afforded to the specific individuals elected or appointed to those positions, + and a participant’s seat must not be delegated to any other person.

3.3.3.2. Elected Groups Participation Constraints

Given the few seats available on the Advisory Board and the TAG, + and in order to ensure that the diversity of W3C Members is represented:

Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 3.3.3.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the TAG + except when this is caused by a change of affiliation of an existing participant. + At the completion of the next regularly scheduled election for the TAG, + the organization must have returned to having at most one seat. +
Two participants with the same primary affiliation per § 3.3.3.3 Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections must not both occupy elected seats on the AB. + If, for whatever reason, these constraints are not satisfied + (e.g., because an AB participant changes jobs), + one participant must cease AB participation + until the situation has been resolved. + If after 30 days the situation has not been resolved, + the Chair will apply + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + to choose one person for continued participation and declare the other seat(s) vacant. +
An individual must not participate on both the TAG and the AB. +

3.3.3.3. Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections

The Advisory Board and a portion of the Technical Architecture Group are elected by the Advisory Committee, + using a Single Transferable Vote system. + An election begins when the Team sends a Call for Nominations to the Advisory Committee. + Any Call for Nominations specifies the minimum and maximum number of available seats, + the deadline for nominations, + details about the specific vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information such as how to nominate a candidate. + The Team may modify the tabulation system after the Call for Nominations + but must stabilize it no later than the Call for Votes. + The Team should announce appointments + no later than the start of a nomination period as part of the Call for Nominations.

In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the TAG, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats are the same: + the 3 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats.

In the case of regularly scheduled elections of the AB, + the minimum and maximum number of available seats differ: + The maximum number is the 5 or 6 seats of the terms expiring that year, + plus the number of other seats that are vacant or will be vacant by the time the newly elected members take their seats; + the minimum number is such that when added to the occupied seats from the prior year, + the minimum size of the AB (9) is reached.

Each Member (or group of related Members) may nominate one individual. + A nomination must be made with the consent of the nominee. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Member representative, + the individual must qualify for Member representation and the Member’s Advisory Committee representative must include in the nomination + the (same) information required for a Member representative in a Working Group. + In order for an individual to be nominated as an Invited Expert, + the individual must provide + the (same) information required for an Invited Expert in a Working Group and the nominating Advisory Committee representative must include that information in the nomination. + In order for an individual to be nominated as a Team representative, + the nominating Advisory Committee representative must first secure approval from Team management. + A nominee is not required to be an employee of a Member organization, + and may be a W3C Fellow. + The nomination form must ask for the nominee’s primary affiliation, + and this will be reported on the ballot. + For most nominees, + the primary affiliation is their employer and will match their affiliation in the W3C database. + For contractors and invited experts, + this will normally be their contracting company + or their invited expert status; + in some cases + (e.g. where a consultant is consulting for only one organization) + this may be the organization for whom the nominee is consulting. + A change of affiliation is defined + such that this field would carry a different answer + if the nominee were to be re-nominated + (therefore, + terminating employment, + or accepting new employment, + are changes of affiliation). + (Other formal relationships such as other contracts should be disclosed as potential conflicts of interest.) + Each nomination should include + a few informative paragraphs about the nominee.

If, after the deadline for nominations, the number of nominees is:

Greater than or equal to the minimum number of available seats + and less than or equal to the maximum number of available seats, + those nominees are thereby elected. + This situation constitutes a tie for the purpose of assigning incomplete terms. + Furthermore, if the number is less than the maximum number of available seats, + the longest terms are filled first. +
Less than the minimum number of available seats, + Calls for Nominations are issued until a sufficient number of people have been nominated. + Those already nominated do not need to be renominated after a renewed call. +
Greater than the maximum number of available seats, + the Team issues a Call for Votes + that includes the names of all candidates, + the (maximum) number of available seats, + the deadline for votes, + details about the vote tabulation system selected by the Team for the election, + and operational information. +

When there is a vote, + each Member + (or group of related Members) may submit one ballot that ranks candidates in the Member’s preferred order. + Once the deadline for votes has passed, + the Team announces the results to the Advisory Committee. + In case of a tie the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to fill the available seats.

The shortest incomplete term is assigned to the elected candidate ranked lowest by the tabulation of votes, + the next shortest term to the next-lowest ranked elected candidate, + and so on. + In the case of a tie among those eligible for a incomplete term, + the verifiable random selection procedure described below + will be used to assign the incomplete term.

Refer to How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election [ELECTION-HOWTO] for more details.

3.3.3.4. Verifiable Random Selection Procedure

When it is necessary to use a verifiable random selection process + (e.g., in an AB or TAG election, + to “draw straws” in case of a tie + or to fill a incomplete term), + W3C uses the random and verifiable procedure defined in RFC 3797 [RFC3797]. + The procedure orders an input list of names + (listed in alphabetical order by family name unless otherwise specified) + into a “result order”.

W3C applies this procedure as follows:

When N people have tied for M (less than N) seats. + In this case, only the names of the N individuals who tied + are provided as input to the procedure. + The M seats are assigned in result order. +
After all elected individuals have been identified, + when N people are eligible for M (less than N) incomplete terms. + In this case, only the names of those N individuals are provided as input to the procedure. + The incomplete terms are assigned in result order. +

3.3.3.5. Elected Groups Vacated Seats

An Advisory Board or TAG participant’s seat is vacated when:

the participant resigns, or +
an Advisory Board or TAG participant changes affiliations + such that the Advisory Board and TAG participation constraints are no longer met, + or +
the Director dismisses the participant + for failing to meet the criteria in section § 3.1.1 Individual Participation Criteria, + or +
their term ends. +

If a participant changes affiliation, + but the participation constraints are met, + that participant’s seat becomes vacant at the next regularly scheduled election for that group.

Vacated seats are filled according to this schedule:

When an appointed TAG seat is vacated, + the Director may re-appoint someone immediately, + but no later than the next regularly scheduled election. +
+ When an elected seat on either the AB or TAG is vacated, + the seat is filled at the next regularly scheduled election for the group + unless the group Chair requests that W3C hold an election before then + (for instance, due to the group’s workload). +
- The group Chair should not request such an election + if the next regularly scheduled election is fewer than three months away. +
- The group Chair may request an election, + and the election may begin, as soon as a current member gives notice of a resignation, + including a resignation effective as of a given date in the future. +
+
When such an election is held, + the minimum number of available seats is such that + when added to the number of continuing participants, + the minimum total number of elected seats is met + (6 for the TAG, 9 for the AB); + and the maximum number corresponds to all unoccupied seats. + Except for the number of available seats and the length of the terms, + the usual rules for Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections apply.
+

3.4. Chartered Groups: Working Groups and Interest Groups

This document defines two types of chartered groups:

Working Groups. +: + Working Groups typically produce deliverables + (e.g., Recommendation Track technical reports, + software, + test suites, + and reviews of the deliverables of other groups) + as defined in their charter. +
Working Groups have additional participation requirements + described in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + see particularly the “Licensing Obligations of Working Group Participants” + and the patent claim exclusion process + in “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements”.
+
Interest Groups. +: + The primary goal of an Interest Group + is to bring together people who wish to evaluate potential Web technologies and policies. + An Interest Group is a forum for the exchange of ideas. +
Interest Groups do not publish Recommendation Track technical reports; + but can publish technical reports on the Note Track.
+

3.4.1. Requirements for All Chartered Groups

Each group must have a charter. + Requirements for the charter depend on the group type. + All group charters must be public + (even if other proceedings of the group are Member-only).

Each group must have a Chair (or co-Chairs) + to coordinate the group’s tasks. + The Director appoints (and re-appoints) Chairs for all groups. + The Chair is a Member representative, + a Team representative, + or an Invited Expert, + (invited by the Director). + The requirements of this document that apply to those types of participants apply to Chairs as well. + The role of the Chair [CHAIR] is described + in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE].

Each group must have a Team Contact, + who acts as the interface between the Chair, + group participants, + and the rest of the Team. + The role of the Team Contact [TEAM-CONTACT] is described in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE]. + The Chair and the Team Contact of a group should not be the same individual.

Each group must have an archived mailing list + for formal group communication + (e.g., for meeting announcements and minutes, + documentation of decisions, + and Formal Objections to decisions). + It is the responsibility of the Chair and Team Contact to ensure that new participants are subscribed to all relevant mailing lists. + Refer to the list of group mailing lists [GROUP-MAIL].

A Chair may form task forces + (composed of group participants) + to carry out assignments for the group. + The scope of these assignments must not exceed the scope of the group’s charter. + A group should document the process it uses + to create task forces + (e.g., each task force might have an informal "charter"). + Task forces do not publish technical reports; + the Working Group may choose to publish their results as part of a technical report.

3.4.2. Participation in Chartered Groups

There are three types of individual participants in a Working Group: Member representatives, Invited Experts, + and Team representatives (including the Team Contact).

There are four types of individual participants in an Interest Group: + the same three types as for Working Groups plus, + for an Interest Group where the only participation requirement is mailing list subscription, public participants.

Except where noted in this document or in a group charter, + all participants share the same rights and responsibilities in a group; + see also the individual participation criteria.

A participant may represent more than one organization + in a Working Group or Interest Group. + Those organizations must all be members of the group.

An individual may become + a Working or Interest Group participant + at any time during the group’s existence. + See also relevant requirements in + “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

On an exceptional basis, + a Working or Interest Group participant may designate + a substitute to attend a meeting and should inform the Chair. + The substitute may act on behalf of the participant, + including for votes. + For the substitute to vote, + the participant must inform the Chair in writing in advance. + As a courtesy to the group, + if the substitute is not well-versed in the group’s discussions, + the regular participant should authorize another participant to act as proxy for votes.

To allow rapid progress, + Working Groups are intended to be small + (typically fewer than 15 people) + and composed of experts in the area defined by the charter. + In principle, + Interest Groups have no limit on the number of participants. + When a Working Group grows too large to be effective, + W3C may split it into an Interest Group + (a discussion forum) + and a much smaller Working Group + (a core group of highly dedicated participants).

3.4.3. Types of Participants in Chartered Groups

3.4.3.1. Member Representative in a Working Group

An individual is a Member representative in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question + has designated the individual as a Working Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +

To designate an individual as a Member representative in a Working Group, + an Advisory Committee representative must provide the Chair and Team Contact with all of the following information, + in addition to any other information required by the Call for Participation and charter + (including the participation requirements of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]):

The name of the W3C Member the individual represents + and whether the individual is an employee of that Member organization; +
A statement that the individual accepts the participation terms + set forth in the charter + (with an indication of charter date or version); +
A statement that the Member will provide the necessary financial support for participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences). +

A Member participates in a Working Group from the moment the first Member representative joins the group + until either of the following occurs:

the group closes, or +
the Member resigns from the Working Group; + this is done through the Member’s Advisory Committee representative. +

3.4.3.2. Member Representative in an Interest Group

When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Member representative in an Interest Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

the Advisory Committee representative of the Member in question has designated the individual + as an Interest Group participant, and +
the individual qualifies for Member representation. +

To designate an individual as a Member representative in an Interest Group, + the Advisory Committee representative must follow the instructions + in the Call for Participation and charter.

Member participation in an Interest Group ceases under the same conditions as for a Working Group.

3.4.3.3. Invited Expert in a Working Group

The Chair may invite an individual with a particular expertise + to participate in a Working Group. + This individual may represent an organization in the group + (e.g., if acting as a liaison with another organization).

An individual is an Invited Expert in a Working Group if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

the Chair has designated the individual as a group participant, +
the Team Contact has agreed with the Chair’s choice, and +
the individual has provided the information required of an Invited Expert to the Chair and Team Contact. +

To designate an individual as an Invited Expert in a Working Group, + the Chair must inform the Team Contact + and provide rationale for the choice. + When the Chair and the Team Contact disagree about a designation, + the Director determines + whether the individual will be invited to participate in the Working Group.

To participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, + an individual must:

identify the organization, if any, the individual represents as a participant in this group, +
agree to the terms of the invited expert and collaborators agreement [COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT], +
accept the participation terms set forth in the charter, + including the participation requirements of + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + especially in “Note on Licensing Commitments for Invited Experts” + and in “Disclosure”, + indicating a specific charter date or version, +
disclose whether the individual is an employee of a W3C Member; + see the conflict of interest policy, +
provide a statement of who will provide the necessary financial support + for the individual’s participation + (e.g., for travel, telephone calls, and conferences), and +
if the individual’s employer (including a self-employed individual) + or the organization the individual represents + is not a W3C Member, + indicate whether that organization intends to join W3C. + If the organization does not intend to join W3C, + indicate reasons the individual is aware of for this choice. +

The Chair should not designate as an Invited Expert in a Working Group an individual who is an employee of a W3C Member. + The Chair must not use Invited Expert status + to circumvent participation limits imposed by the charter.

An Invited Expert participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:

the group closes, or +
the Chair or Director withdraws the invitation to participate, or +
the individual resigns. +

3.4.3.4. Invited Expert in an Interest Group

When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + the participation requirements for an Invited Expert in an Interest Group are the same as those for an Invited Expert in a Working Group.

3.4.3.5. Team Representative in a Working Group

An individual is a Team representative in a Working Group when so designated by W3C management. + Team representatives both contribute to the technical work + and help ensure the group’s proper integration with the rest of W3C.

A Team representative participates in a Working Group + from the moment the individual joins the group + until any of the following occurs:

the group closes, or +
W3C management changes Team representation by sending email to the Chair, + copying the group mailing list. +

The Team participates in a Working Group + from the moment the creation of the group is announced + until the group closes.

3.4.3.6. Team Representative in an Interest Group

When the participation requirements exceed Interest Group mailing list subscription, + an individual is a Team representative in an Interest Group when so designated by W3C management.

4. Lifecycle of Chartered Groups

4.1. Initiating Charter Development

W3C creates charters for chartered groups based on interest from the Members and Team. + The Team must notify the Advisory Committee + when a charter for a new Working Group or Interest Group is in development. + This is intended to raise awareness, + even if no formal proposal is yet available. + Advisory Committee representatives may provide + feedback on the Advisory Committee discussion list or via other designated channels.

W3C may begin work + on a Working Group or Interest Group charter + at any time.

4.2. Content of a Charter

A Working Group or Interest Group charter must include all of the following information.

The group’s mission + (e.g., develop a technology or process, review the work of other groups). +
The scope of the group’s work and criteria for success. +
The duration of the group (typically from six months to two years). +
The nature of any deliverables (technical reports, reviews of the deliverables of other groups, or software). +
+ Expected milestone dates where available. +
Note: A charter is not required to include schedules for review of other group’s deliverables.
+
The process for the group to approve the release of deliverables + (including intermediate results). +
Any dependencies by groups within or outside of W3C on the deliverables of this group. + For any dependencies, the charter must specify + the mechanisms for communication about the deliverables. +
Any dependencies of this group on other groups within or outside of W3C. + Such dependencies include interactions with W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER]. +
The level of confidentiality of the group’s proceedings and deliverables. +
Meeting mechanisms and expected frequency. +
If known, + the date of the first face-to-face meeting. + The date of the first face-to-face meeting of a proposed group must not be sooner than eight weeks after the date of the proposal. +
Communication mechanisms to be employed within the group, + between the group and the rest of W3C, + and with the general public. +
Any voting procedures or requirements + other than those specified in § 5.2.3 Deciding by Vote. +
An estimate of the expected time commitment from participants. +
The expected time commitment and level of involvement by the Team + (e.g., to track developments, + write and edit technical reports, + develop code, + or organize pilot experiments). +
Intellectual property information. + What are the intellectual property (including patents and copyright) + considerations affecting the success of the Group? + In particular, is there any reason to believe + that it will be difficult to meet the Royalty-Free licensing goals + in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]? +

See also the charter requirements in “Licensing Goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

For every Recommendation Track deliverable + that continues work on technical report published under any other Charter (including a predecessor group of the same name), + for which there is at least an existing First Public Working Draft the description of that deliverable in the proposed charter of the adopting Working Group must provide the following information:

The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the Working Draft or other Recommendation-track document + that will serve as the basis for work on the deliverable + (labeled “Adopted Draft”); +
The title, + stable URL, + and publication date of the document + that was used as the basis for its most recent Exclusion Opportunity + as per + the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + (labeled “Exclusion Draft”); and +
The stable URL of the Working Group charter + under which the Exclusion Draft was published + (labeled the “Exclusion Draft Charter”). +

All of the above data must be identified + in the adopting Working Group’s charter using the labels indicated.

The Adopted Draft and the Exclusion Draft must each be adopted in their entirety and without any modification. + The proposed charter must state + the dates on which the Exclusion Opportunity + that arose on publishing the Exclusion Draft began and ended. + As per “Joining an Already Established Working Group” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + this potentially means that exclusions can only be made immediately on joining a Working Group.

An Interest Group charter may include provisions regarding participation, + including specifying + that the only requirement for participation (by anyone) in + the Interest Group is subscription to the Interest Group mailing list. + This type of Interest Group may have public participants.

A charter may include + provisions other than those required by this document. + The charter should highlight + whether additional provisions impose constraints + beyond those of the W3C Process Document + (e.g., limits on the number of individuals in a Working Group + who represent the same Member organization or group of related Members).

4.3. Advisory Committee Review of a Charter

The Director must solicit Advisory Committee review of every new or substantively modified Working Group or Interest Group charter, + except for either:

+
a charter extension
+
+
substantive changes to a charter that do not affect the way the group functions in any significant way.
+

The review period must be at least 28 days. + The following are examples of substantive changes that would not require an Advisory Committee Review: + the addition of an in-scope deliverable, + a change of Team Contact, + or a change of Chair. + Such changes must nonetheless be announced + to the Advisory Committee and to participants in the Working or in the Interest Group, + and a rationale must be provided.

The Call for Review of a substantively modified charter must highlight important changes + (e.g., regarding deliverables or resource allocation) + and include rationale for the changes.

As part of the Advisory Committee review of any new or substantively modified Working Group charter, + any Advisory Committee representative may request an extended review period.

Such a request must be submitted with a Member’s comments + in response to the Call for Review. + Upon receipt of any such request, + the Director must ensure + that the Call for Participation for the Working Group + occurs at least 60 days + after the Call for Review of the charter.

4.4. Call for Participation in a Chartered Group

After Advisory Committee review of a Working Group or Interest Group charter, + the Director may issue a Call for Participation to the Advisory Committee. + Charters may be amended based on review comments + before the Call for Participation.

For a new group, this announcement officially creates the group. + The announcement must include a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + and the name(s) of the Team Contact(s).

After a Call for Participation, + any Member representatives and Invited Experts must be designated (or re-designated). + When a group is re-chartered, + individuals participating in the Working Group or Interest Group before the new Call for Participation + may attend any meetings held within forty-five (45) days of the Call for Participation + even if they have not yet formally rejoined the group + (i.e., committed to the terms of the charter and patent policy).

Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against the decision to create + or substantially modify + a Working Group or Interest Group charter.

4.5. Charter Extension

To extend a Working Group or Interest Group charter + with no other substantive modifications, + the Director announces the extension to the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must indicate the new duration. + The announcement must also include rationale for the extension, + a reference to the charter, + the name(s) of the group’s Chair(s), + the name of the Team Contact, + and instructions for joining the group.

After a charter extension, + Advisory Committee representatives + and the Chair are not required to re-designate Member representatives and Invited Experts.

Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal against a Director’s decision + regarding the extension of a Working Group or Interest Group charter.

4.6. Chartered Group Closure

A Working Group or Interest Group charter specifies a duration for the group. + The Director may decide to close a group + prior to the date specified in the charter in any of the following circumstances:

There are insufficient resources to produce chartered deliverables + or to maintain the group, + according to priorities established within W3C. +
The group produces chartered deliverables ahead of schedule. +

The Director closes a Working Group or Interest Group by announcement to the Advisory Committee. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal.

Closing a Working Group has implications + with respect to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

5. Decisions

W3C attempts to resolve issues through dialog. + Individuals who disagree strongly with a decision should register with the Chair any Formal Objections.

5.1. Types of Decisions

The Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group has the prerogative + to make certain decisions based on their own judgment. + Such decisions are called chair decisions.

In contrast, + decisions taken by the Chair of a Working Group or Interest Group on the basis of having assessed the consensus of the group + or following a vote (see § 5.2.3 Deciding by Vote) + are called group decisions (also known as group “resolutions”).

A W3C decision is one + where the Director decides, + after exercising the role of assessing consensus of the W3C Community after an Advisory Committee review.

5.2. Consensus Building

5.2.1. Consensus

Consensus is a core value of W3C. + To promote consensus, + the W3C process requires Chairs to ensure + that groups consider all legitimate views and objections, + and endeavor to resolve them, + whether these views and objections are expressed by the active participants of the group + or by others + (e.g., another W3C group, + a group in another organization, + or the general public). + Decisions may be made during meetings + (face-to-face or distributed) + as well as through persistent text-based discussions.

Note: The Director, CEO, and COO have the role of + assessing consensus within the Advisory Committee.

The following terms are used in this document + to describe the level of support for a decision among a set of eligible individuals:

Consensus: +: A substantial number of individuals in the set + support the decision + and nobody in the set registers a Formal Objection. + Individuals in the set may abstain. + Abstention is either an explicit expression of no opinion + or silence by an individual in the set. +
Unanimity: +: The particular case of consensus where all individuals in the set support the decision + (i.e., no individual in the set abstains). +
Dissent: +: At least one individual in the set registers a Formal Objection. +

By default, the set of individuals eligible to participate in a decision is the set of group participants. + The Process Document does not require a quorum for decisions + (i.e., the minimal number of eligible participants required to be present before the Chair can call a question). + A charter may include a quorum requirement for consensus decisions.

Where unanimity is not possible, + a group should strive to make consensus decisions + where there is significant support and few abstentions. + The Process Document does not require a particular percentage of eligible participants + to agree to a motion in order for a decision to be made. + To avoid decisions where there is widespread apathy, + (i.e., little support and many abstentions), + groups should set minimum thresholds of active support before a decision can be recorded. + The appropriate percentage may vary depending on the size of the group + and the nature of the decision. + A charter may include threshold requirements for consensus decisions. + For instance, a charter might require a supermajority of eligible participants + (i.e., some established percentage above 50%) + to support certain types of consensus decisions.

+ Note: Chairs have substantial flexibility + in how they obtain and assess consensus among their groups. + Unless otherwise constrained by charter, + they may use modes including but not limited to explicit calls for consensus, + polls of participants, + “lazy consensus” in which lack of objection after sufficient notice is taken as assent; + or they may also delegate and empower a document editor + to assess consensus on their behalf, + whether in general + or for specific pre-determined circumstances + (e.g. in non-controversial situations, for specific types of issues, etc.). +

If questions or disagreements arise, + the final determination of consensus remains with the chair.

5.2.2. Managing Dissent

In some cases, even after careful consideration of all points of view, + a group might find itself unable to reach consensus. + The Chair may record a decision where there is dissent (i.e., there is at least one Formal Objection) + so that the group can make progress + (for example, to produce a deliverable in a timely manner). + Dissenters cannot stop a group’s work + simply by saying that they cannot live with a decision. + When the Chair believes that the Group has duly considered + the legitimate concerns of dissenters as far as is possible and reasonable, + the group should move on.

Groups should favor proposals that create the weakest objections. + This is preferred over proposals that are supported by a large majority + but that cause strong objections from a few people. + As part of making a decision where there is dissent, + the Chair is expected to be aware of which participants work for the same + (or related) + Member organizations and weigh their input accordingly.

5.2.3. Deciding by Vote

A group should only conduct a vote to resolve a substantive issue after the Chair has determined that all available means of reaching consensus through technical discussion and compromise have failed, + and that a vote is necessary to break a deadlock. + In this case the Chair must record + (e.g., in the minutes of the meeting or in an archived email message):

an explanation of the issue being voted on; +
the decision to conduct a vote + (e.g., a simple majority vote) to resolve the issue; +
the outcome of the vote; +
any Formal Objections. +

In order to vote to resolve a substantive issue, + an individual must be a group participant. + Each organization represented in the group must have at most one vote, + even when the organization is represented by several participants in the group + (including Invited Experts). + For the purposes of voting:

A Member or group of related Members is considered a single organization. +
The Team is considered an organization. +

Unless the charter states otherwise, Invited Experts may vote.

If a participant is unable to attend a vote, + that individual may authorize anyone at the meeting + to act as a proxy. + The absent participant must inform the Chair in writing + who is acting as proxy, with written instructions on the use of the proxy. + For a Working Group or Interest Group, + see the related requirements regarding an individual + who attends a meeting as a substitute for a participant.

A group may vote for other purposes than to resolve a substantive issue. + For instance, the Chair often conducts a “straw poll” vote + as a means of determining whether there is consensus about a potential decision.

A group may also vote to make a process decision. + For example, + it is appropriate to decide by simple majority + whether to hold a meeting in San Francisco or San Jose + (there’s not much difference geographically). + When simple majority votes are used to decide minor issues, + voters are not required to state the reasons for votes, + and the group is not required to record individual votes.

A group charter may include formal voting procedures + (e.g., quorum or threshold requirements) + for making decisions about substantive issues.

5.3. Formally Addressing an Issue

In the context of this document, + a group has formally addressed an issue when it has sent a public, substantive response + to the reviewer who raised the issue. + A substantive response is expected to include rationale for decisions + (e.g., a technical explanation, a pointer to charter scope, or a pointer to a requirements document). + The adequacy of a response is measured + against what a W3C reviewer would generally consider to be technically sound. + If a group believes that a reviewer’s comments result from a misunderstanding, + the group should seek clarification before reaching a decision.

As a courtesy, + both Chairs and reviewers should set expectations + for the schedule of responses and acknowledgments. + The group should reply to a reviewer’s initial comments + in a timely manner. + The group should set a time limit + for acknowledgment by a reviewer of the group’s substantive response; + a reviewer cannot block a group’s progress. + It is common for a reviewer to require a week or more + to acknowledge and comment on a substantive response. + The group’s responsibility to respond to reviewers + does not end once a reasonable amount of time has elapsed. + However, reviewers should realize + that their comments will carry less weight + if not sent to the group in a timely manner.

Substantive responses should be recorded. + The group should maintain an accurate summary + of all substantive issues and responses to them + (e.g., in the form of an issues list with links to mailing list archives).

5.4. Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information

The Chair may reopen a decision + when presented with new information, including:

additional technical information, +
comments by email from participants who were unable to attend a scheduled meeting, +
comments by email from meeting attendees + who chose not to speak out during a meeting + (e.g., so they could confer later with colleagues or for cultural reasons). +

The Chair should record + that a decision has been reopened, + and must do so upon request from a group participant.

5.5. Chair Decision and Group Decision Appeals

When group participants believe that their concerns are not being duly considered by the group or the Chair, + they may ask the Director (for representatives of a Member organization, via their Advisory Committee representative) + to confirm or deny the decision. + This is a Group Decision Appeal or a Chair Decision Appeal. + The participants should also make their requests known + to the Team Contact. + The Team Contact must inform the Director + when a group participant has raised concerns about due process.

Any requests to the Director to confirm a decision must include a summary of + the issue (whether technical or procedural), + decision, + and rationale for the objection. + All counter-arguments, + rationales, + and decisions must be recorded.

Procedures for Advisory Committee appeals are described separately.

5.6. Recording and Reporting Formal Objections

In the W3C process, + an individual may register a Formal Objection to a decision. + A Formal Objection to a group decision + is one that the reviewer requests that the Director consider + as part of evaluating the related decision + (e.g., in response to a request to advance a technical report).

Note: In this document, the term “Formal Objection” is used to emphasize this process implication: + Formal Objections receive Director consideration. + The word “objection” used alone has ordinary English connotations.

An individual who registers a Formal Objection should cite technical arguments + and propose changes that would remove the Formal Objection; + these proposals may be vague or incomplete. Formal Objections that do not provide substantive arguments + or rationale are unlikely to receive serious consideration.

A record of each Formal Objection must be publicly available. + A Call for Review (of a document) to the Advisory Committee must identify any Formal Objections.

5.7. Advisory Committee Reviews

Advisory Committee review is the process + by which the Advisory Committee formally confers its approval + on charters, technical reports, + and other matters.

5.7.1. Start of a Review Period

Each Advisory Committee review period + begins with a Call for Review from the Team to the Advisory Committee. + The Call for Review describes the proposal, + raises attention to deadlines, + estimates when the decision will be available, + and includes other practical information. + Each Member organization may send one review, + which must be returned by its Advisory Committee representative.

The Team must provide two channels for Advisory Committee review comments:

an archived Team-only channel; +
an archived Member-only channel. +

The Call for Review must specify + which channel is the default for review comments on that Call.

Reviewers may send information + to either or both channels. + A reviewer may also share their own reviews + with other Members on the Advisory Committee discussion list, + and may also make it available to the public.

A Member organization may modify its review + during a review period + (e.g., in light of comments from other Members).

5.7.2. After the Review Period

After the review period, + the Director must announce + to the Advisory Committee the level of support for the proposal + (consensus or dissent). + The Director must also indicate + whether there were any Formal Objections, + with attention to changing confidentiality level. + This W3C decision is generally one of the following:

The proposal is approved, + possibly with editorial changes integrated. +
The proposal is approved, + possibly with substantive changes integrated. + In this case the announcement must include rationale + for the decision to advance the document despite the proposal for a substantive change. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + with a request to the initiator to formally address certain issues. +
The proposal is rejected. +

This document does not specify + time intervals between the end of an Advisory Committee review period + and the W3C decision. + This is to ensure that the Members and Team have sufficient time to consider comments + gathered during the review. + The Advisory Committee should not expect an announcement + sooner than two weeks after the end of a review period. + If, after three weeks, the outcome has not been announced, + the Director should provide the Advisory Committee with an update.

5.8. Advisory Committee Votes

The Advisory Committee votes in elections for seats on the TAG or Advisory Board, + and in the event of an Advisory Committee Appeal achieving the required support to trigger an appeal vote. + Whenever the Advisory Committee votes, + each Member or group of related Members has one vote.

5.9. Appeal by Advisory Committee Representatives

Advisory Committee representatives may appeal certain decisions, + though appeals are only expected to occur in extraordinary circumstances.

When a W3C decision is made following an Advisory Committee review, Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal. + These W3C decisions include those related to group creation and modification, + and transitions to new maturity levels for Recommendation Track documents + and the Process document.

Advisory Committee representatives may also initiate an appeal + for certain Director's decisions that do not involve an Advisory Committee review. + These cases are identified in the sections + which describe the requirements for the Director's decision + and include + additional (non-reviewed) maturity levels of Recommendation Track documents, + group charter extensions and closures, + and Memoranda of Understanding.

In all cases, + an appeal must be initiated within three weeks of the decision.

An Advisory Committee representative initiates an appeal by sending a request to the Team. + The request should say “I appeal this Director’s Decision” + and identify the decision. + Within one week the Team must announce the appeal process + to the Advisory Committee and provide a mechanism for Advisory Committee representatives to respond with a statement of positive support for this appeal. + The archive of these statements must be member-only. + If, within one week of the Team’s announcement, + 5% or more of the Advisory Committee support the appeal request, + the Team must organize an appeal vote + asking the Advisory Committee “Do you approve of the Director’s Decision?” + together with links to the Director's decision and the appeal support.

The ballot must allow for three possible responses: + “Approve”, + “Reject”, + and “Abstain”, + together with Comments.

If the number of votes to reject + exceeds the number of votes to approve, + the decision is overturned. + In that case, there are the following possible next steps:

The proposal is rejected. +
The proposal is returned for additional work, + after which the applicable decision process is re-initiated. +

6. W3C Technical Reports

The W3C technical report development process is the set of steps and requirements + followed by W3C Working Groups to standardize Web technology. + The W3C technical report development process is designed to:

support multiple specification development methodologies +
maximize consensus about the content of stable technical reports +
ensure high technical and editorial quality +
promote consistency among specifications +
facilitate royalty-free, interoperable implementations of Web Standards, and +
earn endorsement by W3C and the broader community. +

See also “licensing goals for W3C Specifications” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

6.1. Types of Technical Reports

This chapter describes the formal requirements + for publishing and maintaining a W3C Recommendation, Note, + or Registry Report.

Recommendations +: Working Groups develop technical reports on the W3C Recommendation Track in order to produce normative specifications or guidelines + as standards for the Web. + The Recommendation Track process incorporates requirements for wide review, adequate implementation experience, + and consensus-building, + and is subject to the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] which grants Royalty-Free IPR licenses to implementations. + See § 6.3 The W3C Recommendation Track for details. +
Notes +: Groups can also publish documents as W3C Notes and W3C Statements, + typically either to document information + other than technical specifications, + such as use cases motivating a specification + and best practices for its use. + See § 6.4 The Note Track (Notes and Statements) for details. +
Registries +: Working Groups can also publish registries in order to document collections of values or other data. + These are typically published in a separate registry report, + although they can also be directly embedded in Recommendation Track documents + as a registry section. Defining a registry requires wide review and consensus, + but once set up, changes to registry entries are lightweight + and can even be done without a Working Group. + See § 6.5 The Registry Track for details. +

Individual Working Groups and Interest Groups should adopt additional processes + for developing publications, + so long as they do not conflict with the requirements in this chapter.

6.2. General Requirements for Technical Reports

6.2.1. Publication of Technical Reports

Publishing as used in this document + refers to producing a version which is listed as a W3C Technical Report on its Technical Reports index at https://www.w3.org/TR [TR]. + Every document published as part of the technical report development process must be a public document. + W3C strives to make archival documents indefinitely available + at their original address in their original form.

Every document published as part of the technical report development process must clearly indicate its maturity level, + and must include information about the status of the document. + This status information:

must be unique each time a specification is published, +
must state which Working Group developed the specification, +
must state how to send comments or file bugs, + and where these are recorded, +
must include expectations about next steps, +
should explain how the technology relates to existing international standards + and related work inside or outside W3C, + and +
should explain + or link to + an explanation of significant changes from the previous version. +

Every Technical Report published + as part of the Technical Report development process + is edited by one or more editors + appointed by a Group Chair. + It is the responsibility of these editors to ensure that the decisions of the Group are + correctly reflected in subsequent drafts of the technical report. + An editor must be a participant, + per § 3.4.2 Participation in Chartered Groups in the Group responsible for the document(s) they are editing.

The Team is not required to publish a Technical Report that does not conform to the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES] (e.g., for naming, + status information, + style, + and copyright requirements). + These rules are subject to change by the Team from time to time. + The Team must inform group Chairs and the Advisory Committee of any changes to these rules.

The primary language for W3C Technical Reports is English. + W3C encourages the translation of its Technical Reports. Information about translations of W3C technical reports [TRANSLATION] is available at the W3C Web site.

6.2.2. Reviews and Review Responsibilities

A document is available for review + from the moment it is first published. + Working Groups should formally address any substantive review comment + about a technical report in a timely manner.

Reviewers should send substantive technical reviews as early as possible. Working Groups are often reluctant to make substantive changes to a mature document, + particularly if this would cause significant compatibility problems + due to existing implementation. Working Groups should record substantive + or interesting proposals raised by reviews + but not incorporated into a current specification.

6.2.2.1. Wide Review

The requirements for wide review are not precisely defined by the W3C Process. + The objective is to ensure that the entire set of stakeholders of the Web community, + including the general public, + have had adequate notice of the progress of the Working Group (for example through notices posted to public-review-announce@w3.org) + and were able to actually perform reviews of and provide comments on the specification. + A second objective is to encourage groups to request reviews + early enough that comments and suggested changes + can still be reasonably incorporated in response to the review. + Before approving transitions, + the Director will consider who has been explicitly offered + a reasonable opportunity to review the document, + who has provided comments, + the record of requests to and responses from reviewers, + especially W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER] and groups identified as dependencies in the charter + or identified as liaisons [LIAISON], + and seek evidence of clear communication to the general public + about appropriate times and which content to review + and whether such reviews actually occurred.

For example, + inviting review of new or significantly revised sections published in Working Drafts, + and tracking those comments + and the Working Group's responses, + is generally a good practice which would often be considered positive evidence of wide review. Working Groups should follow the W3C Horizontal Groups’ review processes, + and should announce to other W3C Working Groups + as well as the general public, + especially those affected by this specification, + a proposal to enter Candidate Recommendation (for example in approximately 28 days). + By contrast a generic statement in a document + requesting review at any time + is likely not to be considered as sufficient evidence + that the group has solicited wide review.

A Working Group could present evidence that wide review has been received, + irrespective of solicitation. + But it is important to note that receiving many detailed reviews + is not necessarily the same as wide review, + since they might only represent comment + from a small segment of the relevant stakeholder community.

6.2.3. Classes of Changes

This document distinguishes the following 5 classes of changes to a specification. + The first two classes of change are considered editorial changes, + the next two substantive changes, + and the last one registry changes.

+ + + + No changes to text content + +

These changes include fixing broken links, style sheets or invalid markup. +

+ + + + Corrections that do not affect conformance + +

Changes that reasonable implementers + would not interpret as changing architectural + or interoperability requirements + or their implementation. + Changes which resolve ambiguities in the specification + are considered to change (by clarification) the implementation requirements + and do not fall into this class. +

Examples of changes in this class include + correcting non-normative code examples + where the code clearly conflicts with normative requirements, + clarifying informative use cases or other non-normative text, + fixing typos or grammatical errors + where the change does not change implementation requirements. + If there is any doubt or disagreement + as to whether requirements are changed, + such changes do not fall into this class. +

+ + + + Corrections that do not add new features + +

+ These changes may affect conformance to the specification. + A change that affects conformance is one that: +

makes conforming data, processors, or other conforming agents become non-conforming according to the new version, + or +
makes non-conforming data, processors, or other agents become conforming, + or +
clears up an ambiguity or under-specified part of the specification + in such a way that data, + a processor, + or an agent + whose conformance was once unclear + becomes clearly either conforming or non-conforming. +

+ + + + New features + +

Changes that add a new functionality, element, etc. +

+ + + + Changes to the contents of a registry table + +

Changes that add, remove, or alter registry entries in a registry table. +

6.2.4. Errata Management

Tracking errors is an important part of a Working Group's ongoing care of a technical report; + for this reason, + the scope of a Working Group charter generally allows time + for work after publication of a Recommendation. + In this Process Document, + the term “erratum” + (plural “errata”) refers to any error + that can be resolved by one or more changes in classes 1-3 + of section § 6.2.3 Classes of Changes.

Working Groups must keep + a public record of errors + that are reported by readers and implementers + for Recommendations. + Such error reports should be compiled + no less frequently than quarterly.

Working Groups decide how to document errata. + Such documentation must identify + the affected technical report text + and describe the error; + it may also describe some possible solution(s). + Readers of the technical report should be able easily + to find and see the errata + that apply to that specific technical report with their associated tests. + Errata may be documented + in a separate errata page or tracking system. + They may, + in addition or alternatively, + be annotated inline + alongside the affected technical report text + or at the start or end of the most relevant section(s).

6.2.5. Candidate Amendments

An erratum may be accompanied by an informative, candidate correction approved by the consensus of the Working Group. + When annotated inline, + errata—including their candidate corrections—must be marked as such, + are treated as class 2 changes, + and are published accordingly.

Note: Annotating changes in this way allows more mature documents + such as Recommendations and Candidate Recommendations to be updated quickly with the Working Group’s most current thinking, + even when the candidate amendments have not yet received + sufficient review or implementation experience + to be normatively incorporated into the specification proper.

A candidate addition is similar to a candidate correction, + except that it proposes a new feature + rather than an error correction.

If there is no group chartered to maintain a technical report, + the Team may maintain its errata and associated candidate corrections. + Such corrections must be marked + as Team correction, + and do not constitute + a normative portion of the Recommendation, + as defined in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] (i.e. they are not covered by the Patent Policy). + The Team must solicit wide review on Team corrections that it produces.

Candidate corrections and candidate additions are collectively known as candidate amendments.

In addition to their actual maturity level, published REC Track documents with candidate amendments are also considered, + for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + to be Working Drafts with those candidate amendments treated as normative.

6.2.6. License Grants from Non-Participants

When a party who is not already obligated under the Patent Policy + offers a change in class 3 or 4 + (as described in § 6.2.3 Classes of Changes) to a technical report under this process + the Team must request + a recorded royalty-free patent commitment; + for a change in class 4, the Team must secure such commitment. + Such commitment should cover, + at a minimum, + all the party’s Essential Claims both in the contribution, + and that become Essential Claims as a result of incorporating the contribution into the draft + that existed at the time of the contribution, + on the terms specified in the “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” section of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

6.3. The W3C Recommendation Track

Working Groups create specifications and guidelines + to complete the scope of work envisioned by a Working Group's charter. + These technical reports undergo cycles of revision and review + as they advance towards W3C Recommendation status. + Once review suggests the Working Group has met their requirements for a new standard, + including wide review, + a Candidate Recommendation phase + allows the Working Group to formally collect implementation experience to demonstrate that the specification works in practice. + At the end of the process, + the Advisory Committee reviews the mature technical report, + and if there is support from its Membership, + W3C publishes it as a Recommendation.

In summary, the W3C Recommendation Track consists of:

Publication of the First Public Working Draft. +
Publication of zero or more revised Working Drafts. +
Publication of one or more Candidate Recommendations. +
Publication of a Proposed Recommendation. +
Publication as a W3C Recommendation. +

+ +

This Process defines certain Recommendation Track publications as Patent Review Drafts. + Under the 2004 (updated in 2017) Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Last Call Working Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY-2017]; + Under the 2020 Patent Policy, + these correspond to “Patent Review Draft” in the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

W3C may end work on a technical report at any time.

The Director may decline a request to advance in maturity level, + requiring a Working Group to conduct further work, + and may require + the specification to return to a lower maturity level. + The Team must inform the Advisory Committee and Working Group Chairs when a Working Group's request + for a specification to advance in maturity level is declined + and the specification is returned to a Working Group for further work.

6.3.1. Maturity Levels on the Recommendation Track

Working Draft (WD) +

+ A Working Draft is a document that W3C has published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] for review by the community (including W3C Members), the public, + and other technical organizations, + and for simple historical reference. + Some, but not all, Working Drafts are meant to advance to Recommendation; + see the document status section of a Working Draft + for the group’s expectations. Working Drafts do not necessarily represent a consensus of the Working Group with respect to their content, + and do not imply any endorsement by W3C + or its members beyond agreement to work on a general area of technology. + Nevertheless the Working Group decided to adopt the Working Draft as the basis for their work at the time of adoption. + A Working Draft is suitable for gathering wide review prior to advancing to the next stage of maturity. +

For all Working Drafts a Working Group:

should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, + and +
may request publication of a Working Draft + even if its content is considered unstable + and does not meet all Working Group requirements. +

The first Working Draft of a technical report is called the First Public Working Draft (FPWD), + and has patent implications as defined in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

Candidate Recommendation (CR) +

+ A Candidate Recommendation is a document that satisfies the technical + requirements of the Working Group that produced it and their dependencies, + and has already received wide review. + W3C publishes a Candidate Recommendation to +

signal to the wider community that it is time to do a final review +
gather implementation experience +

Note: Advancing to Candidate Recommendation indicates + that the document is considered complete and fit for purpose, + and that no further refinement to the text is expected + without additional implementation experience and testing; + additional features in a later revision may however be expected. + A Candidate Recommendation is expected to be as well-written, + detailed, + self-consistent, + and technically complete + as a Recommendation, + and acceptable as such + if and when the requirements for further advancement are met.

Candidate Recommendation publications take one of two forms:

Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +

+ A Candidate Recommendation Snapshot + corresponds to a Patent Review Draft as used in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Publishing a Patent Review Draft triggers a Call for Exclusions, + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy. +

Publication as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot requires approval of either a Transition Request (for the first Candidate Recommendation publication from another maturity level) + or an Update Request (for subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshots).

Candidate Recommendation Draft +

+ A Candidate Recommendation Draft + is published on the W3C’s Technical Reports page [TR] to integrate changes from the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot that the Working Group intends to include + in a subsequent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + This allows for wider review of the changes + and for ease of reference to the integrated specification. +

Any changes published directly into a Candidate Recommendation Draft should be at the same level of quality as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + However, the process requirements are minimized + so that the Working Group can easily keep the specification up to date.

A Candidate Recommendation Draft does not provide an exclusion opportunity; + instead, it is considered a Working Draft for the purpose of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

A Rescinded Candidate Recommendation is a Candidate Recommendation in which significant problems have been discovered + such that W3C cannot endorse it or continue work on it, + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved + (see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “PAG Conclusion”). + There is no path to restoration for a Rescinded Candidate Recommendation. + See “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] for implication on patent licensing obligations.

Proposed Recommendation (PR) +

A Proposed Recommendation is a document + that has been accepted by W3C + as of sufficient quality to become a W3C Recommendation. + This phase triggers formal review by the Advisory Committee, + who may recommend + that the document be published as a W3C Recommendation, + returned to the Working Group for further work, + or abandoned. Substantive changes must not be made to a Proposed Recommendation except by publishing a new Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation. +

W3C Recommendation (REC) +

+ A W3C Recommendation is a specification + or set of guidelines + or requirements that, + after extensive consensus-building, + has received the endorsement of W3C and its Members. + W3C recommends the wide deployment + of its Recommendations as standards for the Web. + The W3C Royalty-Free IPR licenses + granted under the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] apply to W3C Recommendations. + As technology evolves, + a W3C Recommendation may become: +

A Superseded Recommendation +: + A Superseded Recommendation is a specification + that has been replaced by a newer version + that W3C recommends for new adoption. + An Obsolete or Superseded specification + has the same status as a W3C Recommendation with regards to W3C Royalty-Free IPR Licenses granted under the Patent Policy. +
Note: When a Technical Report which had previously been published as a Recommendation is again published as a Recommendation after following the necessary steps to revise it, + the latest version replaces the previous one, + without the need to invoke the steps of § 6.3.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation: + it is the same document, updated. + Explicitly declaring a documented superseded, using the process documented in § 6.3.12.3 Abandoning a W3C Recommendation, + is intended for cases where a Recommendation is superseded by a separate Technical Report (or by a document managed outside of W3C).
+
An Obsolete Recommendation +: An Obsolete Recommendation is a specification + that W3C has determined lacks sufficient market relevance + to continue recommending it for implementation, + but which does not have fundamental problems + that would require it to be Rescinded. + If an Obsolete specification gains sufficient market relevance, + W3C may decide to restore it to Recommendation status. +
Rescinded Recommendation +: A Rescinded Recommendation is an entire Recommendation that W3C no longer endorses, + and believes is unlikely to ever be restored to Recommendation status. + See also “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +

Discontinued Draft +

A technical report representing the state of a Recommendation-track document + at the point at which work on it was discontinued. + See § 6.3.12.1 Abandoning an Unfinished Recommendation. +

Only sufficiently technically mature work should be advanced.

Note: Should faster advancement to meet scheduling considerations be desired, + this can be achieved by reducing the scope of the technical report to a subset that is adequately mature and deferring + less stable features to other technical reports.

When publishing an updated version of an existing Candidate Recommendation or Recommendation, + technical reports are expected to meet the same maturity criteria as when they are first published under that status. + However, in the interest of replacing stale documents with improved ones in a timely manner, + if flaws have been discovered in the technical report after its initial publication as a CR or REC that would have been severe enough to reject that publication had they be known in time, + it is also permissible to publish an updated CR or REC following the usual process, + even if only some of these flaws have been satisfactorily addressed.

Working Groups and Interest Groups may make available Editor’s drafts. Editor’s drafts (ED) have no official standing whatsoever, + and do not necessarily imply consensus of a Working Group or Interest Group, + nor are their contents endorsed in any way by W3C.

6.3.2. Implementation Experience

Implementation experience is required to show that a specification is sufficiently clear, + complete, + and relevant to market needs, + to ensure that independent interoperable implementations + of each feature of the specification will be realized. + While no exhaustive list of requirements is provided here, + when assessing that there is adequate implementation experience the Director will consider (though not be limited to):

is each feature of the current specification implemented, + and how is this demonstrated? +
are there independent interoperable implementations of the current specification? +
are there implementations created by people other than the authors of the specification? +
are implementations publicly deployed? +
is there implementation experience + at all levels of the specification’s ecosystem + (authoring, consuming, publishing…)? +
are there reports of difficulties or problems with implementation? +

Planning and accomplishing a demonstration of (interoperable) implementations can be very time consuming. + Groups are often able to work more effectively + if they plan how they will demonstrate interoperable implementations + early in the development process; + for example, developing tests in concert with implementation efforts.

6.3.3. Advancement on the Recommendation Track

For all requests to advance a specification + to a new maturity level + (called Transition Requests), + the Working Group:

must record the group’s decision to request advancement. +
must obtain Director approval. +
must publicly document all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must formally address all issues + raised about the document since the previous maturity level. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +

For a First Public Working Draft there is no “previous maturity level”, + so many requirements do not apply, + and approval is normally fairly automatic. + For later stages, + especially transition to Candidate or Proposed Recommendation, + there is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before approval is given.

Transition Requests to First Public Working Draft or Candidate Recommendation will not normally be approved + while a Working Group's charter is undergoing or awaiting a decision + on an Advisory Committee Review.

6.3.4. Updating Mature Publications on the Recommendation Track

Certain requests to re-publish a specification + within its current maturity level + (called Update Requests) + require Director approval. + For such update requests, the Working Group:

must record the group’s decision to request the update. +
must show that the changes have received wide review. +
must obtain Director approval, + or fulfill the criteria for § 6.3.4.1 Streamlined Publication Approval. +
must provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +
must publicly document of all new features + (class 4 changes) to the technical report + since the previous publication. +
must publicly document if other substantive changes + (class 3 changes) have been made, + and should document the details of such changes. +
should publicly document if editorial changes changes have been made, + and may document the details of such changes. +
must show that the revised specification + meets all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
should report which, if any, of the Working Group's requirements + for this document have changed since the previous step. +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +
should provide information about implementations known to the Working Group. +

There is usually a formal review meeting + to ensure the requirements have been met before Director's approval is given.

Note: Update request approval is expected to be fairly simple + compared to getting approval for a transition request.

The Team must announce the publication + of the revised specification + to other W3C groups and the Public.

6.3.4.1. Streamlined Publication Approval

Note: These criteria are intentionally stricter than + the general requirements for an update request. + This is in order to minimize ambiguities and the need for expert judgment, + and to make self-evaluation practical.

In order to streamline the publication process in non-controversial cases, + approval to an update request is automatically granted without formal review + when the following additional criteria are fulfilled:

There must have been no changes to Working Group requirements about this document. +
For each of the W3C Horizontal Groups [CHARTER], + if the Horizontal Review Group has made available a set criteria + under which their review is not necessary, + the Working Group must document that these criteria have been fulfilled. + Otherwise, the Working Group must show + that review from that group has been solicited and received. +
No Formal Objection has been registered against the document. +
+ The Working Group must have formally addressed: +
- +
  all issues raised against the document that resulted in changes since the previous publication
  +
- +
  all issues raised against changes since the previous publication
  +
- +
  all issues raised against the document that were closed since the previous publication with no change to the document
  +
+
The response to each of these issues must be to the satisfaction + of the person who raised it: + their proposal has been accepted, + or a compromise has been found, + or they accepted the Working Group’s rationale for rejecting it.
+
Note: This is stricter than the general Transition Request criteria.
+

Additionally, for updates to Recommendations with substantive changes or with new features:

Changes to the document are limited to proposed corrections that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections possibly combined with class 1 or 2 changes, + and/or (in the case of a Recommendation that allows new features) proposed additions that were included in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions. +
+ The Working Group must show + that all changes have been implemented in at least 2 distinct products by 2 different implementers, + as evidenced by passing tests of a test suite + providing extensive coverage of the changes, + or an alternative streamlined approval implementation requirement + described in the working Group charter has been met. +
Note: This is stricter than the general criteria for adequate implementation experience.
+

The Working Group must provide written evidence for these claims, + and the Team must make these answers publicly and permanently available.

After publication, + if an AC Representative + or Team member + doubts that the evidence presented supports the claims, + they may request that a formal review meeting be convened post facto. + If that review finds that the requirements were not fulfilled, + the Team may revert the changes + by updating in place the status section to indicate that it has been reverted, + and by republishing the previously approved version of the technical report.

6.3.5. Publishing a First Public Working Draft

To publish the First Public Working Draft of a document, + a Working Group must meet the applicable requirements for advancement.

The Team must announce + the publication of a First Public Working Draft to other W3C groups and to the public.

6.3.6. Revising a Working Draft

A Working Group should publish a Working Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.

If 6 months elapse without significant changes to a specification, + a Working Group should publish a revised Working Draft, + whose status section should indicate reasons for the lack of change.

To publish a revision of a Working draft, a Working Group:

must record the group’s decision to request publication. Consensus is not required, + as this is a procedural step, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Working Draft, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous step, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups, +

Possible next steps for any Working Draft:

Revised Working Draft +
Candidate Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +

6.3.7. Transitioning to Candidate Recommendation

To publish a Candidate Recommendation, + in addition to meeting the requirements for advancement a Working Group:

must show that the specification + has met all Working Group requirements, + or explain why the requirements have changed or been deferred, +
must document changes to dependencies during the development of the specification, +
must document + how adequate implementation experience will be demonstrated, +
must specify the deadline for comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
must show that the specification has received wide review, and +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +

The first Candidate Recommendation publication + after approval of a Transition Request is always a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. + The Team must announce + the publication of the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.

Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot:

Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation +
Discontinued Draft +

Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.

6.3.8. Revising a Candidate Recommendation

6.3.8.1. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot

If there are any substantive changes made to a Candidate Recommendation since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot other than to remove features explicitly identified as at risk, + the Working Group must meet the requirements of an update request in order to republish.

In addition the Working Group:

must specify the deadline for further comments, + which must be at least 28 days after publication, + and should be longer for complex documents, +
may identify features in the document as at risk. + These features may be removed + before advancement to Proposed Recommendation without a requirement to publish a new Candidate Recommendation. +

The Team must announce + the publication of a revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot to other W3C groups + and to the public.

To provide timely updates and patent protection, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should be published + within 24 months of the Working Group accepting + any proposal for a substantive change + (and preferably sooner). + To make scheduling reviews easier, + a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot should not be published + more often than approximately once every 6 months.

Note: Substantive changes trigger a new Exclusion Opportunity + per “Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

6.3.8.2. Publishing a Candidate Recommendation Draft

A Working Group should publish an Update Draft to the W3C Technical Reports page + when there have been significant changes + to the previous published document + that would benefit from review beyond the Working Group.

To publish a revision of a Candidate Recommendation Draft, + a Working Group:

must record the group’s decision to request publication, +
must provide public documentation + of substantive changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should provide public documentation + of significant editorial changes to the technical report + since the previous Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, +
should document outstanding issues, + and parts of the document on which the Working Group does not have consensus, +
should report which, + if any, + of the Working Group’s requirements for this document + have changed since the previous step, +
should report any changes in dependencies with other groups. +

Note: A Working Group does not need to + meet the requirements of a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot update request in order to publish a Candidate Recommendation Draft.

Possible next steps after a Candidate Recommendation Draft:

Return to Working Draft +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Snapshot +
A revised Candidate Recommendation Draft +
Proposed Recommendation, + if there are no substantive change other than dropping at risk features +
Discontinued Draft +

6.3.9. Transitioning to Proposed Recommendation

In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,

The status information must specify the deadline for Advisory Committee review, + which must be at least 28 days + after the publication of the Proposed Recommendation and should be at least 10 days + after the end of the last Exclusion Opportunity + per ”Exclusion From W3C RF Licensing Requirements” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. +

A Working Group:

must show adequate implementation experience except where an exception is approved by the Director, +
must show that the document has received wide review, +
must show that all issues + raised during the Candidate Recommendation review period + other than by Advisory Committee representatives acting in their formal AC representative role + have been formally addressed, +
must identify any substantive issues + raised since the close of the Candidate Recommendation review period, +
must not have made any substantive changes to the document + since the most recent Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, + other than dropping features identified at risk. +
may have removed features + identified in the Candidate Recommendation Snapshot document as at risk without republishing the specification as a Candidate Recommendation Snapshot. +

The Director:

must announce the publication of a Proposed Recommendation to the Advisory Committee, + and must begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of whether the specification is appropriate to publish as a W3C Recommendation. +
may approve a Proposed Recommendation with minimal implementation experience where there is a compelling reason to do so. + In such a case, the Director should explain the reasons for that decision. +

Since a W3C Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation it is based on, + to make any substantive change to a Proposed Recommendation the Working Group must return the specification to Candidate Recommendation or Working Draft.

A Proposed Recommendation may identify itself + as intending to allow new features (class 4 changes) + after its initial publication as a Recommendation, + as described in § 6.3.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features. + Such an allowance cannot be added + to a technical report previously published as a Recommendation that did not allow such changes.

Possible Next Steps:

Return to Working Draft +
Return to Candidate Recommendation +
Recommendation status, + (the expected next step). +
Discontinued Draft +

Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to advance the technical report.

6.3.10. Transitioning to W3C Recommendation

The decision to advance a document to Recommendation is a W3C Decision.

In addition to meeting the requirements for advancement,

A Recommendation must identify where errata are tracked, and +
A Recommendation must not include any substantive changes from the Proposed Recommendation on which it is based. +
If there was any dissent in Advisory Committee reviews, + the Director must publish the substantive content of the dissent + to W3C and the general public, + and must formally address the comment + at least 14 days before publication as a W3C Recommendation. +
Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal of the W3C decision +
The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Recommendation to Advisory Committee, + other W3C groups + and to the public. +

Possible next steps: + A W3C Recommendation normally retains its status indefinitely. + However it may be:

republished as a revised Recommendation, or +
republished as a Candidate Recommendation to be developed towards a revised Recommendation, or +
declared superseded or obsolete, or +
rescinded. +

6.3.11. Revising a W3C Recommendation

This section details the process for making changes to a Recommendation.

6.3.11.1. Revising a Recommendation: Markup Changes

A Working group may request republication of a Recommendation to make corrections that do not result + in any changes to the text of the specification. + (See class 1 changes.)

If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated.

6.3.11.2. Revising a Recommendation: Editorial Changes

Editorial changes to a Recommendation require no technical review of the intended changes. + A Working Group, + provided there are no votes against the decision to publish, may request publication of a Recommendation to make this class of change without passing through earlier maturity levels. + (See class 2 changes.)

If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation, + the Team may republish the Recommendation with such changes incorporated, + including errata and Team corrections.

6.3.11.3. Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes

A candidate correction can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Recommendation, + including review by the community to ensure + the technical and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the Working Group must request + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + followed by an update request. + See § 6.3.11.5 Incorporating Candidate Amendments.

Alternatively, + a Working Group may incorporate the changes + and publish as a Candidate Recommendation, + and advance the specification from that state. + (See class 3 changes.)

Note: If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain a Recommendation the Team cannot make substantive changes and republish the Recommendation. + It can, however, informatively highlight problems and desirable changes + using errata and candidate corrections and republish as described in the previous section.

6.3.11.4. Revising a Recommendation: New Features

New features (see class 4 changes) + may be incorporated into a Recommendation explicitly identified as allowing new features using candidate additions. + A candidate addition can be made normative + and be folded into the main text of the Recommendation using the same process as for candidate amendments, + as detailed in § 6.3.11.3 Revising a Recommendation: Substantive Changes.

Note: This prohibition against new features unless explicitly allowed + enables third parties to depend on Recommendations having a stable feature-set, + as they have prior to the 2020 revision of this Process.

To make changes which introduce a new feature + to a Recommendation that was not approved for accepting new features, + W3C must create a new technical report, + following the full process of advancing a technical report to Recommendation beginning with a new First Public Working Draft.

6.3.11.5. Incorporating Candidate Amendments

A Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments verifies acceptance by the W3C community of candidate amendments by combining an AC Review with a patent exclusion opportunity.

The Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments must be announced to other W3C groups, the public, and the Advisory Committee. + The announcement must:

Identify whether this is a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, + or Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions. +
Identify the specific candidate amendments under review + as proposed amendments (proposed corrections/proposed additions). +
Specify the deadline for review comments, + which must not be any sooner than 60 days from the Call for Review. +
Solicit review and, if it does not already have it, implementation experience. +

The combination of the existing Recommendation with the proposed amendments included in the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is considered a Patent Review Draft for the purposes of the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]. + Also, the review initiated by the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments is an Advisory Committee Review.

Note: Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions and Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions can only be issued for Recommendations that allow new features.

A Working Group may batch + multiple proposed amendments into a single Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments. + To facilitate review, + a Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on a given specification should not be issued more frequently + than approximately once every 6 months.

At the end of the Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, + the W3C Decision may either be + to reject the proposed amendment, + or to clear the proposed amendment for advancement as is, + or to return the proposal to the Working Group with a request to formally address comments made on the changes under review. + If the Working Group needs to amend a proposed amendment in response to review feedback + it must issue another Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments on the revised change + before it can be incorporated into the main text.

Once all comments on a proposed amendment have been formally addressed, + and after the Working Group can show adequate implementation experience and the fulfillment of all other requirements of Recommendation text, + it may incorporate the proposed amendment into the normative Recommendation by issuing an update request for publication of the updated Recommendation.

To ensure adequate review of proposed amendment combinations, + only proposed amendments included in the most recent Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments can be incorporated into the normative Recommendation text. + (Thus if incorporation of a proposed amendment is postponed, + it may need to be included in multiple Last Calls for Review of Proposed Amendments.)

6.3.12. Retiring Recommendation Track Documents

Work on a technical report may cease at any time. + Work should cease + if W3C or a Working Group determines + that it cannot productively carry the work any further.

6.3.12.1. Abandoning an Unfinished Recommendation

Any Recommendation-track technical report no longer intended + to advance or to be maintained, + and that is not being rescinded, should be published as a Discontinued Draft, + with no substantive change compared to the previous publication. + This can happen if + the Working Group decided + to abandon work on the report, + or the Director required the Working Group to discontinue work on the technical report before completion. + If a Working Group is made to close, + W3C must re-publish any unfinished technical report on the Recommendation track as Discontinued Draft.

Such a document should include in its status section + an explanation of why it was discontinued.

A Working Group may resume work + on such a technical report within the scope of its charter + at any time, + by re-publishing it as a Working Draft.

6.3.12.2. Rescinding a Candidate Recommendation

The process for rescinding a Candidate Recommendation is the same as for rescinding a Recommendation.

6.3.12.3. Abandoning a W3C Recommendation

It is possible that W3C decides + that implementing a particular Recommendation is no longer recommended. + There are three designations for such specifications, + chosen depending on the advice W3C wishes to give about further use of the specification.

W3C may obsolete a Recommendation, + for example if the W3C Community decides that the Recommendation no longer represents best practices, + or is not adopted and is not apparently likely to be adopted. + An Obsolete Recommendation may be restored to normal Recommendation, + for example because despite marking it Obsolete the specification is later more broadly adopted.

W3C may declare a Recommendation Superseded + if a newer version exists which W3C recommends for new adoption. + The process for declaring a Recommendation Superseded is the same as for declaring it Obsolete, below; + only the name and explanation change.

W3C may rescind a Recommendation + if W3C believes there is no reasonable prospect of it being restored + for example due to burdensome patent claims that affect implementers and cannot be resolved; + see the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular “W3C Royalty-Free (RF) Licensing Requirements” + and “PAG Conclusion”.

W3C only rescinds, supersedes, or obsoletes entire Recommendations. + A Recommendation can be both superseded and obsolete. + To rescind, supersede, or obsolete some part of a Recommendation, + W3C follows the process for modifying a Recommendation.

Note: For the purposes of the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] an Obsolete or Superseded Recommendation has the status of an active Recommendation, + although it is not recommended for future implementation; + a Rescinded Recommendation ceases to be in effect + and no new licenses are granted under the Patent Policy.

+ +

6.3.12.4. Process for Rescinding, Obsoleting, Superseding, Restoring a Recommendation

The process of rescinding, obsoleting, + superseding, + or restoring + a Recommendation can be initiated + either by a request from the Director or via a request from any of the following:

The Working Group who produced, + or is chartered to maintain, + the Recommendation +
The TAG, if there is no such Working Group +
Any individual who made a request to the relevant Working Group as described above, + or the TAG if such a group does not exist, to obsolete, rescind, supersede, or restore a Recommendation, + where the request was not answered within 90 days +
5% of the members of the Advisory Committee +

The Team must then + submit the request to the Advisory Committee for review. + For any Advisory Committee review of a proposal to + rescind, + obsolete, + supersede, + or restore + a Recommendation the Director must:

announce the proposal to all Working Group Chairs, + and to the Public, + as well as to the Advisory Committee +
indicate that this is a proposal to + Rescind, + Obsolete, + Supersede, + or restore, + a Recommendation as appropriate +
identify the Recommendation by URL +
publish a rationale for the proposal +
identify known dependencies + and solicit review from all dependent Working Groups +
solicit public review +
specify the deadline for review comments, + which must be at least 28 days + after the announcement +

and should

identify known implementations. +

If there was any dissent in the Advisory Committee review, + the Director must publish + the substantive content of the dissent to W3C and the public, + and must formally address the dissent + at least 14 days + before publication as an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation.

The Advisory Committee may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the Director's decision.

W3C must publish an Obsolete or Rescinded Recommendation with up to date status. + The updated version may remove the main body of the document. + The Status of this Document section should link + to the explanation of Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications [OBS-RESC] as appropriate.

Once W3C has published a Rescinded Recommendation, + future W3C technical reports must not include normative references + to that technical report.

Note: W3C strives to ensure that all Technical Reports + will continue to be available at their version-specific URL.

6.4. The Note Track (Notes and Statements)

6.4.1. Group Notes

A Group Note (NOTE) + is published + to provide a stable reference for a useful document + that is not intended to be a formal standard.

Working Groups, Interest Groups, + the TAG and the AB may publish work as Notes. + Examples include:

supporting documentation for a specification, + such as explanations of design principles + or use cases and requirements +
non-normative guides to good practices +

Some Notes are developed through successive Draft Notes before publication as a full Notes, + while others are published directly as a Note. + There are few formal requirements to publish a document as a Note or Draft Note, + and they have no standing as a recommendation of W3C + but are simply documents preserved for historical reference.

Note: The W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] does not apply any licensing requirements or commitments for Notes or Draft Notes.

6.4.2. Publishing Notes

In order to publish a Note or Draft Note, + the group:

must record their decision + to request publication as a Note or Draft Note, and +
should publish documentation + of significant changes to the technical report + since any previous publication. +

Both Notes and Draft Notes can be updated by republishing + as a Note or Draft Note. + A technical report may remain + a Note indefinitely.

If a Note produced by a chartered group is no longer in scope for any group, + the Team may republish the Note with class 1 changes incorporated, + as well as with errata and Team corrections annotated.

6.4.3. Elevating Group Notes to W3C Statement status

A W3C Statement is a Note that has been endorsed by W3C as a whole. + In order to elevate a Note to W3C Statement status, + A group must:

show that the document has received wide review. +
record the group’s decision to request publication as a W3C Statement. +
show that all issues raised against the document + since its first publication as a Note have been formally addressed. +
provide public documentation of any Formal Objections. +

A Note specifying implementable technology should not be elevated to W3C Statement status; + if it does, + the request to publish as a Statement must include rationale + for why it should be elevated, + and why it is not on the Recommendation track.

Once these conditions are fulfilled, + the Team must then + begin an Advisory Committee Review on the question of + whether the document is appropriate to publish as a W3C Statement. + During this review period, + the Note must not be updated.

The decision to advance a document to W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.

The Team must announce the publication of a W3C Statement to the Advisory Committee, other W3C groups, and the public.

6.4.4. Revising W3C Statements

Given a recorded group decision to do so, + groups can request publication of a W3C Statement with editorial changes—including candidate amendment—without any additional process.

A candidate amendment can be folded into the main text of the W3C Statement, + once it has satisfied all the same criteria + as the rest of the Statement, + including review by the community to ensure + the substantive and editorial soundness of the candidate amendments. + To validate this, the group must request + an Advisory Committee review of the changes it wishes to incorporate. + The specific candidate amendments under review must be identified as proposed amendments just as in a Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections.

The decision to incorporate proposed amendments into W3C Statement is a W3C Decision. Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision.

6.5. The Registry Track

A registry documents a data set + consisting of one or more associated registry tables, + each table representing an updatable collection + of logically independent, consistently-structured registry entries. + A registry has three associated components:

the registry definition, defining how the registry tables are structured and maintained +
one or more registry tables, holding the data set represented by the registry (the registry data) +
one or more referencing specifications, which make use of the registry +

The purposes of maintaining a registry can include:

non-collision +: Avoiding the problem + of two entities using the same value with different semantics. +
non-duplication +: Avoiding the problem + of having two or more different values in use with the same semantics. +
information +: Providing a central index + where anyone can find out + what a value means + and what its formal definition is + (and where it is). +
submission +: Ease of adding new terms, + including by stakeholders external to the custodian organization. +
consensus +: Promoting a clear consensus of the community on the terms. +

This section of the W3C Process provides a specialized process + facilitating the publication and maintenance of such registry tables, + particularly those required by or closely related to W3C Recommendations.

Note: Not every table in a specification is a potential registry. + If the intent or effect is that the table enumerates + all the possibilities the authors of the specification expect or envisage, + then the table by itself is enough. + Similarly, if the table is managed by the Working Group + and only updated as part of specification update, + then the complexities of registry management are not needed.

6.5.1. Registry Definitions

A registry definition defines what each registry table is and how it is maintained. + It must:

Define the scope and purpose of each registry table. +
Define the fields of each registry table and their constraints + (e.g. values must be drawn from a defined set, or be unique, + or only reference publicly available resources, + etc.) +
+ Define the policy for changes to existing entries, such as +
- whether entries can be deleted or deprecated +
- whether entries can be changed after being published, and what kinds of changes are allowed +
- whether previously-deleted unique identifiers can be re-used, or are reserved indefinitely +
+
Define the method and criteria by which changes are proposed, approved, and incorporated. + (For example, a registry could define + that changes to registry entries can be proposed using a particular web form or email address, + that they must be accompanied by certain background information, + or that they do or do not need to be approved by any member of a particular Working Group.) +
+ Identify the custodian of the registry table: + the entity to which requests for registry changes must be sent, + and which is responsible for evaluating whether such requests + satisfy the criteria defined in the registry definition. +
The custodian may be the Working Group, the Team, or a delegated entity. + The custodian for all registry tables in a single registry should generally be the same entity.
+

6.5.2. Publishing Registries

Registries can be published either + as a stand-alone technical report on the Registry Track called a registry report, + or incorporated as part of a Recommendation as a registry section.

A registry report or registry section is purely documentational, + is not subject to the W3C Patent Policy, + and must not contain any requirements on implementations. + For the purposes of the Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY], + any registry section in a Recommendation track document + is not a normative portion of that specification.

The registry report or registry section must:

Clearly label the registry report/section, + its tables, + and its registry definitions as such, + including a link to § 6.5 The Registry Track in this Process. +
Include the registry definition for each of its registry tables. +
+ Provide the registry data by either: +
- Including the entire contents of each registry table, + either inline in the report + (e.g. formatted as a table, or list, or other appropriate representation), + or in a machine-readable file published as part of the technical report, + or (preferably) both. +
- Linking to one or more standalone Registry Data Reports containing the registry tables in human-readable form, machine-readable form, + or (preferably) both. +
+
Include, if the registry table is provided in a machine-readable file, + a definition of the format of that file. +

The Team must make available + a means for interested parties to be notified of any updates to a registry table.

Note: Since the Process does not impose requirements + on changes to the contents of a registry table other than those imposed by the registry definition, + acceptance of proposed registry changes on behalf of the custodian and + publication of an updated registry report that contains + only registry changes since the previous publication + can be automated + if satisfaction of those rules can be automatically verified.

Rules for publication and advancement on the Registry Track are identical to that of the Recommendation Track with the following exceptions:

Registry reports are not subject to the [PATENT-POLICY], + and therefore none of their publications correspond, + to First Public Working Draft, Working Draft, + or Patent Review Draft for the purposes of the [PATENT-POLICY]. +
For the same reason, + there is no equivalent to Rescinded Recommendation nor to Rescinded Candidate Recommendation for Registries. +
The equivalent of Working Draft is called Draft Registry. +
The equivalent of Candidate Recommendation is called Candidate Registry, + with Candidate Recommendation Snapshot and Candidate Recommendation Draft corresponding to Candidate Registry Snapshot and Candidate Registry Draft. +
The equivalent of W3C Recommendation is called W3C Registry; Obsolete Recommendation and Superseded Recommendation correspond to Obsolete Registry and Superseded Registry. +
There is no equivalent to the Proposed Recommendation phase. + Instead, + an Advisory Committee Review is started + upon publication of each Candidate Registry Snapshot. +
Changes that add new features (i.e. class 4 changes) are allowed + in all W3C Registries, + without needing the to explicitly indicate that this is allowed. +

6.5.3. Updating Registry Tables

Changes to the contents of a registry table that are in accordance with the registry definition, + (i.e. Class 5 changes) + can be made by re-publishing the technical report that contains the affected table, + without needing to satisfy any other requirements for the publication + (not even Working Group consensus, unless this is required by the registry definition). + Such registry changes do not trigger new Advisory Committee Reviews, + nor Exclusion Opportunities, + and do not require approval via an update request, + even for technical reports at maturities where this would normally be expected. + Such publications can be made + even in the absence of a Working Group chartered to maintain the registry + when the custodian is another entity.

Note: The custodian is only empowered to make registry changes. + If the Working Group establishing the registry wishes + to empower the custodian to add commentary on individual entries, + this needs to be part of the registry table’s defintion. + If other changes are desired, + they must be requested of the responsible Working Group—or in the absence of a Working Group, of the Team.

Changes to the registry tables made in accordance with candidate or proposed amendments to the registry definition which would not be allowed by the unamended registry definition must be identified as such.

6.5.4. Registry Data Reports

When the registry data is published in a separate technical report from its registry definition, + that report is called a Registry Data Report. + This technical report:

Must link to the registry definition establishing the registry tables that it contain. +
May contain informative introductory text, examples, and notes + about the registry tables and entries that it contains. + (Changes to these parts are deemed to be editorial changes). +

Registry Data Reports do not have maturity levels in and of themselves; + The maturity level of the registry whose data they record + is that of the technical report holding the registry definition.

Anytime a change is made to a registry definition, + the Working Group must update and republish + any document holding the corresponding registry tables to make it consistent with these changes.

Given a recorded group decision to do so, + the Working Group may republish the Registry Data Report to incorporate editorial changes. + If there is no Working Group chartered to maintain this registry, + the Team may do so instead.

6.5.5. Specifications that Reference Registries

Registries document values, + they do not define any architectural or interoperability requirements + related to those values. + All architectural and interoperability requirements + pertaining to registry entries must be contained in the specifications that reference the registry, + and are therefore subject to the processes + (including approval and intellectual property provisions) + applicable to those referencing specifications.

If there are entries that must be implemented, + or any other such restrictions, + they must be defined or documented + in the referencing specification + without dependency on the registry.

For example, + “All implementations must implement the Basic-Method as defined in the registry” + is not acceptable; + a change to the definition of the Basic-Method in the registry would then affect conformance. + Instead, the requirement must be complete in the specification, + directly or by reference to another specification. + For example + “All implementations must recognize the name Basic-Method, + and implement it as defined by section yy of IETF RFC xxxx”. + (The Registry should nonetheless contain Basic-Method as an entry.)

6.6. Switching Tracks

Given a Group decision to do so, Working Groups can republish a technical report on a different track than the one it is on, + under the following restrictions:

A technical report that is or was + a W3C Recommendation, W3C Statement, or Patent Review Draft cannot switch tracks. +
A technical report should not switch away from the Recommendation Track without due consideration of the Patent Policy implications + and approval of the W3C’s legal counsel + if the Working Group envisions a likelihood of returning to it later. +

Technical reports that switch tracks start at + their new track’s initial maturity level, + while retaining any established identity (url, shortname, etc.).

6.7. Further reading

Refer to "How to Organize a Recommendation Track Transition" [TRANSITION] in the Art of Consensus [GUIDE] for practical information about preparing for the reviews + and announcements of the various steps, + and tips on getting to Recommendation faster [REC-TIPS]. + Please see also the Requirements for modification of W3C Technical Reports [REPUBLISHING].

7. Dissemination Policies

7.1. Public Communication

The Team is responsible for managing communication within W3C + and with the general public + (e.g., news services, press releases, managing the Web site and access privileges, and managing calendars). + Members should solicit review by the Team + prior to issuing press releases about their work within W3C.

The Team makes every effort to ensure the persistence and availability of the following public information:

W3C technical reports whose publication has been approved. + Per the Membership Agreement, + W3C technical reports (and software) are available free of charge to the general public; + (refer to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]). +
A mission statement [MISSION] that explains the purpose and mission of W3C, + the key benefits for Members, + and the organizational structure of W3C. +
Legal documents, + including the Membership Agreement [MEMBER-AGREEMENT] and documentation of any legal commitments W3C has with other entities. +
The Process Document. +
Public results of W3C activities and Workshops. +

To keep the Members abreast of W3C meetings, Workshops, + and review deadlines, + the Team provides them with a regular (e.g., weekly) news service + and maintains a calendar [CALENDAR] of official W3C events. + Members are encouraged to send schedule and event information to the Team for inclusion on this calendar.

7.2. Confidentiality Levels

There are three principal levels of access to W3C information + (on the W3C Web site, in W3C meetings, etc.): + public, + Member-only, + and Team-only.

While much information made available by W3C is public, + “Member-only” information + is available to authorized parties only, + including representatives of Member organizations, Invited Experts, + the Advisory Board, + the TAG, + and the Team. + For example, + the charter of some Working Groups may specify a Member-only confidentiality level for group proceedings.

“Team-only” information + is available to the Team and other authorized parties.

Those authorized to access Member-only and Team-only information:

must treat the information as confidential within W3C, +
must use reasonable efforts to maintain the proper level of confidentiality, and +
must not release this information to the general public or press. +

The Team must provide mechanisms + to protect the confidentiality of Member-only information + and ensure that authorized parties have proper access to this information. + Documents should clearly indicate + whether they require Member-only confidentiality. + Individuals uncertain of the confidentiality level of a piece of information should contact the Team.

Advisory Committee representatives may authorize Member-only access to Member representatives and other individuals employed by the Member + who are considered appropriate recipients. + For instance, + it is the responsibility of the Advisory Committee representative and other employees + and official representatives of the organization + to ensure that Member-only news announcements + are distributed for internal use only within their organization. + Information about Member mailing lists is available + in the New Member Orientation [INTRO].

7.3. Changing Confidentiality Level

As a benefit of membership, + W3C provides some Team-only and Member-only channels + for certain types of communication. + For example, Advisory Committee representatives can send reviews to a Team-only channel. + However, for W3C processes with a significant public component, + such as the technical report development process, + it is also important for information that affects decision-making to be publicly available. + The Team may need to communicate Team-only information to a Working Group or the public. + Similarly, a Working Group whose proceedings are Member-only must make public + information pertinent to the technical report development process.

This document clearly indicates which information must be available to Members or the public, + even though that information was initially communicated on Team-only or Member-only channels. + Only the Team and parties authorized by the Team + may change the level of confidentiality of this information. + When doing so:

The Team must use a version of the information + that was expressly provided by the author for the new confidentiality level. + In Calls for Review and other similar messages, + the Team should remind recipients to provide such alternatives. +
The Team must not attribute the version + for the new confidentiality level to the author without the author’s consent. +
If the author has not conveyed to the Team a version + that is suitable for another confidentiality level, + the Team may make available a version that reasonably communicates what is required, + while respecting the original level of confidentiality, + and without attribution to the original author. +

8. Workshops and Symposia

The Team organizes Workshops and Symposia to promote early involvement in the development of W3C activities + from Members and the public.

The goal of a Workshop is usually + either to convene experts and other interested parties for an exchange of ideas + about a technology or policy, + or to address the pressing concerns of W3C Members. + Organizers of the first type of Workshop may solicit position papers for the Workshop program + and may use those papers + to choose attendees and/or presenters.

The goal of a Symposium is usually + to educate interested parties about a particular subject.

The Call for Participation in a Workshop or Symposium may indicate participation requirements or limits, + and expected deliverables + (e.g., reports and minutes). + Organization of an event does not guarantee + further investment by W3C in a particular topic, + but may lead to proposals for new activities or groups.

Workshops and Symposia generally last one to three days. + If a Workshop is being organized to address the pressing concerns of Members, + the Team must issue the Call for Participation + no later than six weeks prior to the Workshop’s scheduled start date. + For other Workshops and Symposia, + the Team must issue a Call for Participation + no later than eight weeks prior to the meeting’s scheduled start date. + This helps ensure that speakers and authors + have adequate time to prepare position papers and talks.

9. Liaisons

W3C uses the term liaison to refer to coordination of activities with a variety of organizations, + through a number of mechanisms + ranging from very informal + (e.g., an individual from another organization participates in a W3C Working Group, + or just follows its work) + to mutual membership, + to even more formal agreements. + Liaisons are not meant to substitute for W3C membership.

All liaisons must be coordinated by the Team due to requirements for public communication; + patent, + copyright, + and other IPR policies; + confidentiality agreements; + and mutual membership agreements.

The W3C Director may negotiate + a Memorandum of Understanding with another organization. + For the purposes of the W3C Process a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) + is a formal agreement or similar contractual framework between W3C and another party or parties, + other than agreements between the Hosts or between Hosts and W3C members + for the purposes of membership + and agreements related to the ordinary provision of services + for the purposes of running W3C, + that specifies rights and obligations of each party toward the others. + These rights and obligations may include joint deliverables, + an agreed share of technical responsibilities with due coordination, + and/or considerations for confidentiality and specific IPR. + The agreement may be called something other than a “Memorandum of Understanding”, + and something called a “Memorandum of Understanding” + may not be an MoU for the purposes of the Process.

Before signing the MoU, + the Team must inform + the Advisory Committee of the intent to sign + and make the MoU available for Advisory Committee review; Advisory Committee representatives may initiate an Advisory Committee Appeal of the decision to sign the MoU. + Unless an appeal rejects the proposal to sign an MoU, + the Director may sign the MoU on behalf of W3C. + A signed Memorandum of Understanding should be made public.

Information about W3C liaisons with other organizations [LIAISON] and the guidelines W3C follows when creating a liaison is available on the Web.

10. Member Submission Process

The Member Submission process allows Members + to propose technology + or other ideas + for consideration by the Team. + After review, + the Team may make the material available at the W3C Web site. + The formal process affords Members a record of their contribution + and gives them a mechanism for disclosing the details of the transaction with the Team + (including IPR claims). + The Team also makes review comments on the Submitted materials available for W3C Members, + the public, + and the media.

A Member Submission consists of:

One or more documents developed outside of the W3C process, and +
Information about the documents, + provided by the Submitter. +

One or more Members (called the Submitter(s)) may participate in a Member Submission. + Only W3C Members may be listed as Submitters.

The Submission process consists of the following steps:

One of the Submitters sends a request to the Team to acknowledge the Submission request. + The Team and Submitter(s) communicate to ensure that the Member Submission is complete. +
+ After Team review, the Director must either + acknowledge or reject the Submission request. +
- If acknowledged, + the Team must make the Member Submission available + at the public W3C Web site, + in addition to Team comments about the Member Submission. +
- If rejected, + the Submitter(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal to either the TAG or the Advisory Board. +
+

+ Note: To avoid confusion about the Member Submission process, please note that: +

Documents in a Member Submission are developed outside + of the W3C technical report development process (and therefore are not included in the index of W3C technical reports [TR]). +
The Submission process is not a means + by which Members ask for “ratification” of these documents + as W3C Recommendations. +
There is no requirement or guarantee + that technology which is part of an acknowledged Submission request + will receive further consideration by W3C + (e.g., by a W3C Working Group). +

Making a Member Submission available at the W3C Web site + does not imply endorsement by W3C, + including the W3C Team or Members. + The acknowledgment of a Submission request + does not imply that any action will be taken by W3C. + It merely records publicly + that the Submission request has been made by the Submitter. + A Member Submission made available by W3C must not be referred to as “work in progress” of W3C.

The list of acknowledged Member Submissions [SUBMISSION-LIST] is available at the W3C Web site.

10.1. Submitter Rights and Obligations

When more than one Member jointly participates in a Submission request, + only one Member formally sends in the request. + That Member must copy + each of the Advisory Committee representatives of the other participating Members, + and each of those Advisory Committee representatives must confirm + (by email to the Team) + their participation in the Submission request.

At any time prior to acknowledgment, + any Submitter may withdraw support for a Submission request + (described in "How to send a Submission request" [SUBMISSION-REQ]). + A Submission request is “withdrawn” when no Submitter(s) support it. + The Team must not make statements + about withdrawn Submission requests.

Prior to acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + refer to a document as “submitted to the World Wide Web Consortium” + or “under consideration by W3C” or any similar phrase + either in public or Member communication. + The Submitter(s) must not imply + in public or Member communication + that W3C is working (with the Submitter(s)) on the material in the Member Submission. + The Submitter(s) may release the documents in the Member Submission to the public + prior to acknowledgment + (without reference to the Submission request).

After acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must not, under any circumstances, + imply W3C investment in the Member Submission + until, and unless, the material has been adopted as a deliverable + of a W3C Working Group.

10.1.1. Scope of Member Submissions

When a technology overlaps in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + Members should participate in the Working Group and contribute the technology to the group’s process + rather than seek publication through the Member Submission process. + The Working Group may incorporate the contributed technology into its deliverables. + If the Working Group does not incorporate the technology, + it should not publish the contributed documents + as Working Group Notes since Working Group Notes represent group output, + not input to the group.

On the other hand, + while W3C is in the early stages of developing a charter, + Members should use the Submission process + to build consensus around concrete proposals for new work.

Members should not submit materials + covering topics well outside the scope of W3C’s mission [MISSION].

10.1.2. Information Required in a Submission Request

The Submitter(s) + and any other authors of the submitted material must agree that, + if the request is acknowledged, + the documents in the Member Submission will be subject to the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE] and will include a reference to it. + The Submitter(s) may hold the copyright for the documents in a Member Submission.

The request must satisfy the Member Submission licensing commitments + in “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions” + in the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY].

The Submitter(s) must include the following information:

The list of all submitting Members. +
Position statements from all submitting Members (gathered by the Submitter). + All position statements must appear in a separate document. +
Complete electronic copies of any documents submitted for consideration + (e.g., a technical specification, + a position paper, + etc.) + If the Submission request is acknowledged, + these documents will be made available by W3C + and therefore must satisfy the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES]. Submitters may hold the copyright for the material contained in these documents, + but when made available by W3C, + these documents must be subject to the provisions + of the W3C Document License [DOC-LICENSE]. +

The request must also answer the following questions.

What proprietary technology is required to implement the areas addressed by the request, + and what terms are associated with its use? + Again, many answers are possible, + but the specific answer will affect the Team’s decision. +
What resources, if any, + does the Submitter intend to make available + if W3C acknowledges the Submission request + and takes action on it? +
What action would the Submitter like W3C to take + if the Submission request is acknowledged? +
What mechanisms are there to make changes to the specification being submitted? + This includes, but is not limited to, + stating where change control will reside + if the request is acknowledged. +

For other administrative requirements related to Submission requests, + see “How to send a Submission request” [MEMBER-SUB].

10.2. Team Rights and Obligations

Although they are not technical reports, + the documents in a Member Submission must fulfil the requirements established by the Team, + including the Team’s Publication Rules [PUBRULES].

The Team sends a validation notice to the Submitter(s) + once the Team has reviewed a Submission request + and judged it complete and correct.

Prior to a decision to acknowledge or reject the request, + the request is Team-only, + and the Team must hold it in the strictest confidentiality. + In particular, + the Team must not comment to the media + about the Submission request.

10.3. Acknowledgment of a Submission Request

The Team acknowledges a Submission request + by sending an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Though the announcement may be made at any time, + the Submitter(s) can expect an announcement between four to six weeks after the validation notice. + The Team must keep the Submitter(s) informed + of when an announcement is likely to be made.

Once a Submission request has been acknowledged, + the Team must:

Make the Member Submission available at the W3C Web site. +
Make the Team comments about the Submission request available at the W3C Web site. +

If the Submitter(s) wishes to modify + a document made available as the result of acknowledgment, + the Submitter(s) must start the Submission process from the beginning, + even just to correct editorial changes.

10.4. Rejection of a Submission Request, and Submission Appeals

The Director may reject a Submission request + for a variety of reasons, + including any of the following:

The ideas expressed in the request + overlap in scope with the work of a chartered Working Group, + and acknowledgment might jeopardize the progress of the group. +
The IPR statement made by the Submitter(s) is inconsistent with the W3C’s + Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY] and in particular the “Licensing Commitments in W3C Submissions”, Document License [DOC-LICENSE], + or other IPR policies. +
The ideas expressed in the request are poor, + might harm the Web, + or run counter to W3C’s mission [MISSION]. +
The ideas expressed in the request lie well outside the scope of W3C’s mission. +

In case of a rejection, + the Team must inform the Advisory Committee representative(s) + of the Submitter(s). + If requested by the Submitter(s), + the Team must provide rationale + to the Submitter(s) about the rejection. + Other than to the Submitter(s), + the Team must not make statements about why a Submission request was rejected.

The Advisory Committee representative(s) of the Submitters(s) may initiate a Submission Appeal + of the Team’s Decision to the TAG if the reasons are related to Web architecture, + or to the Advisory Board if the request is rejected for other reasons. + In this case the Team should make available + its rationale for the rejection to the appropriate body. + The Team will establish a process for such appeals + that ensures the appropriate level of confidentiality.

11. Process Evolution

Revision of the W3C Process and related documents (see below) undergoes similar consensus-building processes as for technical reports, + with the Advisory Board—acting as the sponsoring Working Group. + The documents may be developed by the AB or by another group to whom the AB has delegated development. + Review includes + soliciting input from the W3C community, + and in particular the Team.

The documents covered by this section are:

+
the W3C Process (this document)
+
+
the W3C Patent Policy [PATENT-POLICY]
+
+
the W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct [CEPC]
+

The Advisory Board initiates review as follows:

The Team sends a Call for Review to the Advisory Committee and other W3C groups. +
After comments have been formally addressed and the document possibly modified, + the Team seeks endorsement from the Members by initiating an Advisory Committee review. + The review period must last at least 28 days. +
After the Advisory Committee review, + following a W3C decision to adopt the document(s), + the Team does so + and sends an announcement to the Advisory Committee. + Advisory Committee representatives may initiate + an Advisory Committee Appeal to W3C. +

Note: As of June 2020, + the Patent Policy is developed in the Patents and Standards Interest Group, + the Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct in the Positive Work Environment Community Group, + and the Process in the W3C Process Community Group.

12. Acknowledgments

This section is non-normative.

The editors are grateful to the following people, + who as interested individuals and/or with the affiliation(s) listed, + have contributed to this proposal for a revised Process: + Brian Kardell, + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Charles McCathie Nevile (ConsenSys), + Chris Wilson (Google), + David Singer (Apple), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Samuel Weiler (W3C), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Shawn Lawton Henry, + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).

The editors are sorry for forgetting any names, + and grateful to those who have listened patiently to conversations about this document + without feeling a need to add more.

The following individuals contributed to the development of earlier versions of the Process: + Alex Russell (Google), + Andreas Tai (Institut fuer Rundfunktechnik), + Andrew Betts (Fastly), + Ann Bassetti (The Boeing Company), + Anne van Kesteren, + Art Barstow (Nokia, unaffiliated), + Bede McCall (MITRE), + Ben Wilson, + Brad Hill (Facebook), + Brian Kardell (JQuery), + Carine Bournez (W3C), + Carl Cargill (Netscape, Sun Microsystems, Adobe), + Chris Lilley (W3C), + Chris Wilson (Google), + Claus von Riegen (SAP AG), + Coralie Mercier (W3C), + Cullen Jennings (Cisco), + Dan Appelquist (Telefonica, Samsung), + Dan Connolly (W3C), + Daniel Dardailler (W3C), + Daniel Glazman (Disruptive Innovations), + David Baron (Mozilla), + David Fallside (IBM), + David Singer (Apple), + David Singer (IBM), + Delfí Ramírez, + Dominique Hazaël-Massieux (W3C), + Don Brutzman (Web3D), + Don Deutsch (Oracle), + Eduardo Gutentag (Sun Microsystems), + Elika J. Etemad aka fantasai, + Florian Rivoal, + Fuqiao Xue (W3C), + Geoffrey Creighton (Microsoft), + Geoffrey Snedden, + Giri Mandyam (Qualcomm), + Gregg Kellogg, + Hadley Beeman, + Helene Workman (Apple), + Henri Sivonen (Mozilla), + Håkon Wium Lie (Opera Software), + Ian Hickson (Google), + Ian Jacobs (W3C), + Ivan Herman (W3C), + J Alan Bird (W3C), + Jay Kishigami 岸上順一 (NTT), + Jean-Charles Verdié (MStar), + Jean-François Abramatic (IBM, ILOG, W3C), + Jeff Jaffe (W3C), + Jim Bell (HP), + Jim Miller (W3C), + Joe Hall (CDT), + John Klensin (MCI), + Josh Soref (BlackBerry, unaffiliated), + Judy Brewer (W3C), + Judy Zhu 朱红儒 (Alibaba), + Kari Laihonen (Ericsson), + Karl Dubost (Mozilla), + Ken Laskey (MITRE), + Kevin Fleming (Bloomberg), + Klaus Birkenbihl (Fraunhofer Gesellschaft), + Larry Masinter (Adobe Systems), + Lauren Wood (unaffiliated), + Liam Quin (W3C), + Léonie Watson (The Paciello Group), + Marcos Cáceres (Mozilla), + Maria Courtemanche (IBM), + Mark Crawford (SAP), + Mark Nottingham, + Michael Champion (Microsoft), + Michael Geldblum (Oracle), + Mike West (Google), + Mitch Stoltz (EFF), + Natasha Rooney (GSMA), + Nigel Megitt (BBC), + Olle Olsson (SICS), + Ora Lassila (Nokia), + Paul Cotton (Microsoft), + Paul Grosso (Arbortext), + Peter Linss, + Peter Patel-Schneider, + Philippe Le Hégaret (W3C), + Qiuling Pan (Huawei), + Ralph Swick (W3C), + Renato Iannella (IPR Systems), + Rigo Wenning (W3C), + Rob Sanderson (J Paul Getty Trust), + Robin Berjon (W3C), + Sally Khudairi (W3C), + Sam Ruby (IBM), + Sandro Hawke (W3C), + Sangwhan Moon (Odd Concepts), + Scott Peterson (Google), + Steve Holbrook (IBM), + Steve Zilles (Adobe Systems) + Steven Pemberton (CWI), + TV Raman (Google), + Tantek Çelik (Mozilla), + Terence Eden (Her Majesty’s Government), + Thomas Reardon (Microsoft), + Tim Berners-Lee (W3C), + Tim Krauskopf (Spyglass), + Travis Leithead (Microsoft), + Virginia Fournier (Apple), + Virginie Galindo (Gemalto), + Wayne Carr (Intel), + Wendy Fong (Hewlett-Packard), + Wendy Seltzer (W3C), + Yves Lafon (W3C).

13. Changes

This section is non-normative.

Changes since the 15 September 2020 Process

This document is based on the 15 September 2020 Process. + A list of issues addressed, + as well as + a detailed log of all changes since then are available. See below for diffs.

The following is a summary of the main differences:

Registries Track +

Introduced a new class of technical reports called registries, + for documents that describe collections of values or other data + that have no normative implementation requirements, + yet need specific and enforceable rules + about how they are updated. +

Recommendation Track +

+ Made a small clarifications and minor simplifications to the Recommendation Track: +

Retired Amended RECs: + this process, which had never been used, + allowed the Team to do update a REC with normative changes in the absence of a Working Group, + in order to maintain the document. + This ability is now provided through candidate amendments. +
An incorrect use of “Proposed Additions” has been corrected to the intended “Proposed Changes”. +
Some text in section § 6.3.11.4 Revising a Recommendation: New Features has been rewritten + to reduce redundancy with other sections, + with no normative change. +
Candidate and proposed “changes” have been renamed into candidate and proposed amendments. +
Added an editorial clarification to what is supposed to happen + to the status section of unfinished technical reports + that get abandoned. +

Note Track +

+ Disentangled the Note Track from the Recommendation Track, + and added a few capabilities: +

Created dedicated status (Discontinued Draft) for discontinued REC Track documents, + instead of using Notes for that purpose. +
Made Draft Note into its own status, + instead of using REC Track Working Draft (which, unlike Notes, + is covered by the Patent Policy, + and cannot be published by Interest Groups) + for that purpose. +
Allowed TAG and AB to publish Notes (for the TAG, this was already an allowed practice, + inconsistent with the letter of the Process). +
Created W3C Statements, + which are Notes endorsed by the W3C as a whole, + through an AC Review. +
Defined how technical reports can switch tracks + (other than by copy & paste). +
Enabled the Team to do limited maintenance on orphaned Notes. +

Governance and Operations +

Allowed AC representatives to designate an alternate. +
Defined requirements for recording of meetings, minutes, and resolutions. +
Defined guidelines for any tooling used for publication and collaboration + in order to ensure long-lived access to W3C publications, + and to enable access and effective participation by anyone. +
Changed how the AB selects its chair, + and made sure the CEO is invited to AB meetings + even if they are not the chair. +
Acknowledged existence of public channels for charter comments + in § 4.1 Initiating Charter Development and § 4.3 Advisory Committee Review of a Charter. +
Integrated language from the Patent Policy FAQ allowing prior participants of a group that was just rechartered + and who have not yet formally rejoined + to continue to attend meetings held within a 45-day window + of the call for participation. +

Miscellaneous editorial tweaks, clarifications, and simplifications +

+ A few typos and grammatical oddities have been addressed, + and some parts have been rephrased or adjusted + in an attempt to simplify or clarify. + Notably: +

The various parts of the document that talked about discipline + have been consolidated into a single section, § 3.1.1.1 Expectations and Discipline. +
References to “short terms” and “incomplete terms” + for serving on elected bodies + have been unified to “incomplete terms”. +
Mentions of the Director which had no material effects on the Process have been removed. +
Replaced the vague “Other Charter” term with “Exclusion Draft Charter”. +
Removed a stray sentence about the old voting system. +
The introduction to the document, + which had been neglected for some time, + has been updated and reorganized to better fulfill its role as an introduction. +
A reference to an external document + detailing how to work with Horizontal Review groups + has been added to § 6.2.2.1 Wide Review. +

Major editorial reorganization +

+ In addition to the individual changes detailed above, + this update includes a large editorial reorganization of the structure of the document. + It rearranges various parts of the existing text + in order to create a more easily understandable and navigable table of contents + than the one we had ended up with through many years of gradual accretion of content. +

Anyone interested in the details of this reorganization + is invited to consult the corresponding pull request in GitHub, + which outlines the changes at a high level in addition to providing a source diff.

The editorial reorganization was merged by the Process CG as the last change in the cycle, + prior to final review by the broader community. + Although this resulting document is the preferred one to read and review in general, + moving significant amounts of text around + means that the full diff from Process 2020 to this latest version is largely unusable. + Therefore the last state of the Process 2021 Draft prior to the reorganization, + as well as a diff between Process 2020 and the pre-reorg state of the document are also available, + to enable detailed review of the changes aside from the reorganization.

Changes since earlier versions

Changes since earlier versions of the Process are detailed + in the changes section of the previous version of the Process.

References

Normative References

[CEPC] +: W3C Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/cepc/ +
[COLLABORATORS-AGREEMENT] +: Invited expert and collaborators agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/collaborators-agreement +
[CONFLICT-POLICY] +: Conflict of Interest Policy for W3C Team Members Engaged in Outside Professional Activities. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/06-conflictpolicy +
[DOC-LICENSE] +: W3C Document License. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/copyright-documents +
[PATENT-POLICY] +: The W3C 2020 Patent Policy. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20200915/ +
[PATENT-POLICY-2017] +: The W3C 2004 Patent Policy, Updated 2017. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Patent-Policy-20170801/ +
[PUBRULES] +: Publication Rules. URL: https://www.w3.org/pubrules/ +
[RFC2119] +: S. Bradner. Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119 +
[RFC3797] +: D. Eastlake 3rd. Publicly Verifiable Nominations Committee (NomCom) Random Selection. June 2004. Informational. URL: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3797 +

Informative References

[AB-HP] +: The Advisory Board home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/ab/ +
[AC-MEETING] +: Advisory Committee meetings (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Meeting/ +
[BG-CG] +: Community and Business Group Process. URL: https://www.w3.org/community/about/agreements/ +
[CALENDAR] +: Calendar of all scheduled official W3C events. URL: https://www.w3.org/participate/eventscal +
[CHAIR] +: W3C Working/Interest Group Chair. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/chair/role.html +
[CHARTER] +: How to Create a Working Group or Interest Group. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/process/charter.html +
[CURRENT-AC] +: Current Advisory Committee representatives (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ACList +
[ELECTION-HOWTO] +: How to Organize an Advisory Board or TAG election. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/10/election-howto +
[FELLOWS] +: W3C Fellows Program. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Recruitment/Fellows +
[GROUP-MAIL] +: Group mailing lists (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Groups +
[GUIDE] +: The Art of Consensus, a guidebook for W3C Working Group Chairs and other collaborators. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/ +
[INTRO] +: Process, Patent Policy, Finances, Specs management, Strategic vision (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/Intro +
[JOIN] +: How to Join W3C. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/join +
[LIAISON] +: W3C liaisons with other organizations. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/11/StdLiaison +
[MEMBER-AGREEMENT] +: W3C Membership Agreement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Agreement/Member-Agreement +
[MEMBER-HP] +: Member Web site (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/Member/ +
[MEMBER-LIST] +: The list of current W3C Members. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Member/List +
[MEMBER-SUB] +: How to send a Submission request. URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[MISSION] +: The W3C Mission statement. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/mission +
[OBS-RESC] +: Obsoleting and Rescinding W3C Specifications. URL: https://www.w3.org/2016/11/obsoleting-rescinding/ +
[REC-TIPS] +: Tips for Getting to Recommendation Faster. URL: https://www.w3.org/2002/05/rec-tips +
[REPUBLISHING] +: In-place modification of W3C Technical Reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/2003/01/republishing/ +
[SUBMISSION-LIST] +: The list of acknowledged Member Submissions. URL: https://www.w3.org/Submission/ +
[SUBMISSION-REQ] +: Make or Withdraw a Member Submission Request (Member-only access). URL: https://www.w3.org/2000/09/submission +
[TAG-CHARTER] +: Technical Architecture Group (TAG) Charter. URL: https://www.w3.org/2004/10/27-tag-charter.html +
[TAG-HP] +: The TAG home page. URL: https://www.w3.org/2001/tag/ +
[TEAM-CONTACT] +: Role of the Team Contact. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/teamcontact/role.html +
[TR] +: The W3C technical reports index. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/ +
[TRANSITION] +: Organize a Technical Report Transition. URL: https://www.w3.org/Guide/transitions +
[TRANSLATION] +: Translations of W3C technical reports. URL: https://www.w3.org/Consortium/Translation/ +

Index

Terms defined by this specification

AB, in §3.3.1.1 +
AB Note, in §6.4.1 +
AC, in §3.2.1 +
AC Appeal, in §5.9 +
AC representative, in §3.2.2 +
AC Review, in §5.7 +
adequate implementation experience, in §6.3.2 +
Adopted Draft, in §4.2 +
Advisory Board, in §3.3.1.1 +
Advisory Committee, in §3.2.1 +
Advisory Committee Appeal, in §5.9 +
Advisory Committee representative, in §3.2.2 +
Advisory Committee review, in §5.7 +
allow new features, in §6.3.9 +
alt AC rep, in §3.2.2 +
alternate AC representative, in §3.2.2 +
alternate Advisory Committee representative, in §3.2.2 +
Appeal, in §5.9 +
at risk, in §6.3.7 +
Call for Review, in §5.7.1 +
candidate addition, in §6.2.5 +
candidate amendment, in §6.2.5 +
candidate correction, in §6.2.5 +
Candidate Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Draft, in §6.3.1 +
Candidate Recommendation Snapshot, in §6.3.1 +
Candidate Registry, in §6.5.2 +
Candidate Registry Draft, in §6.5.2 +
Candidate Registry Snapshot, in §6.5.2 +
CEO, in §2.2 +
Chair, in §3.4.1 +
Chair Decision Appeal, in §5.5 +
chair decisions, in §5.1 +
charter, in §4.2 +
chartered groups, in §3.4 +
charter extension, in §4.5 +
Consensus, in §5.2.1 +
CR, in §6.3.1 +
custodian, in §6.5.1 +
Director, in §2.2 +
Discontinued Draft, in §6.3.1 +
Dissent, in §5.2.1 +
distributed meeting, in §3.1.2 +
Draft Note, in §6.4.1 +
Draft Registry, in §6.5.2 +
ED, in §6.3.1 +
Editor Draft, in §6.3.1 +
editorial change, in §6.2.3 +
Editor’s Draft, in §6.3.1 +
elected groups, in §3.3 +
errata, in §6.2.4 +
erratum, in §6.2.4 +
Exclusion Draft, in §4.2 +
Exclusion Draft Charter, in §4.2 +
face-to-face meeting, in §3.1.2 +
First Public Working Draft, in §6.3.1 +
formally addressed, in §5.3 +
Formal Objection, in §5.6 +
group, in §3 +
group decision, in §5.1 +
Group Decision Appeal, in §5.5 +
Group Note, in §6.4.1 +
Host institutions, in §2.2 +
Hosts, in §2.2 +
Interest Group Note, in §6.4.1 +
Interest Groups, in §3.4 +
Invited Expert in an Interest Group, in §3.4.3.4 +
Invited Expert in a Working Group, in §3.4.3.3 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Additions, in §6.3.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Amendments, in §6.3.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections, in §6.3.11.5 +
Last Call for Review of Proposed Corrections and Additions, in §6.3.11.5 +
liaison, in §9 +
Member, in §2.1 +
Member Consortia, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member Consortium, in §2.1.2.1 +
Member-Only, in §7.2 +
Member representative in an Interest Group, in §3.4.3.2 +
Member representative in a Working Group, in §3.4.3.1 +
Member Submission, in §10 +
Memoranda of Understanding, in §9 +
Memorandum of Understanding, in §9 +
minutes, in §3.1.2.2 +
MoU, in §9 +
Note, in §6.4.1 +
not required, in §Unnumbered section +
Obsolete Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
Obsolete Registry, in §6.5.2 +
participant, in §3 +
participants in an Interest Group, in §3.4.2 +
participants in a Working Group, in §3.4.2 +
participate in a Working Group as an Invited Expert, in §3.4.3.3 +
Patent Review Drafts, in §6.3 +
PR, in §6.3.1 +
primary affiliation, in §3.3.3.3 +
proposed additions, in §6.3.11.5 +
proposed amendments, in §6.3.11.5 +
proposed corrections, in §6.3.11.5 +
Proposed Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
proxy, in §5.2.3 +
public participants, in §3.4.2 +
publish, in §6.2.1 +
REC, in §6.3.1 +
Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
Recommendation Track, in §6.3 +
Recommendation-track, in §6.3 +
REC Track, in §6.3 +
registry, in §6.5 +
registry change, in §6.2.3 +
registry data, in §6.5 +
Registry Data Report, in §6.5.4 +
registry definition, in §6.5.1 +
registry entry, in §6.5 +
registry report, in §6.5.2 +
registry section, in §6.5.2 +
registry table, in §6.5 +
Registry Track, in §6.5.2 +
Related Member, in §2.1.2.2 +
Rescinded Candidate Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
Rescinded Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
resolution, in §5.1 +
Statement, in §6.4.3 +
submitter, in §10 +
subsidiary, in §2.1.2.2 +
substantive change, in §6.2.3 +
substitute, in §3.4.2 +
Superseded Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
Superseded Registry, in §6.5.2 +
Symposia, in §8 +
Symposium, in §8 +
TAG, in §3.3.2.1 +
TAG Note, in §6.4.1 +
Team, in §2.2 +
Team Contact, in §3.4.1 +
Team correction, in §6.2.5 +
Team Decision, in §2.2 +
Team-Only, in §7.2 +
Team representative in an Interest Group, in §3.4.3.6 +
Team representative in a Working Group, in §3.4.3.5 +
Team’s Decision, in §2.2 +
Technical Architecture Group, in §3.3.2.1 +
Technical Report, in §6.2.1 +
Transition Requests, in §6.3.3 +
Unanimity, in §5.2.1 +
Update Requests, in §6.3.4 +
validation notice, in §10.2 +
W3C Candidate Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
W3C decision, in §5.1 +
W3C Director, in §2.2 +
W3C Fellows, in §2.2 +
W3C Group, in §3 +
W3C Member, in §2.1 +
W3C Note, in §6.4.1 +
W3C Proposed Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
W3C Recommendation, in §6.3.1 +
W3C Recommendation Track, in §6.3 +
W3C Registry, in §6.5.2 +
W3C Statement, in §6.4.3 +
W3C Team, in §2.2 +
W3C Working Draft, in §6.3.1 +
WD, in §6.3.1 +
wide review, in §6.2.2.1 +
Working Draft, in §6.3.1 +
Working Group Note, in §6.4.1 +
Working Groups, in §3.4 +
Workshops, in §8 +

[TITLE]

[LONGSTATUS], - [DATE] -

-Status of this Document

Introduction

-Members, Advisory Committee, Team, Advisory Board, Technical Architecture Group

Members

Member Consortia and Related Members

-Advisory Committee (AC)

-Advisory Committee Mailing Lists

-Advisory Committee Meetings

The W3C Team

-Advisory Board (AB)

-Advisory Board Participation

+Groups and Participation

+Policies for Participation in W3C Groups

+Individual Participation Criteria

-Technical Architecture Group (TAG)

+Expectations and Discipline

+Conflict of Interest Policy

-Technical Architecture Group Participation

-Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation

+Individuals Representing a Member Organization

+Meetings

-Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Participation Constraints

-Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections

+Meeting Scheduling and Announcements

+Meeting Minutes

+Meeting Recordings and Transcripts

+Tooling for Discussions and Publications

+Resignation from a Group

-Verifiable Random Selection Procedure

+The Advisory Committee (AC)

+Role of the Advisory Committee

-Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Vacated Seats

+Participation in the Advisory Committee

+Advisory Committee Mailing Lists

+Advisory Committee Meetings

-General Policies for W3C Groups

-Individual Participation Criteria

+Elected Groups: The AB and the TAG

-Conflict of Interest Policy

+Advisory Board (AB)

+Role of the Advisory Board

+Composition of the Advisory Board

-Individuals Representing a Member Organization

+Communications of the Advisory Board

-Meetings

+Technical Architecture Group (TAG)

+Role of the Technical Architecture Group

+Composition of the Technical Architecture Group

-Consensus

+Communications of the Technical Architecture Group

+Participation in Elected Groups

+Expectations for Elected Groups Participants

+Elected Groups Participation Constraints

+Advisory Board and Technical Architecture Group Elections

+Verifiable Random Selection Procedure

+Elected Groups Vacated Seats

+Chartered Groups: Working Groups and Interest Groups

+Requirements for All Chartered Groups

+Participation in Chartered Groups

+Types of Participants in Chartered Groups

+Member Representative in a Working Group

-Managing Dissent

-Recording and Reporting Formal Objections

+Member Representative in an Interest Group

-Formally Addressing an Issue

-Reopening a Decision When Presented With New Information

+Invited Expert in a Working Group

-Votes

+Invited Expert in an Interest Group

+Team Representative in a Working Group

-Appeal of [=Chair Decisions=] and [=Group Decisions=]

+Team Representative in an Interest Group

-Resignation from a Group

+Lifecycle of Chartered Groups

+Initiating Charter Development

-Dissemination Policies

+Content of a Charter

-Confidentiality Levels